BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES INC /DE/
10-K, 1997-12-16
FLAT GLASS
Previous: NOTTINGHAM INVESTMENT TRUST II, NSAR-A, 1997-12-16
Next: BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES INC /DE/, DEF 14A, 1997-12-16





                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K



                      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13
                 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the fiscal year ended September 27, 1997

                         Commission file number 1-10984
                                                -------
                           BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


          Delaware                                             56-1584586
- --------------------------                             -------------------------
 (State of incorporation)                                  ( I.R.S. Employer 
                                                           Identification No.)

      3330 West Friendly Avenue
           Greensboro, N.C.                                      27410
- ----------------------------------------               -------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:    (910) 379-2000
                                                       --------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                   Name of each exchange
       Title of each class                          on which registered
     ------------------------                     -----------------------
          Common Stock,                           New York Stock Exchange
     par value $.01 per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X  No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.    [ X ]

As of December 5, 1997, the aggregate market value of Registrant's  voting stock
held of record by  nonaffiliates  of Registrant was  approximately  $832,896,940
(based upon the closing  composite  price on the New York Stock Exchange on that
date),  excluding Treasury shares and, without  acknowledging  affiliate status,
864,519 shares held beneficially by Directors and executive officers as a group.

As of December 5, 1997, there were outstanding 56,623,310 shares of Registrant's
Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share,  and 3,048,888  shares of  Registrant's
Nonvoting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

                       Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of Registrant's  1997 Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated by
reference into Parts I, II and IV hereof.

Portions of  Registrant's  Proxy Statement dated December 16, 1997 in connection
with its  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held on  February  4, 1998 are
incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

<PAGE>


                                     PART I
Item 1.  Business

General

              The Corporation is one of the world's largest and most diversified
manufacturers  of textile  products.  It is a leading  developer,  marketer  and
manufacturer  of fabrics and other  textile  products  used in a wide variety of
apparel and  interior  furnishings  end uses.  The  Corporation  operates in two
principal  industry  segments,  products  for apparel  markets and  products for
interior furnishings markets. 

              As of  September  27,  1997,  the  Corporation  operated  36  U.S.
manufacturing  plants in seven states and three  manufacturing  plants in Mexico
and  employed  approximately  20,100  persons.  It also held a 50% interest in a
joint venture in India with one manufacturing plant.

              References herein to the "Corporation" mean Burlington Industries,
Inc. ("Burlington") and its subsidiaries.

Products for Apparel Markets

              The Corporation  serves the apparel market through five divisions,
each of which manufactures a distinct product line in terms of end uses.

              Wool worsted and worsted blend fabrics. The Corporation's Menswear
division is the leading domestic  manufacturer of woven wool worsted and worsted
blend fabrics  supplied to manufacturers of men's and women's apparel as well as
to major clothing  retailers.  Over the past two years,  the division's  product
development  efforts have produced many high  value-added  products  using finer
wools,  creative blends and innovative  nonwool fabrics.  Products made with the
division's  fabrics  are  sold to the  moderate,  better,  bridge  and  designer
segments  of men's and  women's  apparel.  The  division  also sells  fabrics to
manufacturers  of better career and public  service  apparel and military  dress
uniforms.

              Five business  units direct the  division's  sales.  Men's Suiting
constitutes  the  majority of sales and is focused on the  moderate,  better and
designer  suit  customers,  both at the  manufacturer  and retail  level.  Men's
Sportswear  is positioned  to address the consumer  casualization  trend and has
been the  division's  fastest  growing  segment  over the past year.  Coordinate
sportswear and innovative  products for slacks,  blazers and sportscoats are the
focus of this unit. Womenswear provides innovative worsted wool, wool blends and
high value-added  nonwool fabrics in customized  colors to the makers of branded
womenswear.  Private  Label  markets the  division's  fabrics to retailer  store
labels  and  self-branded  retailers  in  both  menswear  and  womenswear.   The
division's  Raeford  group  markets  wool worsted and worsted  blend  fabrics to
manufacturers of a variety of career and uniform apparel,  including apparel for
airlines,  banks,  school  bands,  governmental  agencies  and  military and law
enforcement personnel.

              Woven synthetic  fabrics.  The  Corporation's  Burlington  Klopman
Fabrics division is a leading  manufacturer of woven synthetic fabrics made with
100%  polyester,  100% nylon and  polyester  blended  with wool,  rayon or other
fibers  that  are  supplied  to  manufacturers  of a wide  variety  of  apparel,
activewear, interior furnishings, medical and industrial products.

              The division  produces  lightweight  polyester and polyester blend
fabrics and 100% nylon fabrics for men's,  women's and children's wear sold in a
variety of price ranges, for high performance  sportswear and activewear and for
a variety of other apparel,  medical,  interior furnishings and industrial uses.
The  division  also  produces  heavyweight  polyester  fabrics  for  use  in the
manufacture  of  slacks,  suits,  skirts  and  sport  coats  as  well  as in the
manufacture of military and law enforcement uniforms.

              The  division  is a  leading  manufacturer  of  waterproof,  water
repellent,  breathable and moisture management  synthetic fabrics used by makers
of outerwear and high  performance  sportswear and  activewear.  A number of its
products,  including its Ultrex(R) line of breathable,  waterproof fabrics,  are
used in leading  brands of skiwear  and other  activewear  and by  suppliers  to
leading  activewear  retailers.  The division is also a producer of  performance
fabrics  for  the  reusable  health  care  market  and   contamination   control
environments.  The  division  recently  introduced  a  new  family  of  Xalt(TM)
composite, laminate fabrics for the outdoor activewear market.

              The  division's  fabrics for interior  furnishings  include  flame
resistant fabrics for use as draperies and bed coverings in major hotels, health
care facilities and on cruise ships.  Additionally,  the division's  fabrics are
used as window coverings in the home and by makers of upholstered  furniture and
wall coverings for commercial environments.

              The  division  also  markets  lightweight,   reusable,  protective
barrier fabrics under the Maxima(R) brand name to makers of, among other things,
clothing worn by hospital  personnel and by industrial  workers who are required
to work in clean and static-free environments.

              The division is a leader in developing  new  applications  and end
uses for synthetic  fibers.  In addition to its Ultrex(R) and Xalt(TM)  fabrics,
the division has continued to develop a number of fabrics made with  microdenier
filament yarn, a yarn made from fiber that is thinner than silk.  These products
combine a natural  appearance and touch with the performance  characteristics of
synthetic fibers. The Corporation's microdenier fabrics are currently being used
in men's and women's apparel fabrics,  activewear,  protective  medical clothing
and in home  furnishings.  The Corporation is the leading  domestic  producer of
microdenier  fabrics made from 100% polyester and polyester blended with wool or
rayon.

              Denim fabrics.  Burlington Global Denim is a leading  manufacturer
of fashion,  value-added,  specialty  denim  fabrics.  The  division  produces a
diversified  product line that  services the major  brands with  innovative  and
engineered  products  for denim  customization.  It is a major  supplier  to all
segments of the branded, designer and private label business.

              Through its Denim Apparel  Services unit,  the division  brings to
its customers a full package  capability to produce denim garments made from the
division's fabric.

              The  Corporation  has a  50%  interest  in a  joint  venture  with
Mafatlal  Industries  Limited to  manufacture  denim in India for Asian,  Middle
Eastern and European markets. Production began in mid-1997.

              Cotton  fabrics.  In 1996, the  Corporation  formed a new business
unit, Burlington  Sportswear,  to produce 100% cotton and cotton/polyester blend
woven and knitted  fabrics.  Burlington  Sportswear's  products serve the better
men's sportswear and uniform markets.  The division also arranges for production
of finished garments for its customers using its fabrics.

              Synthetic  yarn. The Burlington  Madison Yarn Company  division is
the only major  manufacturer  and marketer of both  filament and spun  synthetic
yarns in the United  States.  The division  believes that its ability to produce
both types of synthetic  yarn is an important  competitive  advantage  because a
significant   number  of  its  customers   require  the  different   end-product
characteristics  offered by these two types of synthetic yarns.  While a portion
of the division's  products are used by other divisions of the Corporation,  the
majority is marketed to more than 300  unaffiliated  customers  in the  apparel,
technical, medical products and home furnishings markets.

              Mexican operations.  In Mexico, the Corporation manufactures woven
fabrics for apparel  which are  marketed in the local  market and in the form of
garments exported to the United States.  The Company recently began construction
of  facilities  in Mexico for its Menswear and Denim  divisions  and for a joint
venture to produce cotton yarns, principally for use in denim fabric.

Products for Interior Furnishings Markets

              In the interior  furnishings market, the Corporation operates four
businesses, one of which focuses on interior furnishings products and decorative
fabrics  and  three of which  serve  distinct  segments  of the  carpet  and rug
markets.

              Interior  furnishings  fabrics and products.  The Burlington House
division is a leading manufacturer of ready-made and made-to-measure  draperies,
window  coverings  and  coordinating   bedroom   ensembles,   mattress  ticking,
upholstery  fabrics,  and  decorative  fabrics  for  use by  makers  of  bedroom
ensembles, draperies and window coverings.

              The Burlington House division's product lines consist of:

              o   ready-made and  made-to-measure  draperies,  window coverings,
                  coordinating bedroom ensembles, table linens and throws. These
                  finished products are sold under the Burlington  House(R) name
                  to department and specialty stores, under the Burlington House
                  American  Lifestyle(TM)  name  to  discount  stores  and  on a
                  private label basis to several major retailers.

              o   woven   jacquard   mattress   ticking   (primarily   damasks).
                  Burlington  House  is the  leading  manufacturer  of  jacquard
                  mattress  ticking   supplied  to  domestic   manufacturers  of
                  mattresses. Mattress ticking is the exterior fabric surface of
                  a finished mattress. The Corporation believes that it produces
                  the  widest  variety  of  ticking  patterns  of  any  domestic
                  manufacturer.  Burlington  House sells mattress ticking to all
                  major  domestic  manufacturers  of  mattresses  for  both  the
                  residential and institutional markets.

               o  woven   jacquard   and   textured   fabrics  for   residential
                  upholstered  furniture.  Upholstery  fabrics are marketed to a
                  broad range of furniture manufacturers.

               o  woven jacquard and other decorative fabrics used by
                  manufacturers of bedroom ensembles,  comforters, draperies and
                  window coverings.

              Carpets.  The Lees division is a leading domestic  manufacturer of
tufted  synthetic  carpet,  carpet  tiles and six-foot  vinyl-backed  carpet for
commercial  uses.  During the 1997 fiscal  year,  the  division  terminated  its
production  of  carpet  for  residential  uses.  Reference  is made to  "Item 7.
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and Note B to the Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements in the
Corporation's  1997 Annual Report to  Shareholders  for  information  concerning
exiting this product line.

              The  division  markets and sells a wide  variety of  standard  and
custom  commercial  carpet products under the  Corporation's  Lees(R) brand name
primarily  for use in offices,  institutions,  airports,  hotels,  schools,  and
health care facilities. The Corporation's commercial carpet products are sold in
the middle to high priced  segments of the  commercial  carpet  market,  and are
marketed  through  dealers  primarily to  architects,  designers and  commercial
builders, as well as directly to end users.

              The division  developed  and  patented a yarn dyeing  process that
permits it to produce  carpeting that resists staining and fading on a permanent
basis. Products  incorporating this dyeing technology,  which are marketed under
the Duracolor(R) name in the commercial market, represent a major portion of the
current  carpet sales of the  division.  The  division  also has  developed  and
markets a  proprietary  thermoplastic  carpet  backing  process  for  commercial
carpets, known as Unibond(R), which enhances the carpet's durability.

              The division's yarn dyeing capability allows it to offer carpeting
in a wide range of colors.  Through its Colorfax(R) program, the division offers
customers the ability to order sample yardage  manufactured to their exact color
specifications. Such samples are generally deliverable within 72 hours after the
division's receipt of specifications.

              Area rugs.  The  Burlington  House Area Rugs division is a leading
producer  in the  United  States  of  tufted  area and bath  rugs for home  use,
primarily  under  the  Burlington  House  American   Lifestyle(TM)   label.  The
division's customers are major retail chains.

              Accent  rugs.  The Bacova  Guild,  Ltd.  is a leading  producer of
printed accent rugs and welcome mats. Bacova markets these products, in addition
to fully coordinated bath ensembles, to diverse market segments that include the
leading U.S. department stores, mail order catalogs,  mass merchants,  specialty
stores and international customers.

              Mexican operations.  The Corporation  manufactures residential and
commercial carpeting and fabrics for home furnishings in Mexico.

Financial Information Concerning Industry Segments

              Reference is made to Note O to the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements in the  Corporation's  1997 Annual Report to  Shareholders,  which is
incorporated herein by reference,  for information  concerning industry segments
for the Corporation's 1997, 1996 and 1995 fiscal years.

Exports

              The  Corporation's  exports have increased to 11.4% of revenues in
fiscal year 1997, with export sales of $239 million.  The  Corporation's  export
sales were $213  million  in fiscal  year 1996 and $161  million in fiscal  year
1995.

Operations

              The Corporation's  domestic  operations are organized primarily by
product category and, except in the case of the  Corporation's  yarn operations,
interdivisional   sales  are  minimal.   Each  is   essentially   a  stand-alone
merchandising  and  manufacturing  operation.  Products are distributed  through
direct  sales by  divisional  personnel,  except in a few cases,  mainly  export
sales, where products are sold through independent agents or distributors.

              The  Corporation's  corporate  headquarters,  principal  sales and
merchandising  offices and principal staff operations are located in Greensboro,
North  Carolina.   The   Corporation   maintains  a  major  domestic  sales  and
merchandising office in New York City and sales offices in other major cities in
the United States.

              Internationally,  the Corporation has  manufactured  woven fabrics
for apparel, fabrics for home furnishings and carpet in Mexico for over 50 years
through wholly owned  subsidiaries.  The products of the Mexican  operations are
sold in Mexico, either by subsidiary personnel or by agents or distributors, and
are also  exported  to the  United  States  and other  countries.  During  1997,
production of denim fabric commenced at the Corporation's Indian joint venture.

Manufacturing

              The   Corporation   is  a  vertically   integrated   manufacturer.
Generally,  raw fibers are purchased  and spun into yarn, or filament  yarns are
purchased and processed.  Yarns, after dyeing in some cases, are woven,  knitted
or tufted into fabric.  Fabric is then sold either in dyed and finished form, as
greige   (unfinished)   goods  or  processed  into  finished  apparel  products.
Residential and commercial interior  furnishings  products are further processed
and packaged for sale by retailers.

              "Just-in-time"  manufacturing techniques,  which reduce in-process
inventories,  floor  space  requirements  and the time  required  to  process  a
particular  order, are used in most  facilities.  Programs to link customers and
suppliers of the Corporation by means of electronic data  transmission  are also
in place in most divisions.  These programs  improve  efficiency and reduce lead
times by improving  communication,  planning and processing times at the various
stages of production.  They also assist the  Corporation in working  effectively
with  manufacturers to coordinate their operations with the demands of retailers
and, as such, are an important part of the domestic  textile  industry's  "Quick
Response"  program  designed  to  improve  its  competitive  position  vis-a-vis
imports.

Raw Materials

              The  Corporation  uses many types of fiber,  both  natural  (wool,
cotton,  rayon and Tencel(R))  and man-made  (polyester,  nylon,  polypropylene,
acrylic and acetate),  in the  manufacture  of its textile  products.  Total raw
material  costs were 33.4% of net sales in the 1997  fiscal  year,  33.8% of net
sales in the 1996 fiscal  year and 34.1% of net sales in the 1995  fiscal  year.
(Reference  is made to  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Results of
Operations and Financial  Condition" in the Corporation's  1997 Annual Report to
Shareholders  for  information  concerning the impact of price  increases of the
Corporation's  key raw materials).  The  Corporation  believes that future price
levels for all fibers will depend  primarily upon supply and demand  conditions,
general inflation, U. S. and foreign government fiscal policies and agricultural
programs and prices of underlying raw materials such as petroleum.

              Generally,  the Corporation has had no difficulty in obtaining raw
materials. Wool and man-made fibers are available from a wide variety of sources
both  domestically  and  abroad.  Cotton is  available  from a wide  variety  of
domestic  sources.  Other materials,  such as dyes and chemicals,  are generally
available,  but,  as in the case of raw  materials,  continued  availability  is
dependent  to varying  degrees  upon the  adequacy of  petroleum  supplies.  The
Corporation purchases essentially all its raw materials and dyes.



<PAGE>


Research and Development

              Textile   manufacturers   generally   focus  their   research  and
development  efforts on product  development  rather than basic research.  Major
innovations in the textile  industry have come  primarily  from fiber  producers
(microdenier fiber, for example) or machinery manufacturers (shuttleless looms).
While breakthroughs by textile manufacturers in fabric development have occurred
(for example,  the  Corporation's  Duracolor(R)  carpets  using  stain-resistant
technology),  generally,  textile  makers have  enhanced  their  competitiveness
through  continual  development and refinement of products to meet or create new
consumer needs (for example,  the Corporation's  use of microdenier  fibers in a
wide range of apparel and other applications). Accordingly, with few exceptions,
basic  research and  development  expenditures  have not been as  significant  a
component of textile  manufacturing success as expenditures on design innovation
or capability  and on capital  equipment that increase the range of end products
and enhance productivity.

              Basic  research  and  development  responsibility  for  particular
product areas is located in the divisions, where process and product development
efforts focus on the specific needs of that  division.  Total  expenditures  for
research, product development,  productivity enhancements,  enhanced styling and
market samples  aggregated  $57.3 million in the 1997 fiscal year, $62.3 million
in the 1996 fiscal year and $67.4  million in the 1995 fiscal year.  Included in
these  amounts are research and  development  expenditures,  which totaled $11.8
million in the 1997 fiscal year ($8.2  million in the apparel  products  segment
and $3.6 million in the interior  furnishings  products segment),  compared with
$13.5 million and $17.1 million in the 1996 and 1995 fiscal years, respectively.

Trademarks and Patents

              The  Corporation  owns  all  trademarks  and  tradenames  that  it
believes are material to the operation of its business.  The Corporation markets
its products under a variety of trademarks and tradenames, principally utilizing
variations  of the  Burlington(R)  name.  Certain  products are  marketed  under
nationally  recognized  names such as Lees(R)  for carpets  and  Klopman(R)  for
fabrics.

              From time to time, the Corporation's  product  development efforts
have  resulted in new processes or products,  some of which have been  patented.
Examples  of  Burlington-developed  technology  include the  patented  Ultrex(R)
waterproof  breathable  woven fabric used in activewear and barrier  fabrics and
Duracolor(R) carpets, manufactured using stain-resistant technology with respect
to which  the  Corporation  has  obtained  patents.  Because  the  Corporation's
business is not  dependent to any  significant  degree upon patents and licenses
(with the possible  exception of the patented stain resistant carpet  technology
in the case of the  interior  furnishings  segment),  the loss of any patents or
licenses now held by the  Corporation  would not have a material  adverse effect
upon its business or results of operations.

              The  Corporation  derives  licensing  income  (approximately  $2.8
million in the 1997 fiscal year) from licenses of the  Corporation's  technology
and from licenses of the  Burlington(R)  name,  principally to  manufacturers of
socks and hosiery products in the United States and Europe.

Competition

              The  global  and  United  States  textile  industries  are  highly
competitive.  No one firm  dominates the United States market and many companies
compete  only  in  limited  segments  of  the  textile  market.  Certain  of the
Corporation's   products  also  compete  with   nontextile   products.   Textile
competition  is  based  in  varying  degrees  on  price,   product  styling  and
differentiation,  quality, response time and customer service. The importance of
each of these  factors  depends upon the needs of  particular  customers and the
degree of fashion risk inherent in the product.

              Imports  of  foreign-made  textile  and  apparel  products  are  a
significant  source of  competition  for many  sectors of the  domestic  textile
industry.  The U.S.  Government  has attempted to regulate the growth of certain
textile and apparel  imports  through  tariffs and  bilateral  agreements  which
establish quotas on imports from  lesser-developed  countries that  historically
account for significant shares of U.S. imports. Despite these efforts,  imported
apparel and apparel textile fabrics, which represent the area of heaviest import
penetration,  represent in excess of 60% of the U.S.  market,  up from less than
approximately 24% in 1975.

              U.S. retailers' and apparel manufacturers'  sourcing decisions are
affected by numerous factors,  including  relative labor and raw material costs,
lead times,  political  instability  and  infrastructure  deficiencies  of newly
industrializing  countries,  fluctuating  currency  exchange  rates,  individual
government policies and international  agreements  regarding textile and apparel
trade.  As  evidence  of the impact of these  factors,  sourcing  of textile and
apparel  imports  for goods  shipped  into the United  States -- once  dominated
primarily  by Hong  Kong,  Taiwan  and  Korea  -- has  been  shifting  to  other
lower-cost  producer  countries  such as The  People's  Republic  of China,  the
Philippines,  Mexico and  countries  in the  Caribbean  Basin.  The  Corporation
believes  that  changing  cost  structures,   delivery  lead  times,   political
uncertainty  and  infrastructure  deficiencies  associated  with  many of  these
producers have caused  importers to reassess the degree of reliance  placed upon
certain of these sources, and to reconsider the importance of the reliability of
domestic   manufacturing  sources.  In  addition  to  these  factors,  the  U.S.
Government's  policies  designed  to  benefit  Mexico and the  Caribbean  Basin,
through  favored  quota and  tariff  treatment,  have  accelerated  the shift in
production of garments away from Far East sources,  indirectly  benefiting  U.S.
textile producers.

              Under the North  American  Free  Trade  Agreement  ("NAFTA")  with
Mexico and Canada, there are no textile/apparel quotas between the United States
and either  Mexico or Canada for  products  that meet certain  origin  criteria.
Tariffs among the three  countries  are either  already zero or are being phased
out.  There are  provisions  in NAFTA that should give  Mexican  apparel  makers
incentives to use fabric made in the United States. Because the Corporation is a
major U.S.  apparel fabrics  manufacturer  and a resident,  diversified  textile
manufacturer in Mexico,  the Corporation  believes that NAFTA is advantageous to
the  Corporation.  In addition,  the U.S.  "807" tariff  program  benefits  U.S.
textile  producers  whose fabrics are  incorporated  into garments  assembled in
Caribbean countries before returning to U.S. markets, where duty is charged upon
only the value added in assembling the garments.

              The  impact  of  the  economic   factors  and   legislative/treaty
provisions  described  above are  apparent in the rapid  growth of U.S.  apparel
imports  from the  Caribbean  Basin,  Canada and  Mexico,  primarily  due to the
advantages of quota/tariff  provisions described above. Apparel imports from the
Caribbean Basin and Mexico have grown from 6.5% of total apparel imports in 1984
to 35.5% in 1996,  surpassing imports from the Asian bloc. Mexico has now become
the largest exporter of apparel to the U.S.,  surpassing  China,  which had been
the largest since 1989.

              Also of significance to domestic textile and apparel  companies is
the ultimate impact of  multilateral  agreements  intended to liberalize  global
trade. The World Trade Organization  ("WTO")  established under GATT in January,
1995 has  responsibility  for  overseeing  international  trade in  manufactured
goods, agriculture, intellectual property and services. The WTO will oversee the
phaseout of textile and apparel  quotas  over a ten-year  period.  In  addition,
tariffs on  textile/apparel  products will be reduced (but not eliminated)  over
the same ten-year period. After the end of the ten years,  textile/apparel trade
would  revert to regular  GATT rules that would  prohibit  quotas and most other
non-tariff barriers.  The Clinton  Administration is also engaged in discussions
with a number  of  countries  or  trading  blocs  with  the  intent  of  further
liberalizing trade,  although "fast track" authority to negotiate new agreements
was recently denied by Congress.

              Over the  years,  the  Corporation  has  attempted  to offset  the
negative  impact of increased  imports by focusing on product  lines and markets
that are less vulnerable to import penetration. Capital expenditures and systems
improvements have centered on strengthening  value-added  product strategies and
on  increasing   productivity,   lowering  costs  and  improving  quality.   The
Corporation has also introduced  manufacturing techniques such as "just-in-time"
and "Quick  Response"  and  created  electronic  data links with  customers  and
suppliers,  thereby shortening lead times and improving service. The Corporation
is also investing in apparel fabric  manufacturing and processing  facilities in
Mexico and India in response to the forces  affecting global textile and apparel
trade which have been described above.

              The long-run  success of the  Corporation  will be  influenced  in
varying  degrees by its  response  to  legislation  and  administrative  actions
restricting or  liberalizing  trade among world textile  producing and consuming
countries  such  as  NAFTA  and  the  GATT/WTO  changes,  the  effectiveness  of
anti-dumping and countervailing  duty remedies and of enforcement  activities by
the U.S. Government,  the value of the United States dollar in relation to other
currencies and world economic developments generally.  The Corporation's success
will also be  affected by the  ability of certain of the  Corporation's  apparel
fabrics customers to remain competitive, the success of the Corporation's global
diversification, modernization and cost-reduction efforts and, most importantly,
the ongoing ability of the Corporation to produce  innovative,  quality products
to satisfy specific customer needs at competitive costs.

Employees

              The  number of persons  employed  by the  Corporation  in both its
domestic and foreign  operations  as of September  27, 1997,  was  approximately
20,100.  The Corporation's  workforce in the United States is not represented by
labor  unions.  All  wage  employees  in the  Corporation's  Mexican  operations
(approximately 1,100 persons) are represented by labor unions.

Customers

              The Corporation  primarily  markets its products to  approximately
12,000 customers in the United States. The Corporation also markets its products
to customers in Canada, Mexico, Latin America,  Europe and Asian countries.  For
the 1997  fiscal  year,  no  single  customer  represented  more than 10% of the
Corporation's net sales, and the  Corporation's 10 largest  customers  accounted
for approximately 28% of net sales.

Backlog

              Several of the Corporation's  divisions operate in businesses that
are characterized by very short forward order positions. The businesses of other
operations have more extended positions. In the aggregate,  however, the backlog
of orders at any time is not material,  since most orders are deliverable within
a few months. The backlog of forward orders,  after eliminating sales within the
Corporation,  was approximately 14.2% of annual net sales at the end of the 1997
fiscal year, compared with approximately 13.3% of annual net sales at the end of
the 1996 fiscal year,  virtually all of which was expected to be shipped  within
less than a year.  Backlog at the end of the 1997  fiscal  year for the  apparel
products  segment  was 17.9% of  annual  net  sales of the  segment  and for the
interior  furnishings  products  segment  was 8.6% of  annual  net  sales of the
segment.



Governmental Regulation

              The  Corporation  is subject to various  Federal,  state and local
laws and regulations limiting the production,  discharge,  storage, handling and
disposal of a variety of substances,  particularly  the Federal Clean Water Act,
the Federal Clean Air Act (as amended in 1990),  the Resource  Conservation  and
Recovery  Act  (including  amendments  relating  to  underground  tanks) and the
Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act as
amended by the Superfund  Amendment and  Reauthorization  Act of 1986, and other
Federal,  state and local  laws and  regulations  for the  protection  of public
health and the environment.  The Corporation is presently engaged in a number of
environmental  remediation  plans and has  reported  dispositions  of waste that
could result in future  remediation  obligations.  The  Corporation  cannot with
certainty  assess at this  time the  impact of  future  emission  standards  and
enforcement  practices  under  the 1990  Clean  Air Act upon its  operations  or
capital  expenditure  requirements.  Reference is also made to the discussion of
"Legal and  Environmental  Contingencies"  under  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial  Condition" in the Corporation's
1997 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

              The  Corporation's  operations  also  are  governed  by  laws  and
regulations  relating to workplace  safety and worker  health,  principally  the
Occupational Safety and Health Act and regulations thereunder which, among other
things, establish cotton dust,  formaldehyde,  asbestos and noise standards, and
regulate the use of hazardous  chemicals in the workplace.  The Corporation uses
numerous chemicals, including resins containing formaldehyde, in processing some
of  its  products.  Although  the  Corporation  does  not  use  asbestos  in the
manufacture  of its products,  some of its  facilities  contain some  structural
asbestos.

              The  Corporation  believes  that it has  complied in all  material
respects  with  the  foregoing  environmental  or  health  and  safety  laws  or
regulations  and does not  believe  that  future  compliance  with  such laws or
regulations  will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or
financial condition.

Item 2.  Properties

              As  of  September   27,   1997,   the   Corporation   operated  36
manufacturing  plants in the United  States,  of which 22 were  located in North
Carolina,  seven were in Virginia, two each were in Arkansas and Mississippi and
one each was in Georgia,  South  Carolina  and  Tennessee.  All but two of these
plants are owned in fee. The aggregate floor area of these manufacturing  plants
in  the  United  States  is   approximately   14.1  million   square  feet.  The
Corporation's  international  operations include three  manufacturing  plants in
Mexico and a joint venture plant in India.

              Of the Corporation's manufacturing plants, 22 are used principally
in the  apparel  products  segment and 17 are used in the  interior  furnishings
products segment. In addition, the Corporation has five manufacturing plants not
currently  in  operation.  The  Corporation's  plants  generally  operate  on  a
three-shift  basis for five-,  six- or seven-day weeks during 49 weeks per year,
or fewer weeks per year  during  curtailments.  The  Corporation  considers  its
plants and equipment to be in excellent condition.

              The corporate headquarters building in Greensboro, North Carolina,
containing  approximately  430,000  square feet,  was  completed and occupied in
1971. The building is located on property  occupied under a 99-year ground lease
that began in 1969. The Corporation has a major sales and  merchandising  office
in New York City, New York under a lease expiring in 2009.



<PAGE>


Item 3.       Legal Proceedings

              The Corporation and its subsidiaries  have sundry claims and other
lawsuits  pending  against  them and also have made  certain  guarantees  in the
ordinary course of business.  It is not possible to determine with certainty the
ultimate liability, if any, of the Corporation in any of the matters referred to
in this item,  but in the opinion of  management,  their outcome  should have no
material adverse effect upon the financial condition or results of operations of
the Corporation.

Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

              None.

 
  

<PAGE>

Executive Officers of the Corporation

         The Corporation's executive officers are listed below.

              Name                  Age            Position
              ----                  ---            --------

George W. Henderson, III.........   49    Director, President and Chief
                                          Executive Officer

Bernard A. Leventhal.............   64    Vice Chairman
                                          (retiring January 31, 1998)

Abraham B. Stenberg..............   62    Director and Vice Chairman

Gary P. Welchman.................   54    Executive Vice President

John D. Englar...................   50    Director, Senior Vice President,
                                          Corporate Development and Law

Charles E. Peters, Jr. ..........   46    Senior Vice President and Chief
                                          Financial Officer

Barbara K. Eisenberg.............   52    Vice President, Corporate Secretary
                                          and Associate General Counsel

James M. Guin....................   54    Vice President, Human Resources and
                                          Public Relations

Lynn L. Lane.....................   46    Vice President, Treasurer and Investor
                                          Relations

George C. Waldrep, Jr. ..........   58    Group Vice President

Robert A. Wicker.................   53    Vice President and General Counsel


              Mr. Henderson has been Chief Executive  Officer of the Corporation
since 1995 and President and Chief Operating  Officer of the  Corporation  since
1993. He was a Group Vice President of the  Corporation for more than five years
prior to 1993. The Corporation's  Board of Directors has announced its intention
to elect Mr. Henderson  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation upon the retirement of Mr. Greenberg when his term of office expires
at the February 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

              Mr.  Leventhal  has been Vice  Chairman of the  Corporation  since
1995. Prior thereto, he was an Executive Vice President of the Corporation (from
1993) and President of the  Corporation's  Menswear  division for more than five
years. Mr. Leventhal was a Group Vice President of the Corporation for more than
five years prior to 1993. Mr. Leventhal will be retiring January 31, 1998.

              Mr.  Stenberg  has been Vice  Chairman  of the  Corporation  since
November,  1997.  Prior  thereto,  he was an  Executive  Vice  President  of the
Corporation  (from 1993),  Chief  Operating  Officer of the Burlington  Interior
Furnishings Group (from 1995), and a Group Vice President of the Corporation for
more than five years prior to 1993.

              Mr.  Welchman has been Executive Vice President of the Corporation
since 1993.  Prior  thereto,  he was a Group Vice  President of the  Corporation
(from 1991). He has served as President of the Klopman Fabrics division for more
than five years.

              Mr. Englar has been Senior Vice President,  Corporate  Development
and Law of the  Corporation  since  1995.  Prior  thereto,  he was a Senior Vice
President,  Finance  and Law  (from  1993) and Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
Corporation  (from  1994).  He was Vice  President  and  General  Counsel of the
Corporation  for more than five years prior to 1994 and  Secretary for more than
five years prior to 1993.

              Mr.  Peters has been Senior  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
Officer of the Corporation since 1995. He was Senior Vice  President-Finance  of
Boston Edison Company from 1991 until joining Burlington.

              Ms.  Eisenberg has been Vice  President of the  Corporation  since
1995. She has been Secretary of the Corporation since 1993 and Associate General
Counsel of the Corporation for more than five years.

              Mr.  Guin has been Vice  President,  Human  Resources  and  Public
Relations,  since 1996. He was Director of Human  Resources for the  Corporation
from 1993 through 1995 and prior thereto he was a divisional  personnel  manager
for various divisions of the Corporation.

              Ms. Lane has been Vice President and Treasurer  since 1996, and in
October 1997 was elected Vice President,  Treasurer and Investor Relations.  She
was Vice  President and  Treasurer of R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company from 1995
until joining Burlington and was Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, Capital
Markets of RJR Nabisco, Inc. from 1991 to 1995.

              Mr. Waldrep has been a Group Vice President of the Corporation for
more than five years.

              Mr.  Wicker has been Vice  President  and  General  Counsel of the
Corporation  since 1995. Prior thereto,  he was Associate General Counsel of the
Corporation  (from  1993)  and was a partner  at the law firm of  Smith,  Helms,
Mulliss & Moore for more than five years prior thereto.

              Executive officers of the Corporation are elected by, and serve at
the  discretion  of, its Board of Directors.  None of the executive  officers or
Directors of the  Corporation  is related by blood,  marriage or adoption to any
other executive officer or Director of the Corporation.

                                     PART II

Item 5.       Market  for   Registrant's   Common   Equity  and   Related
              Stockholder Matters

              Reference is made to Note R to the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements in the  Corporation's  1997 Annual Report to  Shareholders,  which is
incorporated herein by reference,  for information concerning the composite high
and low sales prices for the Corporation's  Common Stock for each fiscal quarter
of fiscal years 1997 and 1996. The  Corporation's  common stock is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange.

              As of November 20, 1997, there were approximately 1,623 holders of
record  of the  Corporation's  common  stock  and two  holders  of record of the
Corporation's nonvoting common stock.

              The  Corporation  has not paid any cash  dividends  on its  common
stock during fiscal years 1997 and 1996. The Corporation's bank credit agreement
places  annual  limitations  on the payment of  dividends  on the  Corporation's
common stock. Under such agreement,  the Corporation may not pay dividends in an
aggregate  amount in any fiscal year, on a cumulative  basis since the beginning
of  such  fiscal  year  through  such  time,  in  an  amount  exceeding  50%  of
Consolidated  Net Income  (as  defined in such bank  credit  agreement)  for the
preceding fiscal year.

Item 6.       Selected Financial Data

              The  information  required  by this Item is set forth in the table
entitled  "Statistical  Review"  in the  Corporation's  1997  Annual  Report  to
Shareholders, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7.       Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
              and Results of Operations

              The  information  required  by this  Item is set  forth  under the
caption  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Results of  Operations  and
Financial Condition" in the Corporation's 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders and
is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.       Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

              The   financial   statements,   including   the   Report   of  the
Corporation's  Independent  Auditors,  required  by this  Item are  incorporated
herein by reference to the Corporation's 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders. See
Item  14  for a  list  of  those  financial  statements  and  the  pages  of the
Corporation's   1997  Annual  Report  to   Shareholders   from  which  they  are
incorporated.

<PAGE>



                      INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
                                                                      Page  No.
                                                                      ---------
Burlington Industries, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies:

   II.        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.                         S-1

              All  other  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are not
applicable,  not required or because the required information is included in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 9.       Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
              Financial Disclosure

              None.

                                    PART III

Item 10.      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

              The  information  required  by this  Item is set  forth  under the
caption  "Information  about Nominees and Directors" in the Corporation's  Proxy
Statement dated December 16, 1997 and is incorporated herein by reference.

              Information with respect to the Corporation's  executive  officers
is included in Part I of this Report.

Item 11.      Executive Compensation

              The  information  required  by this  Item is set  forth  under the
captions  "Compensation of Directors";  "Report of the Compensation and Benefits
Committee  on  Executive  Compensation";  "Executive  Compensation";  and "Stock
Performance Graph" in the Corporation's  Proxy Statement dated December 16, 1997
and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

              The  information  required  by this  Item is set  forth  under the
caption "Security  Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the
Corporation's Proxy Statement dated December 16, 1997 and is incorporated herein
by reference.

Item 13.      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

              None.

                                     PART IV

Item 14.      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

              (a)    1.     Financial Statements

                     The information  contained in the Corporation's 1997 Annual
                     Report to Shareholders  under the captions and on the pages
                     indicated below is incorporated herein by reference:

                            Report of Ernst & Young LLP,
                             Independent Auditors (page 34)

                            Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal
                               years ended  September  27, 1997,  September  28,
                               1996 and September 30, 1995 (page 16)

                            Consolidated Balance Sheets -
                               as of September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996
                               (page 17)

                            Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  - for the
                               fiscal years ended September 27, 1997,  September
                               28, 1996 and September 30, 1995 (page 18)

                            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (pages 19
                               to 32)

                     2.     Financial Statement Schedules

                     The  financial  statement  schedule  listed under Item 8 is
filed as a part of this Report.



<PAGE>


                     3.     Exhibits

                     The exhibits listed on the  accompanying  Index to Exhibits
are filed as a part of this Report.

              (b)    The  Corporation  filed  the  following  report on Form 8-K
                     during the last quarter of fiscal year 1997:

                     1.   A report on Form 8-K, dated August 8, 1997. The report
                          was "Item 5. Other Events".


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the  Corporation  has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                           BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.
Date:  December 12, 1997
                                           By /s/ George W. Henderson, III
                                             --------------------------------
                                                  George W. Henderson, III
                                                  President and Chief
                                                  Executive Officer
                                                  (Principal Executive Officer)

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Corporation and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

       Signature                     Title                        Date
       ---------                     -----                        ----

/s/ George W. Henderson, III  Director, President and         December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------  Chief Executive Officer
    George W. Henderson, III  (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Charles E. Peters, Jr.    Senior Vice President and       December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------  Chief Financial Officer
    Charles E. Peters, Jr.    (Principal Financial Officer and
                              Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Joseph F. Abely, Jr.      Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    Joseph F. Abely, Jr.

/s/ John D. Englar            Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    John D. Englar

/s/ Frank S. Greenberg        Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    Frank S. Greenberg

/s/ David I. Margolis         Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    David I. Margolis

/s/ John G. Medlin, Jr.       Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    John G. Medlin, Jr.

/s/ Nelson Schwab III         Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    Nelson Schwab III

/s/ Abraham B. Stenberg       Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    Abraham B. Stenberg

/s/ John F. Ward              Director                        December 12, 1997
- ----------------------------
    John F. Ward



<PAGE>


                                Index to Exhibits
                                 (Item 14(a)(3))

  Exhibit
    No.                    Description

    3.1           Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Corporation
                  (incorporated by reference from the Corporation's Registration
                  Statement on Form 8-B, filed on June 3, 1994).

    3.2           Bylaws of the Corporation  (incorporated by reference from the
                  Corporation's  Form  10-Q  Quarterly  Report  for  the  fiscal
                  quarter ended March 29, 1997).

    4.1           Credit  Agreement  dated as of September  30, 1988, as amended
                  and  restated as of November 8, 1995,  among the  Corporation,
                  the Lenders listed therein,  Chemical Bank ("Chemical"),  Bank
                  of  America,  N.A.,  The Bank of Nova  Scotia  ("Scotiabank"),
                  Chase Bank ("Chase"),  First Union National Bank, NationsBank,
                  N.A. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. ("Wachovia"), as Managing Agents,
                  Chase (as successor to Chemical), as Administrative Agent, and
                  Scotiabank,  as Fronting Bank  (incorporated by reference from
                  the Corporation's Form 8-K Report dated November 9, 1995).

    4.2           Indenture   dated  as  of  September  1,  1995,   between  the
                  Corporation  and Wachovia,  as Trustee,  relating to the 7.25%
                  Notes of the Corporation due 2005  (incorporated  by reference
                  from the  Corporation's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-3,
                  filed on August 2, 1995).

    4.3           Form of Rights Agreement dated as of December 3, 1997, between
                  the Corporation and Wachovia,  as Rights Agent,  including the
                  Form of  Rights  Certificate  as  Exhibit  A, the  Summary  of
                  Preferred  Stock Purchase  Rights as Exhibit B and the Form of
                  Certificate  of  Designation  as  Exhibit C  (incorporated  by
                  reference  from  the   Corporation's   Form-8-K  Report  dated
                  December 4, 1997).

                  NOTE:  Pursuant to the  provisions of Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of
                  Regulation S-K, the Corporation  hereby  undertakes to furnish
                  to the  Commission  upon request  copies of other  instruments
                  pursuant to which various  entities hold long-term debt of the
                  Corporation   or   its    consolidated    or    unconsolidated
                  subsidiaries,  none of which instruments governs  indebtedness
                  exceeding 10% of the total assets of the  Corporation  and its
                  subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

   10.1           Lease dated as of May 1, 1994, between the Corporation and The
                  Fisher-Sixth  Avenue  Company and  Hawaiian  Sixth Ave.  Corp.
                  (incorporated by reference from the Corporation's Registration
                  Statement on Form 8-B, filed on June 3, 1994).

   10.2           Indenture of Lease dated February 26, 1969, between Blanche S.
                  Benjamin  and Edward B.  Benjamin,  and a  predecessor  to the
                  Corporation,  including the amendment thereto (incorporated by
                  reference  from  Burlington   Holdings   Inc.'s   Registration
                  Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-16437,  filed on August 12,
                  1987).

   10.3           Agreement   dated  as  of  February   1,  1997,   between  the
                  Corporation  and George W.  Henderson,  III  (incorporated  by
                  reference from the  Corporation's  Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report
                  for the fiscal  quarter  ended  March 29,  1997).  (Management
                  contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.4           Agreement   dated  as  of  November   8,  1994,   between  the
                  Corporation   and  Bernard  A.  Leventhal   (incorporated   by
                  reference from the  Corporation's  Form 10-K Annual Report for
                  the fiscal year ended October 1, 1994).  (Management  contract
                  or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.5           Agreement   dated  as  of  November   8,  1994,   between  the
                  Corporation and Abraham B. Stenberg (incorporated by reference
                  from the Corporation's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the fiscal
                  year  ended   October  1,  1994).   (Management   contract  or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.6           Agreement   dated  as  of  February   1,  1997,   between  the
                  Corporation and John D. Englar (incorporated by reference from
                  the  Corporation's  Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report for the fiscal
                  quarter  ended  March  29,  1997).   (Management  contract  or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.7           Agreement   dated  as  of  February   1,  1996,   between  the
                  Corporation and James M. Guin  (incorporated by reference from
                  the  Corporation's  Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report for the fiscal
                  quarter  ended  March  30,  1996).   (Management  contract  or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.8           Agreement   dated  as  of  February   1,  1996,   between  the
                  Corporation  and Gary P. Welchman  (incorporated  by reference
                  from the  Corporation's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report  for the
                  fiscal quarter ended March 30, 1996).  (Management contract or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.9           Agreement dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Corporation and
                  George C. Waldrep,  Jr.  (incorporated  by reference  from the
                  Corporation's  Form  10-Q  Quarterly  Report  for  the  fiscal
                  quarter  ended  June  29,  1996).   (Management   contract  or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.10          Agreement   dated  as  of  November  13,  1995,   between  the
                  Corporation  and  Charles  E.  Peters,  Jr.  (incorporated  by
                  reference from the  Corporation's  Form 10-K Annual Report for
                  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1995).   (Management
                  contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.11          Agreement  dated as of July 5, 1996,  between the  Corporation
                  and  Lynn  L.  Lane   (incorporated   by  reference  from  the
                  Corporation's  Form 10-K  Annual  Report for the  fiscal  year
                  ended   September   28,   1996).   (Management   contract   or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.12          1994 Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by reference
                  from the Form 10-K  Annual  Report for  Burlington  Industries
                  Equity Inc.  ("Burlington  Equity")  for the fiscal year ended
                  October 2, 1993).  (Management  contract or compensatory plan,
                  contract or arrangement.)

   10.13          Form of Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated as of March 19, 1992,
                  between  Burlington  Equity and The Equitable  Life  Assurance
                  Society  of  the  United  States  and  its   affiliates   (the
                  "Equitable   Investors")   (incorporated   by  reference  from
                  Amendment No. 6 to Burlington Equity's Registration  Statement
                  on Form S-1,  File No.  33-45149,  filed on March  19,  1992).
                  (Management   contract  or  compensatory  plan,   contract  or
                  arrangement.)

   10.14          Description of Supplemental Pre-Retirement and Post-Retirement
                  Benefits Plan, as amended,  and form of participant  agreement
                  (incorporated  by reference  from the Form 10-K Annual  Report
                  for  Burlington  Equity for the fiscal  year ended  October 2,
                  1993).  (Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or
                  arrangement.)

   10.15          Benefits  Equalization  Plan,  as amended and restated on July
                  28, 1994  (incorporated  by reference  from the  Corporation's
                  Form 10-K  Annual  Report  for the fiscal  year ended  October
                  1994).  (Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or
                  arrangement.)

   10.16          Stock   Plan   for   Non-Employee    Directors,   as   amended
                  (incorporated by reference from the Corporation's Registration
                  Statement  on Form 8-B,  filed on June 3,  1994).  (Management
                  contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.17          Deferred   Compensation   Plan  for   Non-Employee   Directors
                  (incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q Quarterly Report
                  for the fiscal  quarter  ended  March 29,  1997).  (Management
                  contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement).

   10.18(a)       Burlington  Industries  Equity Inc. 1992 Equity Incentive Plan
                  ("1992  Incentive  Plan")   (incorporated  by  reference  from
                  Amendment No. 3 to Burlington Equity's Registration  Statement
                  on Form  S-1,  File No.  33-45149,  filed  on March 5,  1992).
                  (Management   contract  or  compensatory  plan,   contract  or
                  arrangement.)

   10.18(b)       Amendments to the 1992  Incentive  Plan,  effective as of July
                  22, 1992  (incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K Annual
                  Report for Burlington Equity for the fiscal year ended October
                  3, 1992).  (Management contract or compensatory plan, contract
                  or arrangement.)

   10.18(c)       Forms of agreements under 1992 Incentive Plan (incorporated by
                  reference  from the Form 10-K  Annual  Report  for  Burlington
                  Equity for the fiscal year ended October 3, 1992). (Management
                  contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.18(d)       Forms of amendments to agreements  under 1992 Incentive  Plan,
                  effective as of July 28, 1993  (incorporated by reference from
                  the Form 10-K  Annual  Report  for  Burlington  Equity for the
                  fiscal year ended  October 2, 1993).  (Management  contract or
                  compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.19(a)       Burlington Industries,  Inc. 1995 Equity Incentive Plan ("1995
                  Incentive Plan")  (incorporated by reference from Exhibit A to
                  the  Corporation's  proxy  statement dated December 18, 1995).
                  (Management   contract  or  compensatory  plan,   contract  or
                  arrangement.)

   10.19(b)       Amendment to 1995 Incentive Plan,  effective as of November 1,
                  1995.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from the Form 10-K Annual
                  Report  for  the  fiscal  year  ended   September  28,  1996).
                  (Management   contract  or  compensatory  plan,   contract  or
                  arrangement.)

   10.19(c)       Form of agreement under 1995 Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by
                  reference from the  Corporation's  Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report
                  for the fiscal  quarter  ended  March 30,  1996).  (Management
                  contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.)

   10.20(a)       Consulting  Agreement  between  the  Corporation  and Frank S.
                  Greenberg  for calendar year 1997,  effective  January 1, 1997
                  (incorporated  by reference from the  Corporation's  Form 10-K
                  Annual  Report for the fiscal year ended  September 28, 1996).
                  (Management   contract  or  compensatory  plan,   contract  or
                  arrangement.)

   10.20(b)       Consulting  Agreement  between  the  Corporation  and Frank S.
                  Greenberg for calendar year 1998,  effective  January 1, 1998.
                  (Management   contract  or  compensatory  plan,   contract  or
                  arrangement.)

   10.21(a)       Stockholder  Agreement  ("Stockholder  Agreement") dated as of
                  October  23,  1990,  among  Burlington  Equity  and the  other
                  parties listed on the signature pages thereof (incorporated by
                  reference  from the Form 10-K  Annual  Report  for  Burlington
                  Industries  Capital Inc.  for the fiscal year ended  September
                  29, 1990).

   10.21(b)       Amendment dated January 17, 1992, to the Stockholder Agreement
                  (incorporated  by reference from Amendment No. 3 to Burlington
                  Equity's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.33-45149,
                  filed on March 5, 1992).

   10.21(c)       Letter  agreement  dated October 25, 1993, with respect to the
                  Stockholder  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from the
                  Corporation's  Form 10-K  Annual  Report for the  fiscal  year
                  ended September 30, 1995).

   10.22          Amended and Restated  Receivables  Purchase Agreement dated as
                  of December 10, 1997, among B.I. Funding,  Inc.  ("BIF"),  the
                  Corporation,  B.I.  Transportation,  Inc. ("BIT"),  Burlington
                  Apparel Services Company  ("BASC"),  Burlington  International
                  Services Company ("BISC"), Burlington Fabrics Inc. ("Fabrics")
                  and The Bacova Guild, Ltd. ("Bacova").

   10.23          Facility  Agreement dated as of December 10, 1997,  among BIF,
                  the  Corporation,  as  Servicer,  and  Wachovia,  as Agent and
                  Collateral Agent.

   10.24          Loan  Agreement  dated as of  December  10,  1997,  among BIF,
                  certain  financial  institutions  as Liquidity  Lenders,  Blue
                  Ridge  Asset  Funding  Corporation,  as  Conduit  Lender,  and
                  Wachovia as Agent for the Lenders.

   10.25          Security  Agreement  dated as of December 10, 1997,  among BIF
                  and Wachovia, as Agent and Collateral Agent.

   10.26          Amended  and  Restated  Subordination  Agreement,  Consent and
                  Acknowledgment,  dated as of December 10, 1997, among BIF, the
                  Corporation, BIT, BASC, BISC, Fabrics, Bacova and Wachovia, as
                  Agent and Collateral Agent.

   12             Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

   13             Portions  of  the   Corporation's   1997   Annual   Report  to
                  Shareholders expressly incorporated by reference.

   22             List of subsidiaries of the Corporation.

   23             Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

   27             Financial Data Schedule.





<PAGE>

                                                                    Schedule II
               BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                             (Amounts in Thousands)

                                    Additions
                         ------------------------------
                                      Charged
                                     (Credited)
                         Balance at   to Costs  Charged                Balance
                          Beginning      and    to Other               at Close
     Description          of Period   Expenses  Accounts  Deductions  of Period
     -----------         ----------  ---------  --------  ----------  ---------

Fiscal year ended September 27, 1997
- ------------------------------------
  Deducted from customer
  accounts receivable:
   Doubtful accounts....  $ 6,154     $ 3,478      $ -    $ 4,184 (2) $ 5,439
                                                                9 (3)
   Discounts............      909          12 (1)    -          -         921
   Returns and
    allowances..........   14,403         (75)(1)    -          -      14,328
                          -------     -------      ---    -------     -------
                          $21,466     $ 3,415      $ -    $ 4,193     $20,688
                          =======     =======      ===    =======     =======


Fiscal year ended September 28, 1996
- ------------------------------------
  Deducted from customer
  accounts receivable:
   Doubtful accounts....  $ 4,226     $ 6,457      $ -    $ 4,487 (2) $ 6,154
                                                               42 (3)
   Discounts............    1,022        (113)(1)    -          -         909
   Returns and
    allowances..........   13,974         429 (1)    -          -      14,403
                          -------     -------      ---    -------     -------
                          $19,222     $ 6,773      $ -    $ 4,529     $21,466
                          =======     =======      ===    =======     =======


Fiscal year ended September 30, 1995
- ------------------------------------
  Deducted from customer
  accounts receivable:
   Doubtful accounts....  $ 4,001     $10,382     $103(4) $10,184 (2) $ 4,226
                                                               76 (3)
   Discounts............      995          27 (1)    -          -       1,022
   Returns and
    allowances..........   12,250       1,559 (1)  165(4)       -      13,974
                          -------     -------      ---    -------     -------
                          $17,246     $11,968     $268    $10,260     $19,222
                          =======     =======     ====    =======     =======








(1)  Represents net increase (decrease) in required reserves.
(2)  Uncollectible accounts receivable written off, net of recoveries.
(3)  Represents changes in reserves due to foreign exchange fluctuation.
(4)  Represents increase attributable to acquisition.




                                       S-1



                                                                Exhibit 10.20(b)
                                 January 1, 1998


Mr. Frank S. Greenberg
500 East Shore Road
Kings Point, New York 11024

Dear Frank:

This letter will confirm our  understanding of the arrangements  under which you
are to provide consulting services for Burlington Industries, Inc. ("Burlington"
or the "Company"). The terms of this arrangement are set out below.

         1. You will render  services as an  independent  private  consultant to
Burlington at times and places deemed  mutually  agreeable.  In your  consulting
activities  for  the  Company,  you  will  report  to  George  Henderson  or his
designated representative.

         2.     Your  services  will be  rendered  as needed  over the period of
January  1, 1998  through  December  31,  1998 (the  "Consulting Period").

         3.  It is  understood  that  during  the  Consulting  Period,  for  all
consulting days requested and provided,  by mutual  agreement,  the Company will
pay you at the rate of $4,000.00  per day,  provided  that the annual  aggregate
amount of per diem fees will not exceed  $100,000.00.  An invoice  for  services
rendered  shall be  submitted  by the 5th day of each  month  for the  preceding
month's services.

         4. This  Agreement  can be  terminated at any time during the period by
yourself upon the provision of ninety (90) days written  notice.  This Agreement
may be  extended  beyond the  Consulting  Period upon the mutual  agreement  and
written consent of the parties.

         5. It is understood that the Company will reimburse you for air travel,
or any  other  reasonable  travel  expense  to and  from  the  location  of your
assignment,  including lodging,  meals,  travel,  and miscellaneous  expenses as
provided by the Burlington  expense  report policy.  All such expenses are to be
submitted  on a monthly  basis,  covered  by a  properly  completed  and  signed
Burlington  expense report form. You  acknowledge and agree that you will not be
covered  by  Burlington's  business  travel/accident   insurance  policies  when
traveling in performance of the services being rendered hereunder.


<PAGE>



         6. During the period  hereof,  you shall remain free to undertake  both
professional and consulting  agreements with other parties,  provided,  however,
that you will not become employed by or render  advisory or consulting  services
to any competitor (present or potential) of Burlington without our prior written
consent and approval.  If you accept full time  employment by a person or entity
other than Burlington  during the period hereof or become employed by or perform
any  services  for  a  competitor  without  our  consent,  this  Agreement  will
automatically  terminate.  Your commitments hereunder with respect to refraining
from  providing  services to any  competitor  (or become  employed  thereby) are
separate from and independent of other non-compete,  non-disclosure  obligations
which you may have under any employment or benefit arrangement with the Company,
and no consent to provide  services  to a  competitor  under this  Agreement  or
cancellation  of  this  Agreement  shall  affect  in  any  way  any  such  other
obligation, or be deemed to consent to any potential violation thereof.

         7.   You   recognize   and   confirm   your   continuing    obligation,
notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the  contrary,  to maintain
confidential all information,  operations or situations treated by Burlington as
secret and/or  confidential  which became known to you during the course of your
employment  prior to the date of this  Agreement.  You recognize that in working
with us under this  Agreement it will be necessary to disclose to you and expose
you to information,  operations,  and situations which we treat as confidential.
You agree accordingly to keep these matters,  any trade secrets and the scope of
your  work  with us  entirely  secret  and  confidential  until  made  public by
Burlington.

         8. You  recognize  and confirm,  notwithstanding  any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, that all improvements, inventions, designs and useful
ideas conceived or made by you during your past employment with Burlington which
relate  in any way to  Burlington's  business  shall be  disclosed  promptly  in
writing, drawing or other tangible form to Burlington and shall be its exclusive
property. All improvements, inventions, designs and useful ideas and other works
of authorship  conceived or made by you in connection  with your  performance of
services under this Agreement shall be disclosed promptly in writing, drawing or
other tangible form to Burlington and shall be its exclusive property.  All such
property described herein shall be assigned or conveyed to Burlington. You agree
further to execute all necessary  applications  and assignments  with respect to
such  property  which  we may  prepare  at our  own  expense.  There  will be no
additional  costs or charges to the Company for the  assignment or conveyance of
such rights or applications, if any, to the Company.

     9. You  acknowledge  and agree that Burlington has no obligation to pay you
severance pay or any other  compensation  not  expressly  provided for herein by
virtue of your performance of services under this Agreement.

    10. It is  understood  and agreed  that the  services  to be rendered by you
under   this   Agreement   shall   be   rendered   by  you  as  an   independent
contractor/consultant  and you will not be  deemed  an  employee  of  Burlington
Industries, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, and as such you will not be covered
under any of the Company's employee benefit programs, except those for which you
may have become eligible by virtue of your previous employment with Burlington.

    11.  Burlington  will deduct  applicable FICA and income taxes from payments
for services rendered under this Agreement.

    12. You hereby  represent that, to your knowledge,  there are no impediments
or preexisting obligations which could prevent or impair your ability to perform
the  terms of this  Agreement.  In the  event you are  unable  to  perform  your
obligations hereunder by reason of such impediments or preexisting  obligations,
then Burlington shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement.

    13. This integrated  document (as it may be amended or extended from time to
time pursuant to paragraph 4 herein) constitutes the entire Agreement concerning
your  consulting  activities  for  Burlington,   as  addressed  herein;  and  it
supersedes and replaces all prior  negotiations  and all agreements  proposed or
otherwise, whether written or oral, concerning all the services covered herein.

    14. Your obligations under paragraphs 7 and 8 will survive the expiration or
termination of this Agreement.

If the foregoing confirms our understanding, would you please sign and return to
us the enclosed duplicate original of this letter.

                                   Sincerely,

                                                BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                              By: /s/George W. Henderson, III
                                                     George W. Henderson, III
                                                     President and Chief
                                                     Executive Officer


Confirmed and Agreed to:


/s/Frank S. Greenberg
   Frank S. Greenberg

   Date:  November 3, 1997






                                                                   Exhibit 10.22
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                         RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 10, 1997

                           (amending and restating the
           Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of August 17, 1994)

                                      Among

                               B.I. FUNDING, INC.,

                          BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,

                                       And

                        THE OTHER SELLERS PARTIES HERETO

 


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
||
                                    ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; RESTATEMENT...............................................1
  SECTION 1.01.        ................................................1
  SECTION 1.02.  Restatement of Prior Agreement........................2
  SECTION 1.03.  Qualification Regarding Bacova........................2

                                   ARTICLE II

PURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES; CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT.....................2
  SECTION 2.01.  Purchase of Receivables...............................2
  SECTION 2.02.  Purchase Price........................................3
  SECTION 2.03.  Payment of Purchase Price.............................4
  SECTION 2.04.  No Repurchase.........................................5
  SECTION 2.05.  Dilutive Credits......................................5
  SECTION 2.06.  Certain Charges.......................................6
  SECTION 2.07.  Termination...........................................6
  SECTION 2.08.  Limitation on Liability of the Sellers and Others.....6
  SECTION 2.09.  Inclusion of Additional Sellers.......................7

                                   ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................ .......8

  SECTION 3.01.  Conditions  Precedent  to  the  Effectiveness  of  this
                 Agreement...................................... .......8

  SECTION 3.02.  Conditions  Precedent  to  the  Company's  Purchases  of
                 Receivables.................................. .........9

  SECTION 3.03.  Conditions Precedent to Sellers' Obligations on Effective
                 Date....................................... ...........10

  SECTION 3.04.  Conditions  Precedent to Sellers' Obligations on Payment
                 Dates..................................................11

                                   ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..........................................11
         SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties of the Parties...11
         SECTION 4.02.  Additional Representations of the Sellers.......12

                                    ARTICLE V

COVENANTS...............................................................14
         SECTION 5.01.  Affirmative Covenants of the Sellers............14
         SECTION 5.02.  Negative Covenants of the Sellers...............21


 


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENTS.............................................22
         SECTION 6.01.  Purchase Termination Events.....................22
         SECTION 6.02.  Remedies........................................23

                                   ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION.........................................................23
         SECTION 7.01.  Indemnities by the Sellers......................23
         SECTION 7.02.  Indemnities by the Company......................25

                                  ARTICLE VIII

SUBORDINATED NOTE; PREFERRED STOCK......................................25
         SECTION 8.01.  Subordinated Note...............................25
         SECTION 8.02.  Preferred Stock.................................26
         SECTION 8.03.  Restructuring on Transfer of Subordinated Note and
                             Preferred Stock............................26

                                  ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS...........................................................26
         SECTION 9.01.  Amendments, Etc.................................26
         SECTION 9.02.  Notices, Etc....................................26
         SECTION 9.03.  No Waiver; Remedies.............................27
         SECTION 9.04.  Binding Effect; Governing Law...................27
         SECTION 9.05.  Costs, Expenses and Taxes.......................27
         SECTION 9.06.  Headings........................................28
         SECTION 9.07.  Grant of License to Use Patents and Trademarks..28
         SECTION 9.08.  Acknowledgment of Transaction Documents.........28
         SECTION 9.09.  Waiver of Jury Trial............................28
         SECTION 9.10.  Severability....................................28
         SECTION 9.11.  Counterparts....................................28
         SECTION 9.12.  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.....28
||

 


<PAGE>




Schedules

SCHEDULE I                    Authorized Officers
SCHEDULE II                   Fiscal Months and Fiscal Quarters
SCHEDULE III                  Trade Names
SCHEDULE IV                   Accounts
SCHEDULE V                    Location of Records
SCHEDULE VI                   Notices

Exhibits

EXHIBIT A                           Form of Monthly Settlement Statement
EXHIBIT B                           Form of Weekly Report
EXHIBIT C                           Form of Subordinated Note

Annexes

ANNEX Z                             Definitions



 


<PAGE>



         AMENDED AND RESTATED  RECEIVABLES  PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement")
dated as of December 10, 1997 (amending and restating the  Receivables  Purchase
Agreement  dated as of August 17,  1994) among B.I.  FUNDING,  INC.,  a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
("BII"), B.I. TRANSPORTATION,  INC., a Delaware corporation ("BTI"),  BURLINGTON
FABRICS  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  ("BFI");  BURLINGTON  APPAREL  SERVICES
COMPANY, a Delaware  corporation  ("BASC");  BURLINGTON  INTERNATIONAL  SERVICES
COMPANY,  a Delaware  corporation  ("BISC");  THE BACOVA GUILD, LTD., a Delaware
corporation  ("Bacova");  and each Additional  Seller which may hereafter become
party hereto;  (BII, BTI, BFI, BASC, BISC, Bacova and the Additional Sellers are
herein referred to collectively as the "Sellers").

         The Company is in the business of acquiring accounts  receivable of the
Sellers.  The Company  intends from time to time to sell an interest in the pool
of accounts  receivable  purchased by the Company from the Sellers  pursuant to,
and in  accordance  with the terms of,  this  Agreement.  In order to enable the
Company to sell such  interest,  the Sellers are willing to sell to the Company,
and the Company is willing to Purchase from the Sellers,  the Receivables on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

         Accordingly, the Company and each of the Sellers agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                            DEFINITIONS; RESTATEMENT

         SECTION 1.01.
                  (a) Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
         shall  have the  meanings  assigned  to such  terms in Annex Z attached
         hereto.

                  (b) Terms Generally.  The definitions referred to in paragraph
         (a) above shall apply  equally to both the singular and plural forms of
         the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall
         include the  corresponding  masculine,  feminine and neuter forms.  The
         words  "include",  "includes"  and  "including"  shall be  deemed to be
         followed by the phrase "without  limitation".  All references herein to
         Articles,  Sections,  Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references
         to Articles  and  Sections  of, and  Exhibits  and  Schedules  to, this
         Agreement  unless  the  context  shall  otherwise  require.  Except  as
         otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all terms of an  accounting or
         financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

                  (c) UCC Terms. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC that are
         used  but not  defined  herein  or in Annex Z shall  have the  meanings
         assigned to such terms in such Article 9.

                  (d) Computation of Time Periods. Unless otherwise specified in


 

                                                         1

<PAGE>



         this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified
         date to a later  specified  date,  the  word  "from"  means  "from  and
         including,"   and  the  words  "to"  and  "until"  each  mean  "to  but
         excluding".

         SECTION 1.02. Restatement of Prior Agreement. This Agreement amends and
restates in its entirety the  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement dated as of March
26,  1992,  as amended  and  restated  as of August 17,  1994 (the  "Prior  Sale
Agreement"),  among certain of the Sellers and the Company.  All Receivables and
other assets  conveyed to the Company under the Prior  Agreement shall be deemed
to have been conveyed  hereunder,  and all obligations of the Sellers  hereunder
shall apply to such assets to the same extent as assets  conveyed after the date
hereof.

         SECTION 1.03. Qualification Regarding Bacova.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in any of the Transaction  Documents,  Receivables originated by
Bacova  shall  not be  conveyed  to the  Company  hereunder,  and  shall  not be
classified as Eligible Receivables or be subject to the terms of the Transaction
Documents   regarding  the   collection  of  Receivables  or  the  reporting  of
information  regarding  the  Receivables,  until the Company and the Agent shall
have  agreed  to  the  inclusion  of  such   Receivables  in  the   transactions
contemplated  by the Transaction  Documents,  which agreement shall be deemed to
have occurred once the reporting systems of Bacova have been integrated into the
systems of the Parent Group in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and
notified to the Servicers in writing.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            PURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES;
                            CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

         SECTION 2.01.    Purchase of Receivables.

                  (a) Each of the Sellers (other than BII) hereby sells, assigns
         transfers and conveys to BII, and BII hereby sells, assigns,  transfers
         and conveys to the  Company,  on the Closing Date and from time to time
         thereafter, on the terms and subject to the conditions specifically set
         forth herein, all its respective right, title and interest,  in, to and
         under (i) all Receivables now existing and hereafter  arising from time
         to time,  as  provided  in  paragraph  (b) below,  and all  payment and
         enforcement  rights  (but  none of the  obligations)  with  respect  to
         Receivables,  (ii) all Related Security in respect of such Receivables,
         (iii) all  Collections  and  other  monies  due or to  become  due with
         respect to the foregoing and (iv) all proceeds of the foregoing.  It is
         understood that all Receivables,  Related Security, monies and proceeds
         conveyed  by the  Sellers  (other  than  BII) to BII  pursuant  to this
         Section  2.01  (the  "Subsidiary   Assets")  are  simultaneously  being
         conveyed by BII to the Company, together with Receivables originated by
         BII  (and  Related  Security,  monies  and  proceeds  relating  to such
         Receivables  originated  by  BII).  BII  retains  no  interest  in  the
         Subsidiary Assets. The Company shall be entitled to exercise all of its
         rights and remedies  hereunder  with respect to the  Subsidiary  Assets
         against  either  BII or the  Seller  that  originated  such  Subsidiary
         Assets, or both, to the

 

                                                         2

<PAGE>



         same  extent  as  would  be the  case if (in the  case of BII)  BII had
         originated  such  Subsidiary  Assets or (in the case of such Seller) if
         the Company acquired such Subsidiary Assets directly from such Seller.

                  (b)  Upon  the  fulfillment  of the  conditions  set  forth in
         Article III with respect to each newly created  Receivable,  all of the
         applicable  Seller's  right,  title and  interest  in and to such newly
         created  Receivable  and  all  Related  Security  in  respect  of  such
         Receivable  shall be  immediately  and  automatically  sold,  assigned,
         transferred and conveyed to the Company pursuant to paragraph (a) above
         without any further action by such Seller or any other Person.

                  (c) The parties to this Agreement intend that the transactions
         contemplated  hereby  shall be, and shall be treated  as, a purchase by
         the  Company  and a sale  by the  applicable  Seller  of the  Purchased
         Receivables and not as a lending transaction.  All sales of Receivables
         and Related  Security by any Seller hereunder shall be without recourse
         to, or  representation or warranty of any kind (express or implied) by,
         any Seller,  except as  otherwise  specifically  provided  herein.  The
         foregoing sale, assignment, transfer and conveyance does not constitute
         and is not  intended  to  result in a  creation  or  assumption  by the
         Company  of  any  obligation  of any  Seller  or any  other  Person  in
         connection  with the  Receivables  or any agreement  relating  thereto,
         including any obligation to any Obligor.

                  (d) In connection with the foregoing conveyances,  each Seller
         agrees to record and file,  at its own  expense,  financing  statements
         (and continuation  statements with respect to such financing statements
         when  applicable)  with respect to the Receivables and Related Security
         now  existing  and  hereafter  acquired by the Company from the Sellers
         meeting the  requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in
         such  jurisdictions  as are  necessary to perfect the  purchases of the
         Receivables and Related  Security by the Company from the Sellers,  and
         to deliver such financing  statements to the Company on or prior to the
         Effective Date.

                  (e) In connection with the foregoing conveyances,  each Seller
         agrees at its own expense, as agent of the Company,  (i) to indicate on
         the  computer  files  and  other  physical   records  relating  to  the
         Receivables  (by means of a  general  legend  that  will  automatically
         appear  at or  near  the  beginning  of any  list or  print-out  of the
         Receivables)  that,  unless otherwise  specifically  identified on such
         list or  print-out  as a  Receivable  not so sold or  transferred,  all
         Receivables  included in such list or  print-out  and Related  Security
         have been sold to the Company in  accordance  with this  Agreement  and
         (ii) to deliver  to the  Company  computer  files or  microfiche  lists
         containing true and complete lists of all such Receivables,  identified
         by Obligor and by the  Receivables  balance as of a date  acceptable to
         the Company prior to the Effective  Date.  Such files or lists shall be
         delivered to the Company as confidential and proprietary.

         SECTION 2.02.  Purchase Price. The amount payable by the Company to BII


 

                                                         3

<PAGE>



the "Purchase Price") for newly created  Receivables and Related Security on any
Payment Date to the Company under this  Agreement  shall be equal to the product
of (a)  the  aggregate  Outstanding  Balances  of such  Receivables  and (b) the
Discounted  Percentage.  Such  Purchase  Price shall be paid pursuant to Section
2.03. The amount payable by BII to another Seller for newly created  Receivables
and  Related  Security  on any  Payment  Date  shall be  equal to the  aggregate
Outstanding  Balances of such  Receivables.  Such amount shall be paid by BII in
cash to such  Seller  on such  Payment  Date,  and  the  Company  shall  have no
liability with respect to the payment of such amount.  BII's failure to pay such
amount to such Seller shall not affect in any way the Company's rights in and to
such Receivables and Related Security.

         SECTION 2.03.  Payment of Purchase Price.

                  (a)  The  Purchase  Price  for  Receivables  and  the  Related
         Security  shall be paid or  provided  for by the  Company to BII on the
         Effective  Date and  thereafter  on each Business Day (each such day, a
         "Payment Date") as follows:

                              (i) to the extent  available for such purpose,  in
                  cash from  Collections,  provided  that all cash payments on a
                  day  other  than a Weekly  Settlement  Date  shall be  interim
                  payments subject to adjustment as provided in clause(b) below;

                              (ii) to the extent available for such purpose,  in
                  cash from the  proceeds  of  Advances  obtained by the Company
                  under the Loan Agreement;

                              (iii) at the  option of the  Company,  by means of
                  any one or more of the following:  (A) amounts  contributed by
                  BII to the  Company,  and  (B) an  addition  to the  principal
                  amount of the Subordinated  Note and the issuance of shares of
                  Preferred  Stock  so  that  the  sum of the  addition  to such
                  principal  amount  and  the  liquidation  preferences  of such
                  shares  shall  equal the  remaining  portion  of the  Purchase
                  Price;  provided,  however, that the addition of the principal
                  amount of Subordinated Note on such Payment Date shall not, in
                  any event, exceed the maximum principal amount of Subordinated
                  Note  that  may  be   outstanding  on  such  Payment  Date  as
                  determined  from  information  contained  in the  most  recent
                  Weekly Report in accordance with Section 8.01.

                  (b) In each Weekly Report, the Servicer shall determine:

                              (i)   the aggregate  amount paid by the Company to
                                    BII  pursuant to Section  2.03(a)(i)  during
                                    the Related  Period (as defined  below) plus
                                    the aggregate amount of Indemnified  Amounts
                                    (as defined in Section 7.01) for the Related
                                    Period;

                              (ii)  the portion of  Collections  for the Related
                                    Period required to be applied to the payment
                                    of principal  of, or interest on,  Advances,
                                    fees payable  under the Loan  Agreement  and
                                    other amounts

 

                                                         4

<PAGE>



                                    required  to be paid or set aside  under the
                                    Loan Agreement; and

                              (iii) the excess of the amount determined pursuant
                                    to  clause   (i)  above   over  the   amount
                                    determined pursuant to clause (ii) above.

         "Related  Period"  means a period from one Weekly  Cut-Off Date (or, in
the case of the  first  Related  Period,  the date  hereof)  to the next  Weekly
Cut-Off Date, and the Related Period with respect to any Weekly Report means the
Related Period ending on the Weekly Cut-Off Date  immediately  prior to the date
of such Weekly Report.

         If the amount  determined  pursuant to clause (iii) above is a positive
number, BII agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount set forth
in clause  (ii) above,  on the related  Weekly  Settlement  Date in  immediately
available  funds. If the amount  determined  pursuant to clause (iii) above is a
negative number,  BII agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount
set  forth in  clause  (i)  above,  on the  related  Weekly  Settlement  Date in
immediately available funds.  Concurrently with such payment, in accordance with
(and subject to the limitations of) Section 2.03(a)(iii)), the Subordinated Note
will be  increased  by such amount  and/or  shares of  Preferred  Shares will be
issued to BII.

                  (c) All payments under this Agreement  shall be made not later
         than 2:30 p.m.,  Atlanta time, on the date specified therefor in lawful
         money of the  United  States of America in same day funds and (i) if to
         any Seller,  to the  respective  bank account  designated in writing by
         such  Seller to the  Company  and (ii) if to the  Company,  to the bank
         account  designated  in writing by the Company to the Sellers.  Amounts
         not paid when due shall bear  interest  at a rate equal at all times to
         the Alternate Base Rate plus 2%, payable on demand.

                  (d) Whenever any payment to be made under this Agreement shall
         be stated to be due on a day other than a Business  Day,  such  payment
         shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

         SECTION 2.04. No  Repurchase.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the
contrary, no Seller shall have any right or obligation under this Agreement,  by
implication  or  otherwise,   to  repurchase  from  the  Company  any  Purchased
Receivables or to rescind or otherwise  retroactively affect any purchase of any
Purchased Receivables after the Purchase Date relating thereto.

         SECTION 2.05. Dilutive Credits. The Sellers may accept returns of goods
for full or partial  credit or make a daily  adjustment in the principal  amount
payable with respect to a customer who has purchased  merchandise or services on
credit in accordance  with the Policies.  Such  adjustment  shall be made by the
applicable  Seller on each Date of Processing.  Such  adjustment  shall be in an
amount equal to the  aggregate  amount of all  Dilutive  Credits on such Date of
Processing. Dilutive Credits shall be subtracted from the Outstanding Balance of
Eligible Receivables appearing on the next Weekly Report.

 

                                                         5

<PAGE>




         SECTION  2.06.  Certain  Charges.  Each of the  Sellers and the Company
agrees that late charge revenue, other fees and charges and other similar items,
whenever  created,  accrued  in respect of  Purchased  Receivables  shall be the
property of the Company notwithstanding the occurrence of a Purchase Termination
Event and all  Collections  with respect  thereto shall continue to be allocated
and treated as Collections in respect of Purchased Receivables.

         SECTION 2.07. Termination.  Each Seller's respective obligation to sell
the Receivables  under this Agreement shall terminate on the date (the "Purchase
Termination  Date") that is the earlier of (a) the  termination of the Liquidity
Commitments  pursuant  to the  Loan  Agreement  and (b) the  date on  which  the
Company's obligation to purchase Receivables shall terminate pursuant to Section
6.01.

         SECTION  2.08.  Limitation  on Liability of the Sellers and Others.  No
recourse  under or upon any  obligation  or covenant of this  Agreement,  or the
Receivables,  or for any claim based  thereon or otherwise  in respect  thereof,
shall be had against any incorporator,  shareholder, employee, agent, officer or
director,  in its capacity as such, past, present or future, of any Seller or of
any successor  corporation,  either directly or through such Seller,  whether by
virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any
assessment  or penalty or otherwise;  it being  expressly  understood  that this
Agreement and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations,
and that no such personal  liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be
incurred by the  incorporators,  shareholders,  employees,  agents,  officers or
directors,  as such,  of any Seller or of any successor  corporation,  or any of
them, under or by reason of the obligations,  covenants or agreements  contained
in this Agreement or in the Receivables or implied  therefrom;  and that any and
all  such  personal  liability,  either  at  common  law  or  in  equity  or  by
constitution  or statute,  of, and any and all such  rights and claims  against,
every such incorporator,  shareholder,  employee, agent, officer or director, as
such,  under or by reason of the  obligations  or  covenants  contained  in this
Agreement  or in the  Receivables  or implied  therefrom,  are hereby  expressly
waived and released as a condition of, and as  consideration  for, the execution
of this Agreement provided,  however,  that this provision shall not protect any
such Person against any liability  which would otherwise be imposed by reason of
wilful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
or by reason of reckless  disregard of obligations  and duties  hereunder.  Each
Seller and any  director or officer or employee or agent of such Seller may rely
in good faith on any  document of any kind prima  facie  properly  executed  and
submitted by any Person  respecting  any matters  arising  hereunder.  No Seller
shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not  incidental to its duties to service the  Receivables in accordance
with this  Agreement  if such  appearance,  prosecution  or defense may, in such
party's  reasonable  opinion,  cause it to incur any  expense or  liability.  In
furtherance of the  foregoing,  to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the
Company and the Sellers  agree that (a) no Seller shall be entitled to (or to an
accounting  for) any  surplus or be liable  for any  deficiency  resulting  from
actual  Collections of Receivables  and (b) each Seller  irrevocably  waives any
right or equity of redemption in respect of the Receivables.


 

                                                         6

<PAGE>



         SECTION  2.09.  Inclusion of Additional  Sellers.  At any time and from
time to  time,  upon  the  prior  delivery  to the  Company  and the  Agent of a
certificate (together with an executed copy of the agreement attached thereto in
accordance with clause (ii) below, and "Additional Seller  Certificate") to that
effect,  BII may designate one or more of its then wholly owned  Subsidiaries as
(and,  upon approval by the Agent of the addition and the materials  required to
be delivered  under this Section  2.09 and the Agent's  receipt of  confirmation
that the addition will not cause the rating on any Commercial  Paper Notes to be
reduced or withdrawn, such Subsidiaries shall automatically, without any further
notice or other action,  become)  Sellers under this Agreement (each such Seller
being an "Additional  Seller");  whereupon this Agreement  shall  automatically,
without  any  further  notice  or other  action,  be  amended,  supplemented  or
otherwise  modified,  to  the  extent  necessary,  to  reflect  the  information
contained  in  such  Additional  Seller  Certificate.   Each  Additional  Seller
Certificate (i) shall contain the following information:

                                    (A) the name and the state of  incorporation
                              of the proposed Additional Seller;

                                    (B)   a   statement   that   such   proposed
                              Additional  Seller is a wholly owned Subsidiary of
                              BII;

                                    (C) a  description  of the  business of such
                              proposed Additional Seller (which shall be similar
                              or  related  to one  or  more  of  the  businesses
                              conducted  by any of the  Sellers  (other than the
                              Additional   Sellers)  on  the   Effective   Date,
                              including,  without  limitation  those  businesses
                              that, in the ordinary course,  (a) purchase or use
                              goods   manufactured  or  processed  and  services
                              rendered  by, or (b)  manufacture  goods or render
                              services  purchased  or used by, any  business  in
                              which any such  other  Seller is so engaged on the
                              Effective  Date) and a description of the types of
                              Obligors  whose  Receivables  will  be sold to the
                              Company by such proposed Additional Sellers (which
                              shall be  substantially  similar  to the  types of
                              Obligors whose  Receivables are being purchased by
                              the Company from the Sellers at that time);

                                    (D) the date (an  "Additional  Seller Date")
                              on which  such  proposed  Additional  Seller is to
                              become an Additional Seller; and

                                    (E)   certification   as  to   the   matters
                              contained  in  the   certificates   of  the  Chief
                              Financial  Officer of BII  delivered  pursuant  to
                              Section 6.1.18 of the Loan Agreement;


 

                                                         7

<PAGE>



(ii) shall attach an agreement between such proposed  Additional Seller, BII and
the Company, for their benefit and the benefit of the other Sellers, pursuant to
which such proposed Additional Seller:

                  (A) shall have  certified that it has satisfied all conditions
         as to itself, its activities and its property contained in Section 3.01
         (substituting,  for purposes of this clause (A), the related Additional
         Seller Date for the Effective Date referred to therein);

                  (B) shall furnish all information as to itself, its activities
         and its property required by this Agreement  (including the information
         required under each applicable Schedule);

                  (C)  shall  agree  to be bound by the  terms,  conditions  and
         provisions of this Agreement and the Subordination  Agreement,  Consent
         and Acknowledgment purporting to bind the Sellers;

                  (D) shall make on and as of such  Additional  Seller  Date all
         representations  and warranties,  as to itself,  its activities and its
         property, contained in Sections 4.01 and 4.02; and

(iii) shall attach an opinion satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent as
to the  matters set forth in the opinion  required to be  delivered  pursuant to
Section 6.1.17 of the Loan  Agreement.  The consent of the Agent to the addition
of a Seller  shall not be  withheld  if (i) such  proposed  Additional  Seller's
Receivables  balance as of a date not earlier than 10 days prior to the delivery
of the Additional  Seller  Certificate  does not exceed 2.0% of the  Outstanding
Balance of all Receivables as of such date (an "Immaterial Seller"); (ii) BII is
the Servicer at such time;  and (iii) the types of Obligors  which are obligated
with respect to such proposed Additional Seller's  Receivables are substantially
similar to types of Obligors which are obligated with respect to the Receivables
then being purchased by the Company from the Sellers;  provided  further that in
the event that any such Immaterial Seller's Receivables balance shall during the
12 months  immediately  following such Additional  Seller Date, exceed 5% of the
Outstanding  Balance  of  all  Receivables,  such  excess  amount  shall  not be
classified as Eligible Receivables until the expiration of such 12 month period.

                                   ARTICLE III

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         SECTION  3.01.  Conditions  Precedent  to  the  Effectiveness  of  this
Agreement.  The  effectiveness  of this  Agreement is subject to the  conditions
precedent that (a) each of the other Purchase  Documents  shall be in full force
and effect and (b) the  conditions  set forth below shall have been satisfied on
or before the Effective Date:

                              (i) the Company shall have received copies of duly

 

                                                         8

<PAGE>



                  adopted  resolutions  of the Board of Directors of each Seller
                  as in effect on the  Effective  Date and in form and substance
                  satisfactory to the Company,  authorizing this Agreement,  the
                  documents  to be delivered  by such Seller  hereunder  and the
                  transactions  contemplated hereby,  certified by the Secretary
                  or Assistant Secretary of such Seller;

                              (ii) the Company shall have received duly executed
                  certificates  of the  Secretary or an  Assistant  Secretary of
                  each Seller,  dated the day of the Effective  Date and in form
                  and  substance  satisfactory  to the Company,  certifying  the
                  names and true signatures of the officers authorized on behalf
                  of such Seller to sign this  Agreement or any  instruments  or
                  documents in connection with this Agreement;

                              (iii) the  Concentration  Account  and the Lockbox
                  Accounts  shall  have  been  established  in the  name  of the
                  Company,  and lockbox arrangements made in connection with the
                  1994 Liquidity  Agreement shall have been terminated as to the
                  collateral agent under such agreement;

                              (iv) the  Company  shall  have  received  (i) duly
                  executed UCC-1  financing  statements from each of the Sellers
                  with respect to the Receivables  and the Related  Security for
                  filing  in  such  manner  and  in  such  jurisdictions  as are
                  necessary  or  desirable  to perfect the  Company's  ownership
                  interest  thereof  under  the  UCC;  (ii)  duly  executed  UCC
                  statements   assigning  to  the  Agent  any  UCC-1   financing
                  statements  filed in connection  with the Prior Sale Agreement
                  against  BII in favor of the  Company;  and  (iii)  all  other
                  action necessary or desirable,  in the opinion of the Company,
                  to  perfect  the   Company's   ownership   of  the   Purchased
                  Receivables shall have been duly taken;

                              (v)  each  Seller  shall  have  delivered  to  the
                  Company a microfiche or other tangible evidence  acceptable to
                  the  Company  showing as of a date  acceptable  to the Company
                  prior to the Effective Date the Obligors whose Receivables are
                  to be  transferred  to the  Company  and  the  balance  of the
                  Receivables with respect to each such Obligor as of such date;

                              (vi) the Company  shall have  received  reports of
                  UCC and other  searches  of each  Seller  with  respect to the
                  Receivables and the Related Security reflecting the absence of
                  Liens  thereon,  except Liens created in  connection  with the
                  sale  by  the  Company  of  an   interest  in  the   Purchased
                  Receivables  and except for Liens as to which the  Company has
                  received UCC termination statements; and

                              (vii) the Company shall have modified the existing
                  lockbox  arrangements  with the  Lockbox  Banks to reflect the
                  transactions contemplated by the new Transaction Documents.

         SECTION  3.02.  Conditions  Precedent  to the  Company's  Purchases  of

 

                                                         9

<PAGE>



Receivables. The obligation of the Company to accept and pay for each Receivable
and the Related  Security on each Payment Date  (including  the Effective  Date)
from the Sellers shall be subject to the further  conditions  precedent  that on
such Payment Date:

                  (a) the following statements shall be true (and the acceptance
         by each Seller of their respective  Purchase Prices for any Receivables
         on any Payment Date shall constitute a  representation  and warranty by
         such Seller that on such Payment Date such statements are true):

                              (i) the  representations  and  warranties  of each
                  Seller  contained in Sections  4.01 and 4.02 shall be true and
                  correct in all  material  respects  on and as of such  Payment
                  Date as though made on and as of such date; and

                              (ii) no Purchase  Termination  Event or  Incipient
                  Purchase  Termination  Event with  respect to any Seller shall
                  have occurred and be continuing;

                  (b) the Company shall be satisfied that each Seller's systems,
         procedures and record keeping relating to the Purchased Receivables are
         in all  respects  sufficient  and  satisfactory  in order to permit the
         purchase and administration of the Purchased  Receivables in accordance
         with the terms and intent of this Agreement;

                  (c) the  Company  shall have  received  payment in full of all
         amounts for which payment has been requested by the Company pursuant to
         Article VII or Section 9.05;

                  (d) the  Company  shall have  received  such other  approvals,
         opinions or documents as the Company may reasonably request;

                  (e) each Seller shall have complied with all its covenants and
         satisfied  all its  obligations  under this  Agreement  required  to be
         complied with or satisfied as of such date; and

                  (f) the Company shall be satisfied  that,  after giving effect
         to the  transactions  contemplated  to occur on such Purchase  Date, no
         Purchase Termination Event or Incipient Purchase Termination Event with
         respect to the Company shall have occurred and be continuing.

         SECTION 3.03. Conditions Precedent to Sellers' Obligations on Effective
Date.  The  obligations of each Seller on the Effective Date shall be subject to
the  conditions  precedent that such Seller shall have received on or before the
Effective  Date the  following,  each dated the day of the Effective Date and in
form and substance satisfactory to such Seller:

                  (a) a  copy  of  duly  adopted  resolutions  of the  Board  of
         Directors of the Company  authorizing this Agreement,  the documents to
         be delivered by the Company

 

                                                        10

<PAGE>



         hereunder and the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  certified by the
         Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

                  (b) a duly executed  certificate of the Secretary or Assistant
         Secretary of the Company  certifying  the names and true  signatures of
         the officers  authorized  on its behalf to sign this  Agreement and the
         other documents to be delivered by it hereunder.

         SECTION 3.04.  Conditions  Precedent to Sellers' Obligations on Payment
Dates.  The  obligations  of each  Seller on any  Payment  Date  (including  the
Effective  Date) shall be subject to the further  conditions  precedent that the
representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 4.01 are true
and correct on and as of such Payment Date as though made on and as of such date
(and the  payment by the  Company  of the  Purchase  Price  shall  constitute  a
representation and warranty by the Company that on such date such statements are
true).

                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         SECTION  4.01.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Parties.  The
Company  represents  and warrants as to itself,  and each Seller  represents and
warrants as to itself, as follows:

                  (a)  Organization  and Good Standing.  It (i) is a corporation
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation  and is  duly  qualified  as a
         foreign  corporation  and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction  in
         which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on
         the conduct of its business, (ii) has the requisite corporate power and
         authority to effect the transactions  contemplated hereby and (iii) has
         all requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own,
         sell, pledge,  mortgage and operate its properties,  and to conduct its
         business as now or currently proposed to be conducted.

                  (b) Due Authorization and No Conflict. The execution, delivery
         and  performance  by it of  this  Agreement,  and all  instruments  and
         documents  to be  delivered  hereunder  by  it,  and  the  transactions
         contemplated  hereby and thereby,  (i) are within its corporate powers,
         have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,  including
         the consent of shareholders  where required,  and do not (A) contravene
         its charter or by-laws,  (B) violate any law or regulation or any order
         or decree of any court or  governmental  instrumentality,  (C) conflict
         with or result in the breach of, or  constitute  a default  under,  any
         material  indenture,  mortgage or deed of trust binding on or affecting
         it or any of its  respective  subsidiaries  or any of its properties or
         (D)  result in or  require  the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien,
         including pursuant to any agreement or instrument referred to in clause
         (C) above, except as created or imposed hereunder or under the Security
         Agreement,  and no transaction  contemplated hereby requires compliance
         on its part  with any bulk  sales  act or  similar  law and (ii) do not
         require the  consent,  authorization  by or approval of or notice to or
         filing or registration with, any

 

                                                        11

<PAGE>



         governmental  body,  agency,  authority,  regulatory  body or any other
         Person other than those  referred to in Article III hereof,  which have
         been  obtained.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
         the  Company  and each  Seller and  constitutes  its  legal,  valid and
         binding  obligations  enforceable  against  it in  accordance  with its
         terms.  The  Subordinated  Note has been duly executed and delivered by
         the Company and  constitutes  its legal,  valid and binding  obligation
         enforceable  against it in  accordance  with its terms.  The  Preferred
         Stock has been duly authorized and against payment therefor as provided
         herein will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (c) No  Proceedings.  There is no action,  suit or  proceeding
         pending or, to its knowledge  threatened against or affecting it or any
         of its subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator
         that  is  reasonably   likely  to  be  determined   adversely  to  such
         corporation and that, if so determined,  would materially and adversely
         affect its condition  (financial or otherwise),  business,  operations,
         properties or assets or that purports to affect the legality,  validity
         or  enforceability  of this  Agreement,  and  none of the  transactions
         contemplated  hereby is or is  threatened  to be restrained or enjoined
         (temporarily, preliminarily or permanently).

                  (d)  Accounting  Treatment.  It will not prepare any financial
         statements that shall account for the transactions contemplated hereby,
         nor  will  it  in  any  other  respect  account  for  the  transactions
         contemplated  hereby,  in  a  manner  that  is  inconsistent  with  the
         Company's ownership interest in the Receivables.

         SECTION 4.02.  Additional  Representations of the Sellers.  Each Seller
additionally represents and warrants as follows:

                  (a) Eligible  Receivables.  Each Receivable sold by any Seller
         hereunder  and  designated  on  a  Weekly  Report  to  be  an  Eligible
         Receivable  will be,  at its  respective  Purchase  Date,  an  Eligible
         Receivable.

                  (b) Sale of  Receivables.  Such  Seller is the sole  legal and
         beneficial  owner  of its  Receivables,  and  upon  the  sale  of  each
         Purchased  Receivable of such Seller,  the Company will become the sole
         legal and beneficial owner of the Purchased Receivables, free and clear
         of any Liens  (except for Liens  granted by such Seller in favor of the
         Company and the security interest in such Purchased Receivables granted
         by the Company to other Persons),  and no effective financing statement
         or other instrument  similar in effect covering all or any part of such
         Purchased  Receivable,  Related  Security or  Collections  with respect
         thereto will at such time be on file in any filing or recording  office
         except  such as have been filed in favor of the  Company in  accordance
         with this Agreement.

                  (c)  No  Material  Misstatements.   No  information,   report,
         financial  statement,  exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of
         any Seller to the Company in  connection  with the  negotiation  of any
         Purchase Document or included therein or

 

                                                        12

<PAGE>



         delivered  pursuant  thereto  contained,  contains or will  contain any
         material  misstatement of fact or omitted,  omits or will omit to state
         any material  fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in the
         light of the circumstances  under which they were, are or will be made,
         not misleading.  Any reaffirmation of the foregoing sentence is subject
         to any change in the facts and  conditions  on which such  information,
         report,  financial  statement,  exhibit  or  schedule  is based,  which
         changes  are  required or  permitted  under this  Agreement;  provided,
         however, that in all cases no information, report, financial statement,
         exhibit  or  schedule  furnished  by or on behalf of any  Seller to the
         Company in connection with the negotiation of any Purchase  Document or
         included therein or delivered  pursuant  thereto  contained at the time
         made any untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omitted at the time
         made to state a material  fact (known to any such Person in the case of
         any  document  not  furnished  by it)  necessary  in  order to make the
         statement contained herein or therein not misleading.

                  (d)  Location  of  Office  and  Records.  The  chief  place of
         business and chief executive office of each Seller and the only offices
         where each Seller keeps all its books, records and documents evidencing
         Purchased Receivables are located at the locations listed on Schedule V
         hereto.

                  (e) Trade Names. Set forth opposite the name of each Seller in
         Schedule III is a complete and accurate list of the trade names used by
         such  Seller  during the  six-year  period  preceding  the date of this
         Agreement.

                  (f) Financial Statements. Each Seller has heretofore furnished
         to the  Company  copies  of  all  periodic  and  other  reports,  proxy
         statements  and other  materials  filed by BII or by any  member of the
         Parent Group or by it with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or
         with any national  securities  exchange  since  September 28, 1996. All
         financial  statements  contained  therein  present fairly the financial
         information contained therein as of the dates thereof and were prepared
         in  accordance  with  GAAP.  None of the  practices  set  forth  in the
         Policies conflict with GAAP.

                  (g)  No  Consent.   No  action,   consent  or   approval   of,
         registration  or filing  with or any other  action by any  Governmental
         Authority is or will be required in  connection  with the  transactions
         contemplated  by this  Agreement,  except  such as  have  been  made or
         obtained and are in full force and effect.

                  (h) Company Can Perform.  The Company has been  furnished with
         all materials and data necessary to permit immediate  collection of the
         Purchased  Receivables  without the participation of any Seller in such
         collection.

                  (i) No Adverse Change.  Since June 28, 1997, there has been no
         change in the  business,  operations,  properties,  assets or condition
         (financial or otherwise)  of BII and its  Subsidiaries  which has been,
         either in any case or in the aggregate,  materially  adverse to BII and
         its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, other than changes contemplated by

 

                                                        13

<PAGE>



         or  disclosed  in any of the  Purchase  Documents  or in any  Schedules
         attached thereto.

                  (j) No Previous Debt. Immediately prior to consummation of the
         transactions contemplated hereby on the Effective Date, the Company had
         no outstanding indebtedness to the Sellers, other than the Subordinated
         Note.

                  (k)  Accounts.  Set forth in  Schedule  IV is a  complete  and
         accurate  description  of  the  Concentration   Account,  each  Lockbox
         Account,  and each bank account  maintained by any of the Sellers,  the
         Servicer or the Company for the purpose of receiving  collections  with
         respect to  Purchased  Receivables.  There are no other  bank  accounts
         maintained  by any  of  such  corporations  for  any  such  or  similar
         purposes.  Each of the  Concentration  Bank Letter and the Lockbox Bank
         Letters continues to be the legal,  valid and binding obligation of the
         parties  thereto,  enforceable  against such parties in accordance with
         its  terms,  and each  Seller  acknowledges  that  all  cash and  other
         proceeds  of  the  Collateral  will  continue  to  be  deposited  in  a
         Collection  Account and are subject to the terms and conditions of this
         Agreement.

                  (l)  Solvency.  Both prior to and after  giving  effect to the
         transactions occurring on the Effective Date and after giving effect to
         each subsequent transaction  contemplated hereunder, (i) the fair value
         of the assets of such Seller at a fair  valuation will exceed the debts
         and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such Seller;
         (ii) the present fair salable value of the property of such Seller will
         be greater  than the amount that will be  required to pay the  probable
         liability   of  such  Seller  on  its  debts  and  other   liabilities,
         subordinated,   contingent  or  otherwise,  as  such  debts  and  other
         liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) such Seller will be able
         to  pay  its  debts  and  liabilities,   subordinated,   contingent  or
         otherwise,  as such debts and liabilities  become absolute and matured;
         and (iv) such  Seller will not have  unreasonably  small  capital  with
         which to conduct the  business in which it is engaged as such  business
         is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted. No Seller intends to,
         nor believes  that it will,  incur debts beyond its ability to pay such
         debts as they mature,  taking into account the timing of and amounts of
         cash to be  received  by it and the timing of the amounts of cash to be
         payable on or in respect of its indebtedness.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    COVENANTS

         SECTION  5.01.  Affirmative  Covenants of the  Sellers.  So long as the
Company  shall  have any  interest  in any  Purchased  Receivable  or until  the
Purchase  Termination Date,  whichever is later,  each Seller shall,  unless the
Company otherwise consents in writing:

                  (a)         Statements, Reports, etc.  Deliver to the Company:

                              (i)  promptly  after  the  same  become   publicly

 

                                                        14

<PAGE>



                  available,  copies of all  periodic and other  reports,  proxy
                  statements and other materials filed by it with the Securities
                  and  Exchange  Commission,   or  any  governmental   authority
                  succeeding to any of or all the functions of said  Commission,
                  or with any national  securities  exchange,  or distributed to
                  its shareholders, as the case may be;

                              (ii)  concurrently  with any  delivery  of reports
                  under  (i)  above,  and  on  each  Monthly  Settlement  Date a
                  certificate of a Financial Officer, certifying such statements
                  and certifying that no Purchase Termination Event or Incipient
                  Purchase Termination Event has occurred,  or, if such an event
                  has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any
                  corrective  action  taken or proposed to be taken with respect
                  thereto; and

                              (iii)  promptly,  from  time to time,  such  other
                  information  regarding the  operations,  business  affairs and
                  financial  condition of such Seller,  or  compliance  with the
                  terms of any Purchase Document,  as the Company may reasonably
                  request.

         Each financial  statement of the Company will state that the Company is
a  separate  corporate  entity  with its own  separate  creditors  and that such
creditors will be entitled to be satisfied out of the Company's  assets prior to
any value in the Company  becoming  available to the Company's equity holders or
the creditors of such equity holders.

                  (b) Compliance with Laws, etc. Comply in all material respects
         with  all  applicable  laws,  rules,  regulations,  directions  of  any
         Governmental   Authority   and  orders   applicable  to  the  Purchased
         Receivables  where failure to so comply could reasonably be expected to
         have  an  adverse  impact  on the  amount  of  Collections  thereunder;
         provided,  however,  that  each of the  Sellers  may  contest  any act,
         regulation,  order,  decree or direction in any reasonable manner which
         shall not  adversely  affect the rights of the Company in the Purchased
         Receivables.  Each Seller will comply, in all material  respects,  with
         its obligations under contracts with Obligors relating to the Purchased
         Receivables.

                  (c)  Preservation  of Corporate  Existence.  Do or cause to be
         done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and
         effect its legal existence and maintain such legal  existence  separate
         from that of the Company.

                  (d) Visitation  Rights.  At any reasonable  time during normal
         business hours and from time to time permit (i) the Company,  or any of
         its agents or  representatives,  (A) to examine  and make copies of and
         abstracts from the records,  books of account and documents  (including
         computer  tapes and disks) of each  Seller  relating  to the  Purchased
         Receivables   hereunder  and  (B)  following  the  termination  of  the
         appointment   of  BII  as  Servicer   with  respect  to  the  Purchased
         Receivables, to be present at the offices and properties of each Seller
         to administer and control the  Collection of the Purchased  Receivables
         and (ii) the Company, or any of its agents or representatives, to

 

                                                        15

<PAGE>



         visit the  properties of each Seller for the purpose of examining  such
         records,  books of account and  documents,  and to discuss the affairs,
         finances  and  accounts  of  each  Seller  relating  to  the  Purchased
         Receivables  or such  Seller's  performance  hereunder  with any of its
         officers  or  directors  and  with  its  independent  certified  public
         accountants.

                  (e)  Keeping of Records  and Books of  Account.  Maintain  and
         implement, or cause to be maintained or implemented, administrative and
         operating   procedures   reasonably  necessary  or  advisable  for  the
         collection of amounts owing on all Purchased  Receivables,  and,  until
         delivery to the  Company,  keep and  maintain,  or cause to be kept and
         maintained,  all  documents,   books,  records  and  other  information
         reasonably  necessary or advisable for the  collection of amounts owing
         on all such Purchased Receivables.

                  (f) Location of Records.  Keep its chief place of business and
         chief  executive  office,  and the  offices  where it keeps the records
         concerning  the  Purchased  Receivables  (and  all  original  documents
         relating  thereto)  at the  locations  referred to for it on Schedule V
         hereto or upon 30 days' prior  written  notice to the Company,  at such
         other locations in a jurisdiction  where all action required by Section
         5.01(r)  shall have been taken and  completed  and be in full force and
         effect.

                  (g) Computer  Files.  At its own cost and expense,  (i) retain
         the  electronic  ledger used by such  Seller as a master  record of the
         Obligors  and  copies of all  documents  relating  to each  Obligor  as
         custodian  for the  Company and other  Persons  with  interests  in the
         Purchased Receivables and (ii) mark the computer tape or other physical
         records of the Purchased  Receivables  to the effect that  interests in
         the  Purchased  Receivables  from time to time existing with respect to
         the Obligors  listed thereon have been conveyed to the Company and that
         the  Company  has sold an  interest  therein and has granted a security
         interest in the Company's retained interest therein.

                  (h) Policies.  Perform its  obligations in accordance with and
         comply in all material  respects  with the Policies and will not change
         or modify the Policies,  except  insofar as any change or failure so to
         comply or conform would not  adversely  affect the  Collections  or the
         amount and collections of Receivables or the timing and receipt thereof
         or the  rights or  interests  of the  Company  or if such  changes  are
         necessary  under  any  Requirement  of Law.  Except as  limited  by the
         preceding  sentence,  the Sellers shall be free to change the terms and
         provisions  of  the  Policies  in  a  commercially   reasonable  manner
         consistent  with prudent  commercial  practices.  In furtherance of the
         foregoing,  each Seller shall give the Company 10 days' advance  notice
         of any change in the Policies,  except that if such change is necessary
         under any  Requirement  of Law prior to the  expiration  of such 10-day
         period,  such Seller  shall give  advance  notice of any such change as
         soon as practicable.

                  (i) Weekly Reports and Monthly Settlement Statements.  Furnish
         to the Company (or provide to the Company such  information as shall be
         required by it to

 

                                                        16

<PAGE>



         prepare)  Weekly  Reports on each  Weekly  Settlement  Date and Monthly
         Settlement  Statements on each Monthly  Settlement  Statement  Date, as
         well as financial statements,  cash flow reports and other records that
         show the  performance  of the  Purchased  Receivables  and  such  other
         reports as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

                  (j)  Obligations  and Taxes.  Pay its  Indebtedness  and other
         material  obligations  promptly before the same shall become delinquent
         or in default and in accordance  with their terms and pay and discharge
         promptly  when due all material  taxes,  assessments  and  governmental
         charges or levies  imposed  upon it or upon its income or profits or in
         respect of its property  before the same shall become  delinquent or in
         default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies
         or  otherwise  that,  if  unpaid,  might  give rise to a Lien upon such
         properties or any part thereof;  provided,  however,  that such payment
         and  discharge  shall not be  required  with  respect  to any such tax,
         assessment,  charge,  levy or claim so long as the  validity  or amount
         thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
         such Seller shall have set aside on its books  adequate  reserves  with
         respect thereto.

                  (k) Collections. Instruct all Obligors in respect of Purchased
         Receivables to make any payments with respect to any  Receivables  only
         to a Lockbox Account or by wire transfer to the  Concentration  Account
         and comply in all material  respects  with  procedures  with respect to
         Collections specified from time to time by the Company.

                  (l) Furnishing Copies, etc. Furnish to the Company:

                              (i)  within  two  Business  Days of the  Company's
                  request,  a certificate of the chief financial officer of each
                  Seller  certifying,  as of the date thereof,  that no Purchase
                  Termination  Event referred to in Section 6.10(a) has occurred
                  and is continuing and setting forth the  computations  used by
                  the chief  financial  officer  of the  applicable  Seller,  in
                  making such determination;

                              (ii)  promptly  upon  obtaining  knowledge  of the
                  occurrence  of any  Purchase  Termination  Event or  Incipient
                  Purchase  Termination  Event,  written notice thereof  setting
                  forth details of such Purchase  Termination Event or Incipient
                  Purchase  Termination  Event  and a  statement  of  the  chief
                  financial officer of the applicable Seller,  setting forth the
                  action that such Seller proposes to
                  take or has taken with respect thereto;

                              (iii) promptly  following request  therefor,  such
                  other information,  documents, records or reports with respect
                  to the Purchased  Receivables or the conditions or operations,
                  financial  or  otherwise,  of the  applicable  Seller,  as the
                  Company may from time to time reasonably request;

                              (iv)  immediately  after the  occurrence  thereof,
                  written  notice of any event of default  or default  under any
                  other Purchase Document;

 

                                                        17

<PAGE>




                              (v)   promptly   upon  the  chief  legal   officer
                  obtaining  knowledge of (a) the institution of or nonfrivolous
                  threat  of  any   action,   suit,   proceeding,   governmental
                  investigation or arbitration  against or affecting such Seller
                  or (b) any  material  development  in any such  action,  suit,
                  proceeding,  governmental investigation or arbitration, which,
                  in either case, if adversely  determined  against such Seller,
                  might   materially   adversely   affect   (a)  the   business,
                  operations,   property,  assets  or  condition  (financial  or
                  otherwise) of such Seller,  (b) the validity or enforceability
                  of, or the ability of such  Seller to perform its  obligations
                  under,   the   Purchase   Documents   or  (c)  the   validity,
                  enforceability  or priority of Liens created by the grant of a
                  security interest in the Purchased  Receivables by the Company
                  to other Persons, written notice thereof;

                              (vi) written notice of any other  development that
                  has resulted in, or could  reasonably be anticipated to result
                  in, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations,
                  property,  assets or financial  condition of such Seller,  (b)
                  the  validity  or  enforceability  of, or the  ability of such
                  Seller  to  perform  its  obligations   under,   the  Purchase
                  Documents or (c) the validity,  enforceability  or priority of
                  Liens  created  by the  grant of a  security  interest  in the
                  Purchased Receivables to other Persons; and

                              (vii) promptly upon determining that any Purchased
                  Receivable   designated  as  an  Eligible  Receivable  on  the
                  applicable  Weekly Report was an  Ineligible  Receivable as of
                  the  date   provided   therefor,   written   notice   of  such
                  determination.

                  (m) Obligations with Respect to Obligors and Receivables. Take
         all actions on its part reasonably  necessary to maintain in full force
         and effect its rights  under all  contracts  relating to the  Purchased
         Receivables.

                  (n) Chattel Paper. (i) Maintain original copies of all chattel
         paper evidencing Receivables,  including any purchase agreement, at any
         of the  locations  specified  for such purpose on Schedule V; (ii) upon
         the  request of the  Company,  move and  thereafter  maintain  all such
         original  copies to a single  location;  (iii) upon the  request of the
         Company, deliver all such original copies to the Company; and (iv) take
         any  action,  at its  expense,  reasonably  requested  by  the  Company
         necessary or  desirable to protect or more fully  evidence any security
         interest granted by the Company in any chattel paper.

                  (o) Receivables  Processing  Facility;  Storage Facility.  BII
         shall  maintain the  facilities  from which it services  the  Purchased
         Receivables in such facilities,  present  condition,  ordinary wear and
         tear excepted,  or shall maintain  another facility of similar quality,
         security and safety as BII may select from time to time. BII shall make
         all property tax  payments,  lease  payments  and other  payments  with
         respect to such facility,

 

                                                        18

<PAGE>



         including  payments  in  respect  of any  indebtedness  secured by such
         facility,  whether BII shall be the  Servicer  or a Successor  Servicer
         shall  have been  appointed.  BII shall (i) ensure  that any  Successor
         Servicer shall have complete and unrestricted access, at BII's expense,
         to such facility and all  computers  and other systems  relating to the
         servicing of the  Purchased  Receivables,  (ii) use its best efforts to
         retain the employees  based at such  facility to provide  assistance to
         any Successor Servicer after the appointment of such Successor Servicer
         and (iii)  continue to store on a daily basis all backup files relating
         to the  Purchased  Receivables  and  the  servicing  of  the  Purchased
         Receivables at Burlington  Terminal,  Burlington,  North  Carolina,  or
         another storage facility of similar quality, security and safety as BII
         may select from time to time,  in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii)
         and (iii)  until the  earlier of (A) the payment in full in cash of the
         Advances and other amounts  payable to the Lenders,  (B) the receipt by
         the Company of all Collections in respect of all Purchased Receivables,
         and (c) the Successor  Servicer advising BII that it is able to perform
         its obligations under this Agreement without the assistance of BII.

                  (p)  Trade  Names.   Promptly   notify  the  Company  and  the
         Collateral Agent of any new trade names of any Seller.

                  (q) Responsibilities of the Sellers.  Notwithstanding anything
         herein  to  the  contrary,  (i)  each  Seller  shall  perform  all  its
         obligations under the Policies related to the Purchased  Receivables to
         the  same  extent  as  if  such  Purchased  Receivables  had  not  been
         transferred to the Company hereunder,  (ii) the exercise by the Company
         of any of its  rights  hereunder  shall not  relieve  any Seller of its
         obligations with respect to such Purchased  Receivables (other than the
         obligations  of BII as  Servicer  if the  Company  has  terminated  the
         appointment  of BII as the  Servicer)  and (iii)  except as provided by
         law,  the  Company  shall not have any  obligation  or  liability  with
         respect  to  any  Purchased  Receivables,  nor  shall  the  Company  be
         obligated  to perform  any of the  obligations  or duties of any Seller
         thereunder.

                  (r)         Further Action.  In addition to the foregoing:

                              (i) Each Seller  agrees that from time to time, at
                  its expense,  it will promptly execute and deliver all further
                  instruments and documents,  and take all further action,  that
                  may be  necessary or  desirable  in such  Seller's  reasonable
                  judgment or that the Company may reasonably  request, in order
                  to protect or more fully evidence the Company's  right,  title
                  and interest in the  Purchased  Receivables,  or to enable the
                  Company to  exercise  or enforce  any of its rights in respect
                  thereof.  Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,
                  each  Seller  will upon the request of the Company (A) execute
                  and  file  such  financing  or  continuation  statements,   or
                  amendments thereto,  and such other instruments or notices, as
                  may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Company, advisable,
                  (B)  indicate  on its books  and  records  that the  Purchased
                  Receivables have been purchased by the Company, and provide to
                  the Company, upon request, copies of any such records, and (C)
                  obtain the agreement of any Person having a Lien on

 

                                                        19

<PAGE>



                  any  Receivables  owned  by any  Seller  (other  than any Lien
                  created or imposed hereunder or under the Security  Agreement)
                  to release such Lien upon the purchase of any such Receivables
                  by the Company.

                              (ii) Each Seller hereby irrevocably authorizes the
                  Company  to  file  one  or  more  financing  or   continuation
                  statements,  and  amendments  thereto,  relative to all or any
                  part of the Purchased  Receivables  sold or to be sold by such
                  Seller without the signature of such Seller.

                              (iii) If any Seller  fails to  perform  any of its
                  agreements or obligations  under this  Agreement,  the Company
                  may  (but  shall  not  be  required  to)  perform,   or  cause
                  performance  of,  such  agreements  or  obligations,  and  the
                  expenses of the Company incurred in connection therewith shall
                  be payable by such Seller as provided in Section 9.05.

                              (iv) Each  Seller  agrees  that,  whether or not a
                  Purchase Termination Event has occurred:

                                    (A) the Company  (and its  assignees)  shall
                              have  the  right  at any  time to (x)  notify  the
                              respective  Obligors of the Company's ownership of
                              the  Purchased  Receivables  and may  direct  that
                              payment of all  amounts due or to become due under
                              the Purchased  Receivables be made directly to the
                              Company or its  designee  or (y) give  notice,  or
                              require that any Seller, at such Seller's expense,
                              as the case may be, give notice, of such ownership
                              to each such  Obligor and direct that all payments
                              be made directly to the Company or its designee;

                                    (B) the Company  (and its  assignees)  shall
                              have the  right to (x) sue for  collection  on any
                              Purchased  Receivables  or (y) sell any  Purchased
                              Receivables  to any  Person  for a  price  that is
                              acceptable  to the  Company.  If  required  by the
                              terms of Sections  9-504 or 9-505 of the UCC,  the
                              Company (and its  assignees) may offer to sell any
                              Purchased Receivable to any Person,  together,  at
                              its option,  with all other Receivables created by
                              the Obligor under such Purchased  Receivable.  Any
                              such  Purchased  Receivable  shall  cease  to be a
                              Receivable  for all purposes  under this Agreement
                              as of the effective date of such sale;

                                    (C) each Seller  shall,  upon the  Company's
                              request  and at  such  Seller's  expense,  or upon
                              termination of the Company's  obligations pursuant
                              to Section  6.01,  (x) assemble all such  Seller's
                              documents,    instruments    and   other   records
                              (including  credit  files  and  computer  tapes or
                              disks)  that  (1)  evidence  or will  evidence  or
                              record Receivables sold by such Seller and (2) are
                              otherwise necessary or desirable to effect

 

                                                        20

<PAGE>



                              Collections   of   such   Purchased    Receivables
                              (collectively,  the  "Documents")  and (y) deliver
                              the  Documents to the Company or its designee at a
                              place designated by the Company;

                                    (D)   each   Seller    hereby    irrevocably
                              authorizes the Company or its designee to take any
                              and all  steps in such  Seller's  name and on such
                              Seller's  behalf  necessary or  desirable,  in the
                              reasonable opinion of the Company,  to collect all
                              amounts  due  under  the  Purchased   Receivables,
                              including  endorsing  such Seller's name on checks
                              and other  instruments  representing  collections,
                              enforcing the Purchased Receivables and exercising
                              all rights and remedies in respect thereof; and

                                    (E) upon  request  of the  Company,  or upon
                              termination of the Company's  obligations pursuant
                              to Section  6.01,  each Seller will (x) deliver to
                              the  Company  all   licenses,   rights,   computer
                              programs, related material, computer tapes, disks,
                              cassettes  and  data  necessary  to the  immediate
                              collection  of the  Purchased  Receivables  by the
                              Company,  or a party  designated  by the  Company,
                              with or without  the  participation  of any Seller
                              and (y) make such arrangements with respect to the
                              collection of the Purchased  Receivables as may be
                              reasonably required by the Company.

         SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants of the Sellers. So long as the Company
shall have any  interest  in any  Purchased  Receivables  or until the  Purchase
Termination Date shall have occurred, whichever is later, each Seller shall not,
unless the Company otherwise consents in writing:

                  (a) Liens.  Except as otherwise herein provided,  sell, assign
         (by operation of law or  otherwise) or otherwise  dispose of, or create
         or  suffer to exist any Lien upon or with  respect  to,  any  Purchased
         Receivables, or assign any right to receive proceeds in respect thereof
         except for Liens  created or imposed  hereunder  or under the  Security
         Agreement.

                  (b) Extension or Amendment of  Receivables.  Extend,  amend or
         otherwise modify,  or attempt or purport to extend,  amend or otherwise
         modify,  the terms of any Purchased  Receivables,  except in accordance
         with the terms of the Policies.

                  (c) Change in Payment  Instructions to Obligors.  Instruct the
         Obligors of any Purchased Receivables to make any payments with respect
         to any Receivables  other than to a Lockbox Account or by wire transfer
         to the Concentration Account.

                  (d) Change in Name.  Change its name,  identity  or  corporate
         structure  in any  manner  which  would  or might  make  any  financing
         statement  or  continuation   statement   relating  to  this  Agreement
         seriously misleading within the meaning of Section

 

                                                        21

<PAGE>



         9-402(7) of the UCC.

                  (e)  Modification  of Ledger.  Delete or otherwise  modify the
         marking on the electronic ledger referred to in Section 5.01(g).

                  (f) Accounting of Purchases.  Prepare any financial statements
         which shall  account for the  transactions  contemplated  hereby (other
         than  capital  contributions  contemplated  hereby) in any manner other
         than as  sales  of the  Purchased  Receivables  by such  Seller  to the
         Company or in any other respect  account for or treat the  transactions
         contemplated hereby (including for accounting purposes and, where taxes
         are not consolidated, for tax reporting purposes, except as required by
         law)  (other than  capital  contributions  contemplated  hereby) in any
         manner other than as sales of the Purchased  Receivables by such Seller
         to the Company.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                           PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENTS

         SECTION  6.01.  Purchase  Termination  Events.  If any of the following
events (each, a "Purchase Termination Event") shall occur and be continuing:

                  (a) any  representation  or warranty made or deemed made by or
         on behalf of any Seller under or in connection  with this  Agreement or
         any Settlement  Report or other  information or report delivered by any
         Seller  pursuant  hereto shall prove to have been false or incorrect in
         any material respect when made or deemed made;

                  (b) any Seller  shall fail to (i) perform or observe any term,
         covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01(c),  5.01(f),  5.01(g),
         5.01(h),  5.01(i),  5.01(k),  5.01(l), or 5.01(n),  5.01(o), 5.01(p) or
         5.01(r) or Section  5.02 or (ii) make any payment or deposit to be made
         by it hereunder when the same becomes due and payable;

                  (c) any Seller  shall  fail to  perform  or observe  any other
         term,  covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to
         be performed or observed and any such failure  shall remain  unremedied
         for ten days;

                  (d) any Purchase  Document shall cease to be in full force and
         effect or the Liquidity  Commitments  shall have been  terminated or an
         "Amortization Event" shall have occurred under the Loan Agreement;

                  (e) (i) a court  having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  shall
         enter a decree  or order  for  relief in  respect  of any  Seller in an
         involuntary   case  under  the   Bankruptcy   Code  or  any  applicable
         bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
         which decree or order is not stayed,  or any other similar relief shall
         be  granted  under  any  applicable  federal  or  state  law or (ii) an
         involuntary case is commenced against any Seller

 

                                                        22

<PAGE>



         under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
         hereafter  in  effect;   or  a  decree  or  order  of  a  court  having
         jurisdiction  in  the  premises  for  the  appointment  of a  receiver,
         liquidator,  sequestrator,  trustee,  custodian or other officer having
         similar  powers over Seller,  or over all or a substantial  part of its
         respective  property,  shall have been entered; or an interim receiver,
         trustee or other custodian of any Seller for all or a substantial  part
         of its respective property is involuntarily  appointed; or a warrant of
         attachment,   execution  or  similar  process  is  issued  against  any
         substantial part of the property of any Seller,  and the continuance of
         any such events in subclause (ii) for 60 days unless dismissed,  bonded
         or discharged;

                  (f) any Seller  shall have an order for  relief  entered  with
         respect to it or shall  commence a voluntary  case under the Bankruptcy
         Code or any applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now
         or hereafter in effect,  or shall  consent to the entry of an order for
         relief in an  involuntary  case, or to the conversion of an involuntary
         case to a voluntary  case,  under any such law, or shall consent to the
         appointment  of or taking  possession  by a receiver,  trustee or other
         custodian for all or a substantial part of its property;  or the making
         by any Seller of any  assignment  for the benefit of creditors;  or the
         inability or failure of any Seller,  or the  admission by any Seller in
         writing of its  inability to pay its debts as such debts become due; or
         the Board of Directors of any Seller (or any committee  thereof) adopts
         any  resolution  or otherwise  authorizes  action to approve any of the
         foregoing;

then,  and in any such event,  the Company may, by notice to each Seller declare
its  obligation  to  acquire  Receivables  from such  Seller  to be  terminated,
whereupon such obligation shall forthwith be terminated; provided, however, that
upon the  occurrence  of a Termination  Event  described in paragraph (e) or (f)
above or upon  termination  of the  Liquidity  Commitments  pursuant to the Loan
Agreement,  the Company's  obligations to purchase  Receivables from the Sellers
will automatically  terminate without notice to any of the Sellers (which notice
is hereby waived by each of the Sellers).

         SECTION 6.02.  Remedies.  If a Purchase  Termination Event has occurred
and is continuing the Company (and its  assignees)  shall have all of the rights
and remedies provided to a secured creditor or a purchaser of accounts under the
UCC by applicable law in respect thereto.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         SECTION 7.01.  Indemnities by the Sellers.  Without  limiting any other
rights that the Company may have under this Agreement or under  applicable  law,
each Seller  hereby agrees to indemnify the Company from and against any and all
claims,  losses and liabilities  (including reasonable attorneys' fees) (all the
foregoing being collectively  referred to as "Indemnified  Amounts") arising out
of, resulting from or based on the  arrangements  created by, this Agreement and
the actions of the  Servicer in its capacity as the  Servicer,  or in respect of

 

                                                        23

<PAGE>



any Ineligible Receivable, excluding, however, Indemnified Amounts to the extent
resulting  from  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  on the  part of the
Company.  Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing,  each Seller shall
pay on demand to the Company  any and all amounts  necessary  to  indemnify  the
Company from and against any and all Indemnified  Amounts (without  duplication)
relating to or resulting from:

                  (a) the sale of any Purchased Receivable of any Seller that is
         designated  on the  next  Weekly  Report  following  the  sale to be an
         Eligible  Receivable and is determined to have been at the date of such
         sale  an  Ineligible  Receivable  or any  Receivable  which  thereafter
         becomes subject to a Dilutive Credit;

                  (b) reliance on any representation or warranty (other than any
         representation or warranty  contained in Sections  4.02(c),  4.02(f) or
         4.02(i) to the  extent any such  representation  or  warranty  does not
         relate to the  Receivables)  or  statement  made or deemed  made by any
         Seller  (or any of its  officers)  under  or in  connection  with  this
         Agreement,  in any certificate  delivered pursuant to this Agreement or
         in any other  Transaction  Document  that,  shall  have  been  false or
         incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

                  (c) the  failure by any Seller to comply  with any  applicable
         law, rule or regulation  with respect to any Purchased  Receivable,  or
         the  nonconformity of any Receivable with any such applicable law, rule
         or regulation;

                  (d) the  failure  to  have  filed,  or any  delay  in  filing,
         financing  statements or other similar  instruments or documents  under
         the UCC of any applicable  jurisdiction  or other  applicable laws with
         respect to any Purchased Receivables;

                  (e)  any  dispute,   claim,  offset  or  defense  (other  than
         discharge in  bankruptcy  of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment
         of  any  Purchased   Receivable  of  any  Seller  (including,   without
         limitation,  a defense based on such  Purchased  Receivable not being a
         legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against
         it in accordance with its terms or any other event or circumstance that
         would give rise to a Dilutive Credit) or any other claim resulting from
         the sale of the  merchandise or services  related to any such Purchased
         Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such  merchandise or
         services;

                  (f) any  failure  of any  Seller  to  perform  its  duties  or
         obligations under this Agreement;

                  (g)  any  products  liability  claim  arising  out  of  or  in
         connection with merchandise,  insurance or service that are the subject
         of any Receivable;

                  (h) the commingling of Collections of Purchased Receivables at
         any time with other funds;

 

                                                        24

<PAGE>




                  (i) any investigation,  litigation or proceeding in respect of
         this Agreement or any Receivable;

                  (j) the payment by the Company of any taxes owed by any of the
         Sellers,  including federal,  state or local income taxes, excise taxes
         or business taxes; or

                  (k) any current or future intangible  property taxes,  charges
         or  similar  levies  imposed  on the  Company or any Person to whom the
         Company has an  indemnification  obligation  with respect  thereto that
         arise from or otherwise  relate to the ownership of the  Receivables or
         any interest therein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Seller shall under any circumstances indemnify
the Company for any Indemnified Amounts that result from a default by an Obligor
with respect to any Receivables,  other than as described in clause (e) above or
resulting  from the  circumstances  described  in clause (a) or (f)  above.  The
indemnity  under  clause  (a) above  shall on any day equal (x) with  respect to
Receivables  that have  become  subject to  Dilutive  Credits  on such day,  the
aggregate  amount  of  any  such  Dilutive  Credits  and  (y)  with  respect  to
Receivables  that  have  been  determined  on such day to have  been  Ineligible
Receivables  at the date of sale  thereof,  the lesser of (a) the face amount of
such  Ineligible  Receivables  and (b) the difference  between (i) the aggregate
amount of outstanding  payment  obligations of the Company pursuant to the terms
of the Loan  Agreement  (other than payment  obligations  to  Affiliates  of the
Company) and (ii) the aggregate  amount of cash  Collections  that are available
for  distribution  on  such  day  from  the  Collection  Deposit  Account.   All
Indemnified  Amounts paid to the Company  shall be  deposited in the  Collection
Deposit Account for application pursuant to the terms thereof.

         SECTION 7.02.  Indemnities by the Company.  Without  limiting any other
rights that any Seller may have hereunder or under  applicable  law, the Company
hereby  agrees to  indemnify  each  Seller  from and against any and all claims,
losses and liabilities  (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or
resulting  from any breach of contract by the Company or such Seller's  reliance
on any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement,  in any
certificate  delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement or in any other  Transaction
Document that,  shall have been false or incorrect in any material  respect when
made or deemed made.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       SUBORDINATED NOTE; PREFERRED STOCK

         SECTION  8.01.  Subordinated  Note.  The  Company  has  issued to BII a
subordinated  note  substantially  in the form of Exhibit C  (together  with any
amendments  or   modifications   thereto  and  or  replacements   thereof,   the
"Subordinated Note"). The aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Note at
any time shall be equal to the  difference  between (a) the aggregate  principal
amount of the  issuance  of and each  addition to the  principal  amount of such
Subordinated  Note (or a  predecessor  Subordinated  Note  under the Prior  Sale
Agreement)

 

                                                        25

<PAGE>



pursuant  to the terms of  Section  2.03 minus (b) the  aggregate  amount of all
payments made in respect of the principal of such Subordinated  Note;  provided,
that  Subordinated  Note may be increased on any day only to the extent that the
aggregate  principal  amount of the  Subordinated  Note  outstanding on such day
shall not exceed an amount equal to the result of (a) the  Borrowing  Base minus
Aggregate  Outstandings;  plus (b) the result of 25%  multiplied by the Required
Reserves,  calculated  using the information set forth on the most recent Weekly
Report.  Interest on the principal amount of the Subordinated  Note shall accrue
on the last day of each fiscal month at the "Prime Rate" as published  from time
to time in the  Wall  Street  Journal  plus 3% from  and  including  the date of
issuance thereof and shall be paid on each Monthly  Settlement Date with respect
to amounts accrued and not paid as of the last day of the preceding fiscal month
and/or the  Maturity  Date;  provided  that such  interest may be prepaid at any
time.  Principal  not  prepaid  pursuant  to the terms  hereof  and of the other
Purchase Documents shall be payable on the Maturity Date. Default in the payment
of  principal or interest  under the  Subordinated  Note shall not  constitute a
Purchase  Termination  Event hereunder or an  Amortization  Event under the Loan
Agreement.

         SECTION 8.02.  Preferred Stock. The Company may issue to each Seller or
to BII shares of  Preferred  Stock on each  Payment  Date.  The  dividend  rate,
redemption price and liquidation  preference of the Preferred Stock shall be set
forth in the  resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company in respect of
the Preferred Stock (the "Certificate of Designation").

         SECTION  8.03.  Restructuring  on  Transfer  of  Subordinated  Note and
Preferred Stock. None of the Subordinated Note and Preferred Stock, or any right
of  BII  to  receive  payments  thereunder,  shall  be  assigned,   transferred,
exchanged, pledged,  hypothecated,  participated or otherwise conveyed except as
contemplated pursuant to the terms of the BII Credit Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 9.01. Amendments,  Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any Seller therefrom, shall in
any event be  effective  unless the same  shall be in writing  and signed by the
Company and then such waiver or consent shall be effective  only in the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

         SECTION 9.02.  Notices,  Etc. Unless  otherwise  provided  herein,  any
notice or other communication  herein required or permitted to be given shall be
in writing and may be personally served,  telecopied,  telexed or sent by United
States  mail and shall be deemed to have been  given when  delivered  in person,
receipt of telecopy or telex or four  Business  Days after  depositing it in the
United States mail,  registered or certified,  with postage prepaid and properly
addressed.  For the purposes hereof,  the addresses of the parties hereto (until
notice of a change  thereof is delivered as provided in this Section 9.02) shall
be:

                  (a) if to the  Company,  to it at 2775  Highway 40,  Suite No.

 

                                                        26

<PAGE>



         522,  P.O.  Box 1449,  Verdi,  Nevada  84939-1449,  Attention:  General
         Counsel; and

                  (b) if to a Seller,  to it at its address (or telecopy number)
         set forth in Schedule VI.

         SECTION  9.03.  No  Waiver;  Remedies.  No  failure  on the part of the
Company to exercise, and no delay in exercising,  any right under this Agreement
shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of
any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of
any other right.  The remedies  herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive
of any remedies provided by law.

         SECTION 9.04.  Binding  Effect;  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall
become  effective  when it shall  have been  executed  by the  Company  and each
Seller.  From and after the date this Agreement shall have so become  effective,
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and
each Seller and their respective successors assigns, except that no Seller shall
the right to assign its rights  hereunder  or any  interest  herein  without the
prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall create and constitute
the continuing  obligations of the parties hereto in accordance  with its terms,
and shall  remain in full force and effect  until such time,  after the Purchase
Termination  Date,  as the Company  shall not have any interest in any Purchased
Receivables;  provided,  however, that the indemnification provisions of Article
VII shall be continuing  and shall survive any  termination  of this  Agreement.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR  PERFECTION
OF THE COMPANY'S INTEREST IN THE ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES,  OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER IN
RESPECT  THEREOF,  MAY BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION  OTHER THAN THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.

         SECTION 9.05.  Costs,  Expenses and Taxes. In addition to the rights of
indemnification  granted to the Company under  Article VII, the Sellers  jointly
and severally  agree to pay on demand all  reasonable  costs and expenses of the
Company in  connection  with the  preparation,  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement  and the  documents  to be  delivered  hereunder,  including,  without
limitation,  the reasonable fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses of counsel for the
Company with respect  thereto and with respect to advising the Company as to its
rights and remedies under this Agreement and all costs and expenses  (including,
without  limitation,  reasonable counsel fees and expenses),  in connection with
the enforcement (whether through  negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise)
of this Agreement and the documents to be delivered hereunder. In addition, each
Seller jointly and severally agrees to pay any and all stamp and other taxes and
fees  payable or  determined  to be payable in  connection  with the  execution,
delivery,  filing and recording of this  Agreement or the other  documents to be
delivered hereunder, and agree to hold the Company harmless from and against any
and all  liabilities  with respect to or  resulting  from any delay in paying or
omitting to pay such taxes and fees.


 

                                                        27

<PAGE>



         SECTION 9.06. Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used
in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

         SECTION 9.07.  Grant of License to Use Patents and Trademarks.  For the
purpose of enabling the Company or a Successor Servicer to perform the functions
of servicing and collecting the Receivables upon a Purchase  Termination  Event,
each  Seller  hereby  grants to the  Company and shall be deemed to grant to any
Successor Servicer an irrevocable,  non-exclusive  license  (exercisable without
payment of royalty or other  compensation  to either Seller) to use,  license or
sublicense  any patent,  copyright,  trade name,  trademark or similar rights or
properties now owned or hereafter  acquired by either  Seller,  and whenever the
same may be located,  and  including  in such license  reasonable  access to all
media in which any of the  licensed  items may be  recorded or stored and to all
computer and automatic  machinery software and programs used for the compilation
or printout thereof. The aforementioned servicing and collecting functions shall
be performed in accordance  with  customary  business  practices and in a manner
which will not  materially  adversely  affect any of such  licenses  or licensed
items.

         SECTION 9.08.  Acknowledgment  of  Transaction  Documents.  Each Seller
hereby  acknowledges and consents to the execution,  delivery and performance of
the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Facility Agreement and the other
Transaction  Documents  and the grant of a security  interest  in the  Company's
interest in the Receivables to the Collateral Agent. Each Seller agrees that any
successor in the interest of the Company to the Receivables and Related Security
may enforce this Agreement to the same extent as the Company.

         SECTION 9.09.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each party hereto waives,  to the
fullest extent  permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by
jury in respect of any litigation  directly or indirectly  arising out of, under
or in connection with this Agreement.

         SECTION  9.10.  Severability.  In the  event  any  one or  more  of the
provisions  contained  in this  Agreement  should be held  invalid,  illegal  or
enforceable in any respect,  the validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the
remaining  provisions  contained  herein  and  therein  shall  not in any way be
affected  or  impaired  thereby.   The  parties  shall  endeavor  in  good-faith
negotiations to replace the invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  provisions with
valid  provisions,  the  economic  effect of which comes as close as possible to
that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

         SECTION 9.11. Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers,
consents or  supplements  may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by
different  parties  hereto  in  separate  counterparts,  each of  which  when so
executed and delivered  shall be deemed an original,  but all such  counterparts
together  shall  constitute  but one and the same  instrument.  Delivery  of any
executed  counterpart  of any  signature  page to this  Agreement  by  facsimile
transmission  shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed  counterpart
of this Agreement.

         SECTION  9.12.  Jurisdiction;  Consent to Service of Process.  (a) Each

 

                                                        28

<PAGE>



Seller  hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  submits,  for  itself and its
property,  to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of any New  York  State  court or
Federal court of the United States of America  sitting in New York City, and any
appellate court from any thereof,  in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this  Agreement,  or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment,
and each of the parties hereto hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  agrees
that all  claims in respect of any such  action or  proceeding  may be heard and
determined  in such New York State or, to the extent  permitted  by law, in such
Federal  court.  Each of the parties  hereto agrees that a final judgment in any
such  action or  proceeding  shall be  conclusive  and may be  enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

         (b) Each Seller hereby irrevocably and  unconditionally  waives, to the
fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection it may now or
hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding  arising
out of or relating  to this  Agreement  in any New York State or Federal  court.
Each of the parties  hereto hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the fullest  extent
permitted by law, the defense of an  inconvenient  forum to the  maintenance  of
such action or proceeding in any such court.

         (c) Each party to this  Agreement  irrevocably  consents  to service of
process in the manner  provided  for  notices in Section  9.02.  Nothing in this
Agreement  will affect the right of any party of this Agreement to serve process
in any other manner permitted by law.


 

                                                        29

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each Seller and the Company  have caused
this  Agreement  to be  executed by their  respective  officers  thereunto  duly
authorized as of the day and year first above written.

                          B.I. FUNDING, INC.,

                            by:    /s/Mary Ellen Ramseyer

                               Name:  Mary Ellen Ramseyer
                               Title:  Assistant Secretary

                          BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                          individually and as a Servicer,

                            by:     /s/Lynn L. Lane

                               Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                               Title:  Vice President, Treasurer
                                       and Investor Relations

                          B.I. TRANSPORTATION, INC.,

                            by:     /s/Lynn L. Lane

                               Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                               Title:  Vice President and Treasurer


                          BURLINGTON FABRICS INC.,

                            by:     /s/Lynn L. Lane

                               Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                               Title:  Vice President and Treasurer


                          BURLINGTON APPAREL
                          SERVICES COMPANY

                            by:     /s/Lynn L. Lane

                               Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                               Title:  Vice President and Treasurer



 


<PAGE>



                          BURLINGTON INTERNATIONAL
                          SERVICES COMPANY

                            by:     /s/Lynn L. Lane


                               Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                               Title:  Vice President and Treasurer


                          THE BACOVA GUILD, LTD.

                            by:     /s/Lynn L. Lane


                               Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                               Title:  Vice President and Treasurer



 


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE I


                               B.I. FUNDING, INC.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                              Barbara K. Eisenberg
                                  Lynn L. Lane
                             Charles E. Peters, Jr.
                               Roy M. Phipps, Jr.
                               Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                               Kenneth E. Tutterow

                                    OFFICERS

         Charles E. Peters, Jr.             President
         John D. Englar                     Senior Vice President
         Barbara K. Eisenberg               Vice President and Secretary
         Lynn L. Lane                       Vice President and Treasurer
         Robert A. Wicker                   Vice President, General Counsel and
                                             Assistant Secretary
         Mary Ellen Ramsayer                Assistant Secretary and Assistant
                                             Treasurer
         Randall A. Hanson                  Assistant Secretary
         Roy M. Phipps, Jr.                 Assistant Treasurer




 


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE II


                        Fiscal Months and Fiscal Quarters


                                  See attached.


 


<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE III

                           BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            UNITED STATES TRADENAMES


AMERICAN LIFESTYLES
B.I.T.
B.I. TRANSPORTATION, INC.
BURLINGTON
BURLINGTON DENIM
BURLINGTON FABRICS
BURLINGTON GLOBAL DENIM
BGD
BURLINGTON HOUSE
BURLINGTON HOUSE AREA RUGS and BHAR
BURLINGTON INTERNATIONAL TRAFFIC
BURLINGTON APPAREL SERVICES
BURLINGTON KNITTED FABRICS
BURLINGTON MADISON YARN
BURLINGTON MENSWEAR
BURLINGTON MS.
BURLINGTON SPORTSWEAR
BURLINGTON WORLDWIDE
CHARM-TRED
KLOPMAN
LEES
LEES CARPETS
MONTICELLO
RAEFORD

 


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE IV
                                    Accounts


1.)      Ms. Veronica Smith                          Account #71-49484
         Lockbox Processing Manager                  Box #96217 - Chicago
         Bank of America, N.A.                       Box #96217 - Los Angeles
         840 S. Canal Street
         6th Floor
         Chicago, IL 60293
         Phone: (312) 974-0686
         Fax: (312) 828-2391

2.)      Mr. Nick Fulginiti                          Account #0105-2064
         Vice President                              Box #8500-S2485
         Corestates Financial
         FC 1-2-11-7
         P.O. Box 7618
         Philadelphia, PA 19101-7618
         Phone: (215) 973-5792
         Fax: (215) 786-8529

3.)      Mr. Haywood Edmundson
         Senior Vice President
         Wachovia Bank, N.A.
         100 North Main Street
         Winston-Salem, NC 27150-7202
         Phone: (910) 732-7614
         Fax: (910) 732-6935

4.)      Mr. Michael Lewis                           Account #3562-014671
         Customer Support Supervisor                 Box #75080
         Wachovia Lockbox Services
         P.O. Box 31608
         Charlotte, NC 28231
         Phone: (704) 548-4172
         Fax: (704) 548-4159

5.)      Ms. Sally Perkins                           Account #3562-014671
         Customer Service Manager                    Box #101876
         Wachovia Lockbox Services
         3585 Atlanta Avenue
         Hapeville, GA 30354
         Phone: (404) 559-2552
         Fax: (404) 559-2562


 


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE V
                               Location of Records


Chief place of business and chief  executive  office for BII, BTI, BFI, BASC and
BISC:

         3330 West Friendly Avenue
         Greensboro, North Carolina 27410

Chief place of business and chief executive office for Bacova:

         1 Main Street
         Bacova, Virginia 24412

Offices where all books, records and documents evidencing Purchases  Receivables
are located:


BII
3330 West Friendly Avenue                    Monticello Plant
Greensboro, North Carolina 27410             Monticello, Arkansas
Reidsville Drapery Plant                     Mayfair Plant
Reidsville, North Carolina                   Burlington, North Carolina
Burlington House Plant                       1345 Avenue of the Americas
Burlington, North Carolina                   New York, New York 10105
Clarksville Plant                            Burlington Terminal 1/
                                                                 - 
Clarksville, Virginia                        Burlington, North Carolina
Hurt Plant                                   Burlington Terminal
Altavista, Virginia                          Burlington, North Carolina
Statesville Plant                            1345 Avenue of the Americas
Statesville, North Carolina                  New York, New York 10105
Plant Sedgefield
Jamestown, North Carolina
BTI
- ---
3330 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, North Carolina 27410
BFI
- ---
3330 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, North Carolina 27410

- --------
 1/       No chattel paper is located in this facility.

 


<PAGE>




BASC
3330 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, North Carolina 27410
BISC
3330 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, North Carolina 27410
Bacova
3330 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, North Carolina 27410

1 Main Street
Bacova, Virginia  24412



 


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE VI
                                     Notices


                           Burlington Industries, Inc.
                            3330 West Friendly Avenue
                            Greensboro, NC 27410
                           Attention: General Counsel


                            Burlington Fabrics, Inc.
                            3330 West Friendly Avenue
                            Greensboro, NC 27410
                           Attention: General Counsel


                            B.I. Transportation, Inc.
                            3330 West Friendly Avenue
                            Greensboro, NC 27410
                           Attention: General Counsel


                            Burlington Apparel Services Company
                            3330 West Friendly Avenue
                            Greensboro, NC 27410
                           Attention: General Counsel


                            Burlington International Services Company
                            3330 West Friendly Avenue
                            Greensboro, NC  27410
                           Attention: General Counsel


                             The Bacova Guild, Ltd.
                             3330 West Friendly Avenue
                             Greensboro, NC  27410
                           Attention: General Counsel





 


<PAGE>



                               B.I. FUNDING, INC.

                          Monthly Settlement Statement



Monthly Settlement Statement

Fiscal Period Beginning

Fiscal Period Ending













         The undersigned, a Financial Officer of Burlington Industries, Inc., as
Servicer is delivering  this Monthly  Settlement  Statement  pursuant to (i) the
Amended and Restated  Facility  Agreement,  dated as of December 10, 1997, among
B.I. Funding Inc. (the "Company"), Burlington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, and
Wachovia Bank, N.A.  ("Wachovia"),  as Agent and Collateral  Agent, and (ii) the
Loan Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1997 (the "Loan Agreement"),  among the
Company,  the financial  institutions  as are or may become parties thereto (the
"Liquidity  Lenders") and Wachovia,  as Agent for the Lenders.  The  undersigned
certifies that (i) the attached is a Monthly Settlement  Statement (as such term
is  defined in Annex Z to the Loan  Agreement),  (ii) the  information  provided
therein is true,  accurate and complete in all respects as of the date  provided
thereof  and (iii) as of the date  hereof  no  Amortization  Event or  Potential
Amortization Event has occurred.



                                      Name:
                                     Title:

 


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B


Burlington Industries, Inc.
Fax:  910-379-2245
Phone:  910-379-2155


                               B.I. FUNDING, INC.

                     Weekly Report Dated ____________, 199_

                 Date of Processing as of ________________, 199_



         The undersigned, a Financial Officer of Burlington Industries, Inc., as
Servicer,  is  delivering  this  Weekly  Report  pursuant to (i) the Amended and
Restated Facility  Agreement,  dated as of December 10, 1997, among B.I. Funding
Inc. (the "Company"),  Burlington  Industries,  Inc., as Servicer,  and Wachovia
Bank,  N.A.  ("Wachovia"),  as Agent  and  Collateral  Agent,  and (ii) the Loan
Agreement,  dated as of  December  10,  1997 (the "Loan  Agreement"),  among the
Company,  the financial  institutions  as are or may become parties thereto (the
"Liquidity  Lenders") and Wachovia,  as Agent for the Lenders.  The  undersigned
certifies  that (i) the  attached is a Weekly  Report as such term is defined in
Annex  Z of the  Loan  Agreement,  (ii)  the  information  provided  therein  is
materially  accurate as of the date provided therefor unless,  and to the extent
that,  such  information  is amended or corrected  by the  Servicer  within five
Business  Days as of the date  hereof,  in which  case such  information,  as so
amended or corrected,  is materially  accurate as of the date provided therefor;
and (iii) as of the date hereof no Amortization Event or Potential  Amortization
Event has occurred and is continuing.



                                      Name:



                                     Title:

 


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C


                                    [FORM OF]

                                SUBORDINATED NOTE


                                     [Date]


         B.I.  FUNDING,  INC., a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  hereby
promises  to pay  to the  order  of  BURLINGTON  INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  a  Delaware
corporation ("BII"), the principal amount of this Subordinated Note,  determined
as described below,  together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to
the "Prime Rate" as published  from time to time in the Wall Street Journal plus
3% in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America.  Capitalized  terms used
herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings  assigned to such terms in
the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10,
1997, among the Company, Burlington Industries, Inc., B.I. Transportation, Inc.,
Burlington  Fabrics  Inc.,  Burlington  Apparel  Services  Company,   Burlington
International Services Company and The Bacova Guild, Ltd. (such agreement, as it
may  from  time  to time be  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  in
accordance with its terms, the "Purchase Agreement").

         The  principal  amount of this  Subordinated  Note at any time shall be
determined  in  accordance  with the  provisions of Article VIII of the Purchase
Agreement.  Payments of principal of this Subordinated Note shall be made on the
Maturity Date (provided that principal may be prepaid at any time).  Payments of
interest on this Subordinated Note shall be paid on each Monthly Settlement Date
(with respect to interest  accrued as of the end of the preceding  fiscal month)
and on the Maturity Date  (provided that interest may be prepaid at any time) by
wire transfer of  immediately  available  funds to such account of the Seller as
the Seller may designate in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments
of interest or principal  may be made under this  Subordinated  Note at any time
except as permitted under the Subordination Agreement (as defined below).

         The  indebtedness  evidenced by this  instrument is subordinated to the
prior payment in full of the Senior Obligations (as defined in the Subordination
Agreement  hereinafter  referred to) pursuant to, and to the extent provided in,
the Subordination Agreement, Consent and Acknowledgment dated as of December 10,
1997,  as amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified  from time to time (the
"Subordination  Agreement")  among the maker hereof,  the payee named herein and
certain other parties.  This Subordinated Note is the Subordinated Note referred
to in the Purchase Agreement,  and is subordinate and junior in right of payment
to  all  the  Obligations  to the  extent  and in  the  manner  provided  in the
Subordination Agreement.

         The Company hereby waives diligence,  presentment,  demand, protest and
notice  of any kind  whatsoever.  The  nonexercise  by the  holder of any of its
rights  hereunder  in any  particular  instance  shall not  constitute  a waiver
thereof in that or any subsequent instance.


 


<PAGE>


         This  Subordinated Note amends and restates the Subordinated Note dated
March 26,  1992 (the "Prior  Note"),  payable by the Company to the order of BII
for the  benefit of the  Sellers (as  defined in the  Purchase  Agreement).  All
indebtedness  outstanding under the Prior Note shall be deemed to be outstanding
hereunder,  and nothing herein shall be deemed to evidence payment or release of
such indebtedness.

         THIS   SUBORDINATED  NOTE  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                                          B.I. FUNDING, INC.

                                                             by

                                                             Title:









 


<PAGE>





                                                                   Exhibit 10.23
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                               FACILITY AGREEMENT


                          Dated as of December 10, 1997


                                      among


                              B. I. FUNDING, INC.,
                                   as Company

                          BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                   as Servicer

                                       and

                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                          as Agent and Collateral Agent





<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS||

                                                                            Page

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

                                   ARTICLE I.

                            DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

         SECTION 1.01      Definitions; Construction..........................2

                                   ARTICLE II.

                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES


         SECTION 2.01      Appointment of and Acceptance by BII of Servicing
                                    Obligations...............................2
         SECTION 2.02      Servicing Compensation; Servicer Advances..........3
         SECTION 2.03      Representations and Warranties of the Servicer.....4
         SECTION 2.04      Accountant's Servicing Report......................5
         SECTION 2.05      Compliance Statements..............................6
         SECTION 2.06      Collection Procedures..............................7
         SECTION 2.07      Weekly Report......................................7
         SECTION 2.08      Monthly Settlement Statement.......................8
         SECTION 2.09      Servicer Resignation...............................8
         SECTION 2.10      Access to Certain Documentation and Information 
                                    Regarding the Receivables.................8
         SECTION 2.11      Servicer Termination Notice........................8
         SECTION 2.12      Successor Servicer.................................9
         SECTION 2.13      Appointment of Successor..........................10
         SECTION 2.14      Covenants of the Servicer.........................10

                                  ARTICLE III.

                   ALLOCATIONS AND APPLICATIONS OF PROCEEDS OF
                     ADVANCES, COLLECTIONS AND OTHER AMOUNTS

         SECTION 3.01    Use of Advances, Servicer Advances and Collections...13


 

                                        i

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 4.01      Notices............................................17
         SECTION 4.02      Binding Effect.....................................18
         SECTION 4.03      Applicable Law.....................................18
         SECTION 4.04      Waivers; Amendment.................................18
         SECTION 4.05      Waiver of Jury Trial...............................18
         SECTION 4.06      Severability.......................................19
         SECTION 4.07      Counterparts.......................................19
         SECTION 4.08      No Recourse........................................19
         SECTION 4.09      Consent to Jurisdiction............................19
         SECTION 4.10      Bankruptcy Petition Against the Company............20
         SECTION 4.11      No Recourse........................................20
         SECTION 4.12      Attorney-in-Fact...................................20
||

 

                                       ii

<PAGE>



                     AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT


         AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 10, 1997
among B. I. FUNDING,  INC., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  BURLINGTON
INDUSTRIES,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("BII"),  as Servicer,  and WACHOVIA
BANK, N.A.  ("Wachovia"),  in its capacity as agent under the Loan Agreement (as
herein  defined) (in such capacity,  the "Agent") and as collateral  agent under
the Security  Agreement (as herein  defined) (in such capacity,  the "Collateral
Agent").


                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

         1. Wachovia,  at the Company's request,  has arranged for the extension
of financing to the Company pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement dated as
of December 10, 1997, as it may be amended,  supplemented  or modified from time
to time (as so amended,  supplemented or modified,  the "Loan  Agreement") among
the Company, the Agent, the financial  institutions party thereto (collectively,
the  "Liquidity  Lenders"),  Blue Ridge Asset Funding  Corp.,  as the commercial
paper  lender (the  "Conduit  Lender")  (the  Liquidity  Lenders and the Conduit
Lender, collectively, the "Lenders").

         2. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated  Receivables Purchase Agreement
dated as of December 10, 1997,  as it may be amended,  modified or  supplemented
from  time to time (as so  amended,  supplemented  or  modified,  the  "Purchase
Agreement") among BII, B.I.  Transportation,  Inc.,  Burlington  Fabrics,  Inc.,
Burlington Apparel Services Company,  Burlington International Services Company,
The Bacova Guild, Ltd. and any Additional Sellers (collectively,  the "Sellers")
and the  Company,  the Company is  purchasing  Receivables  (such term and other
capitalized  terms used herein being  defined as provided in Section  1.01) from
the  Sellers,  and is  pledging  all of its right,  title and  interest  in such
Receivables  and certain  other  assets of the Company to the  Collateral  Agent
pursuant to the Security Agreement.

         3. The  Servicer has agreed to service the  Receivables  and account to
the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Agent as provided herein.

         Accordingly, in consideration for the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein and other good and valuable  consideration (the sufficiency and
receipt of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

                                                         1

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE I.

                            DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

         SECTION 1.01 Definitions;  Construction. (a) Capitalized terms used and
not defined  herein  shall have the  meanings  assigned to such terms in Annex Z
attached hereto.  For all purposes in this Agreement,  the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

         "Facilities  Costs" means fixed fees payable to the Agent, the Lenders,
and to the extent the Servicer is not an Affiliate of the Company, the Servicing
Fee.

         "Servicing Fee" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

          "Servicing  Fee  Base"  means  (i)  prior to the  Commencement  of the
Amortization  Period,  the  Liquidity  Commitment  Amount,  and (ii)  during the
Amortization  Period, the lesser of (x) the Liquidity  Commitment Amount and (y)
the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables held by the Company.

         "Successor  Servicer"  shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
Section 2.13.

                  (b) The definitions referred to or set forth in this Article I
shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms  defined,
whenever the context may require,  any pronoun shall  include the  corresponding
masculine,  feminine and neuter forms, and the words "include",  "includes," and
"including" shall be deemed to followed by the phrase "without  limitation." All
references herein to Articles and Sections shall be deemed reference to Articles
and  Sections of this  Agreement  unless the context  shall  otherwise  require.
Except as otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all terms of an accounting or
financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

                                   ARTICLE II.

                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

         SECTION  2.01  Appointment  of  and  Acceptance  by  BII  of  Servicing
Obligations.  (a) The Company hereby appoints BII as servicer of the Receivables
(BII in such  capacity and any Successor  Servicer  being the  "Servicer").  BII
agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement on behalf of the Company, for
the benefit of the Agent,  the Lenders and the  Collateral  Agent.  The Servicer
shall (i) except as otherwise limited herein, manage, administer and collect the
Receivables and exercise all  discretionary  powers involved in such management,
administration  and collections and (ii) bear all costs and expenses incurred in
connection  therewith  that may be  necessary  or advisable  and  permitted  for
carrying out the transactions  contemplated by the Transaction Documents. In the
management, administration and collection of the Receivables, the Servicer shall
exercise the same care that it has exercised in handling similar matters for its
own account, and the Servicer shall comply with the Policies. In connection with
the foregoing, the Servicer shall be

 

                                                         2

<PAGE>



permitted to subcontract its  obligations  under this Section 2.01 to any Person
satisfactory to the Company and the Required Lenders that agrees to perform such
obligations  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Policies;
provided,  however,  that the Servicer  shall remain  fully  responsible  to the
Company, the Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders for any and all acts or
failures to act of any such  subcontractor to the same extent as if the Servicer
were  fully   directly   responsible   for  such   subcontractor's   duties  and
responsibilities.

                  (b) The  Servicer  shall,  at its own  cost and  expense,  (i)
         retain the electronic ledger used by the Servicer as a master record of
         the Receivables and copies of all documents relating to each Receivable
         as custodian for the Company and (ii) mark the computer files and other
         physical  records of the Receivables (by means of a general legend that
         will  automatically  appear  at or near  the  beginning  of any list or
         print-out  of the  Receivables)  to the effect that,  unless  otherwise
         specifically  identified on such list or print-out as a Receivable  not
         so  sold or  transferred,  all  Receivables  included  in such  list or
         print-out  have been sold to the  Company,  and a security  interest in
         such Receivables has been subsequently  granted to the Collateral Agent
         for the  benefit of the Secured  Parties  (as  defined in the  Security
         Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

                  (c) The  Servicer  shall  notify  the  Company  and the  Agent
         promptly  after  obtaining  knowledge  that any  Receivable  has become
         subject  to a Lien other  than any Lien  created  or imposed  under any
         Transaction Document.

         SECTION  2.02  Servicing   Compensation;   Servicer  Advances.  (a)  As
compensation for its servicing  activities  hereunder and  reimbursement for its
expenses  incurred as the Servicer,  the Servicer shall be entitled to receive a
servicing fee (the "Servicing  Fee") from the Company equal to the Servicing Fee
Rate  multiplied by the average daily  Servicing Fee Base, such Servicing Fee to
be payable in respect of each fiscal month in arrears on the Monthly  Settlement
Date immediately succeeding such fiscal month, commencing on the first such date
to occur after the  Effective  Date,  calculated  in each case on the basis of a
360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.  "Servicing  Fee Rate" means
(x) 0.5% per annum at a time when (i) BII is the Servicer,  (ii) no Amortization
Event has occurred and is continuing, and (iii) the Dilution Reserve Trigger has
not occurred, and (y) 1.0% per annum at all other times. The Servicer shall bear
all costs and expenses (without right of  reimbursement)  incurred in connection
with performing its activities  hereunder,  including fees and  disbursements of
independent  accountants  and all other  expenses  incurred  by the  Servicer in
connection with its activities hereunder;  provided,  that in no event shall the
Servicer be liable for any federal,  state or local income or franchise  tax, or
any  interest or  penalties  with respect  thereto,  assessed on the Agent,  the
Collateral Agent, any Lenders or the Company.  The Servicer shall be required to
pay such costs and any expenses  for its own account,  and shall not be entitled
to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fee.

                  (b)  The  Servicer  may  elect,  in its  discretion,  to  make
unsecured advances to the Company ("Servicer Advances") to pay amounts due under
the  Loan  Agreement,  provided  that  the  Servicer  reasonably  expects  to be
reimbursed therefor from Collections as provided in this Agreement. The Servicer
Advances shall be due and payable on the first Anniversary of the

 

                                                         3

<PAGE>



Termination  Date;  provided that the Servicer  Advances shall be prepaid to the
extent of payments provided for in Article III.

         SECTION  2.03  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Servicer.  The
Servicer represents and warrants to the Company, the Agent and each Lender that:

                  (a) The Servicer (i) is a corporation duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing  under the laws of the state of its  incorporation
and (ii) has all requisite  corporate power and authority to own and operate its
properties,  to  carry on its  business  as now  conducted  and  proposed  to be
conducted, to enter into each Transaction Document to which it is a party and to
carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

                  (b) The Servicer is qualified as a foreign corporation in each
jurisdiction  where it is required to be so qualified to service the Receivables
as required by the Transaction Documents and has obtained all necessary licenses
and approvals as required under federal and state law,  except in  jurisdictions
where the  failure to be so  qualified,  licensed  or  approved  will not have a
material  adverse effect on the ability of the Servicer to comply with the terms
of the Transaction Documents.

                  (c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of
each  Transaction  Document to which it is a party and the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  thereby have been duly  authorized  by all necessary
corporate action and will not (i) violate any provision of law applicable to it,
its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or any order,  judgment or decree of
any court or other  agency of  government  binding on it,  (ii)  conflict  with,
result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
default under any of its Contractual Obligations, (iii) result in or require the
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its  properties or assets or (iv)
require any approval of  Stockholders  or any approval or consent of any Persons
under any  Contractual  Obligation  of the  Servicer or any member of the Parent
Group,  except for (A) such  approvals or consents  which will be obtained on or
before the  Effective  Date and are set forth in Schedule  2.03 (c) and (B) such
violations,  conflicts,  breaches,  Liens and defaults which would not have, and
such approvals the absence of which would not have, a material adverse effect on
(1) the business,  operations,  property,  assets or financial  condition of the
Servicer,  (2) the validity or enforceability of, or the ability of the Servicer
to perform its obligations under, the Transaction Documents or (3) the validity,
enforceability or priority of the Liens created by the Purchase Agreement or the
Security Agreement.

                  (d) The execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of
the  Transaction  Documents to which it is a party and the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  thereby do not and will not require any registration
with,  consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any
federal,  state or other  governmental  authority or regulatory  body except for
filings, consents, notices,  authorizations,  and approvals the absence of which
would  not have a  material  adverse  effect  on (i) the  business,  operations,
property,  assets or financial  condition of the Servicer,  (ii) the validity or
enforceability  of, or the ability of the  Servicer  to perform its  obligations
under,  the  Transaction  Documents  or (iii) the  validity,  enforceability  or
priority  of  the  Liens  created  by the  Purchase  Agreement  or the  Security
Agreement.

 

                                                         4

<PAGE>




                  (e) This Agreement is, and the other Transaction  Documents to
which the Servicer is a party,  when executed and delivered by the Servicer will
be, the  legally  valid and binding  obligations  of the  Servicer,  enforceable
against the  Servicer  in  accordance  with their  respective  terms,  except as
enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or similar  laws  relating  to or limiting  creditors'  rights  generally  or by
equitable principles relating to enforceability.

                  (f)  There is no  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  governmental
investigation of which the Servicer has knowledge or arbitration (whether or not
purportedly  on behalf of the  Servicer) at law or in equity or before or by any
federal, state, municipal or other governmental department,  commission,  board,
bureau,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic  or  foreign,  pending or, to the
knowledge of the Servicer,  threatened  against or affecting the Servicer or any
of its property  which would  reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse
effect on (i) the business, operations,  property, assets or financial condition
of the Servicer,  (ii) the validity or enforceability  of, or the ability of the
Servicer to perform its obligations  under,  the Transaction  Documents or (iii)
the  validity,  enforceability  or priority of the Liens created by the Purchase
Agreement or the Security Agreement.

                  (g)  (i)  No   representation  or  warranty  of  the  Servicer
contained  in this  Agreement,  any  other  Transaction  Document,  or any other
document, certificate or written statement furnished to the Lenders or the Agent
by or on behalf of the  Servicer  for use in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement  (including any Settlement  Report)  contains any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to
the Servicer in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order
to  make  the  statements  contained  herein  or  therein  not  misleading.  Any
reaffirmation  of the  foregoing  sentence is subject to any change in the facts
and conditions on which such  representations  and  warranties are based,  which
changes are required or permitted under this Agreement;  provided, however, that
in all cases no  representation  or warranty of the  Servicer  contained in this
Agreement,  any  Transaction  Document,  or any other  document,  certificate or
written  statement  furnished to the Lenders or the Agent by or on behalf of any
such Person for use in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  contained at the time made any untrue  statement  of a material  fact
(known  to any such  Person in the case of any  document  not  furnished  by it)
necessary  in  order to make the  statement  contained  herein  or  therein  not
misleading.

                           (ii)  The  historical  financial  statements  of  the
                  Servicer  and its  Subsidiaries  contained  in its most recent
                  audited  financial  statements,  dated  September 28, 1996, as
                  such  financial  statements may be  supplemented  from time to
                  time, fairly present their results of operations and financial
                  condition  for  the  periods  and  as of the  dates  presented
                  (subject to year-end audit adjustments).

         SECTION 2.04  Accountant's  Servicing  Report.  At the direction of the
Required  Lenders  (which  direction may be given at any time),  the Agent shall
instruct  the Servicer to (and the  Servicer  shall) cause a firm of  nationally
recognized independent public accountants (who may also

 

                                                         5

<PAGE>



render  other  services  to the  Servicer or any Seller) to furnish a report (an
"Outside  Report") to the Company and the Agent,  to the effect set forth below.
The  Servicer  shall (i) select the firm of  nationally  recognized  independent
public accountants to prepare the first such Outside Report for each Fiscal Year
and (ii) pay all costs and  expenses of the first such Outside  Report  prepared
for each Fiscal Year. All other Outside Reports for such Fiscal Year shall be at
the pro rata expense of the Liquidity Lenders.

         An Outside Report shall be to the effect that:

                  (a) such firm has made a study and  evaluation,  in accordance
with generally accepted auditing  standards,  of the Servicer's and the Sellers'
internal accounting controls relating to the Receivables,

                  (b) on the  basis  of such  examination,  such  firm is of the
opinion  that the system of internal  accounting  controls in effect on the date
set forth in such report,  relating to the Receivables and the Collections taken
as a whole,  were  sufficient  for the  prevention  and  detection of errors and
irregularities in amounts that would be material,

                  (c) the Servicer was servicing the  Receivables  in compliance
with  the  provisions  of this  Agreement  with  which  the  independent  public
accountants  possess  adequate  professional  knowledge and which are reasonably
subject  to  positive  assurance  by them,  except for such  exceptions  as they
believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such
report, and

                  (d) using generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  they have
compared  a  representative  sample of Weekly  Reports  and  Monthly  Settlement
Statements  randomly  chosen  during  such period and  delivered  to the Company
pursuant to Sections 2.07 and 2.08 during the period covered by such report with
each Seller's and the Servicer's  computer  reports that were the source of such
amounts and that on the basis of such  comparison,  such  accountants are of the
opinion that such reports are in agreement,  except for such  exceptions as they
believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such
statement.

         The Servicer  shall make its officers and employees  available  (during
normal  business  hours and upon  reasonable  notice)  for  discussion  with the
Persons preparing any such Outside Report.

         SECTION 2.05  Compliance  Statements.  The Servicer will deliver to the
Company and the Agent on or before the date 45 days after the end of each Fiscal
Quarter,  commencing  with the fourth Fiscal  Quarter of fiscal year 1997 of the
Company,  a certificate  signed by an executive officer or Financial Officer (or
any other officer or similar official  responsible for the administration of the
obligations of the Servicer) (a "Responsible Officer") of the Servicer,  stating
that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer relating to the servicing of
the Receivables during the prior quarter and of performance under this Agreement
has been made under such officer's  supervision,  (ii) such Responsible  Officer
has reviewed any reports prepared by the internal audit department or the

 

                                                         6

<PAGE>



independent auditors for the Servicer or the Sellers, in either case relating to
the Receivables  (including the servicing thereof) for the period since the date
of the last such report (it being understood that such reports shall be prepared
at times and in form consistent  with past  practice),  and (iii) to the best of
such Responsible  Officer's  knowledge,  based on such review,  the Servicer has
fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement throughout the period covered
by such review,  or, if there has been a default in the  fulfillment of any such
obligations,  specifying each such default known to such officers and the nature
and status thereof.

         SECTION 2.06 Collection  Procedures.  (a) The Servicer, the Sellers and
the  Company  have  established  and  shall  maintain  hereafter  the  system of
collecting and processing Collections of Receivables set forth in paragraphs (b)
through (e) below.

                  (b) The Obligors  shall have been  instructed to make payments
         with  respect  to  Receivables  only to a  Lockbox  Account  or by wire
         transfer to the Concentration  Account. The Servicer shall, at least as
         often as once each day that is both a  Business  Day and a day on which
         the Servicer is open for  business,  process such payments by recording
         the amount of the payment received from the Obligor and the identity of
         the Obligor,  and, with the Requisite  Frequency in same day funds, the
         Company and the Servicer shall cause all moneys and other  evidences of
         payment  collection (other than checks which are to have been submitted
         for collection)  deposited in the Lockbox Accounts to be transferred to
         the  Concentration  Account;  provided,  that to the  extent a  Lockbox
         Account  is also the  Concentration  Account,  such  transfer  shall be
         deemed made upon deposit  therein.  The Company and the Servicer  shall
         cause  all  moneys  and   evidences   of  payments   deposited  in  the
         Concentration Account to be transferred with the Requisite Frequency in
         same day  funds  (including  amounts  transferred  on such day from any
         Lockbox Account pursuant to the preceding sentence and amounts referred
         to in Section 2.06(c)),  to the Collection  Deposit Account;  provided,
         that  (i) if  the  Collateral  Agent  shall  not  have  terminated  the
         Servicer's  authority to initiate  transfers as provided in the Lockbox
         Agreements,  such  transfer  shall be  required  only on days  when the
         Servicer is open for business,  and (ii) during any Amortization Period
         all such amounts shall be transferred from the Concentration Account to
         Collection Account "B".

                  (c) The Servicer and the Company  shall cause all  Collections
         otherwise received by them to be deposited in the Concentration Account
         as soon as  practicable  after receipt  thereof,  but in no event later
         than the Business Day after such receipt.

                  (d) Any funds held by the Company or the Servicer representing
         Collections shall, until deposited in a Collection  Account, be held in
         trust by such Person for and as the Collateral  Agent's  property,  for
         the ratable  benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security
         Agreement).

                  (e) Each of the Company and the  Servicer  irrevocably  waives
         any  right  to  set  off  against,   or  otherwise   deduct  from,  any
         Collections.


 

                                                         7

<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.07 Weekly Report.  (a) The Servicer shall prepare and deliver
to the Agent,  the  Collateral  Agent and the  Company  (by  telecopy)  a Weekly
Report,  certified by a Financial  Officer or Assistant  Treasurer on the Weekly
Settlement Date (containing  information as of the immediately  preceding Weekly
Cut-Off  Date) on or before  9:00 a.m.,  Atlanta  time on such  date;  provided,
however,  that if a "system  failure" or other similar  technical  failure shall
occur in the operations of the Servicer that produce data included in the Weekly
Report,  such Weekly Report shall be prepared and  telecopied to the Agent,  the
Collateral  Agent and the  Company  within  two  Business  Days of the date such
Weekly Report was otherwise required to be prepared and telecopied to the Agent,
the Collateral Agent and the Company.

                  (b) Upon  discovery  of any error in any  Weekly  Report,  the
         Agent,  the Company,  the  Servicer,  and the Sellers  shall confer and
         shall agree upon any necessary adjustments to correct such error. Until
         correction  of such  error,  all  Collections  shall be retained in the
         Collection Deposit Account. Unless the Agent has received actual notice
         of any discrepancy,  the Agent, the Lenders and the Company may rely on
         such Weekly  Report for all  purposes  hereunder,  and for all purposes
         under any other Transaction Document.

         SECTION 2.08 Monthly Settlement  Statement.  On each Monthly Settlement
Statement Date, the Servicer shall, prior to 12:00 noon (Atlanta time),  deliver
to the Company and the Agent, the Monthly Settlement Statement for the preceding
fiscal month  certified by a Financial  Officer,  and the Agent shall  forward a
copy of such Monthly  Settlement  Statement to the Lenders;  provided,  however,
that if a "system failure" or other similar technical failure shall occur in the
operations of the Servicer that produce data included in the Monthly  Settlement
Statement,  such Monthly Settlement  Statement shall be prepared and provided to
the  Company and the Agent  within two  Business  Days of the date such  Monthly
Settlement  Statement was otherwise required to the prepared and provided to the
Company and the Agent.

         SECTION 2.09 Servicer  Resignation.  The Servicer shall not resign from
the obligations and duties under this Agreement hereby imposed on it except upon
determination  that (i) the  performance  of its duties  hereunder  is no longer
permissible  under  applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable  action which
the  Servicer  could  take to  make  the  performance  of its  duties  hereunder
permissible  under  applicable  law.  Any  such  determination   permitting  the
resignation  of the  Servicer  shall be  evidenced  as to clause (i) above by an
opinion of counsel to such effect  delivered to the Agent.  No such  resignation
shall  become  effective  until a  Successor  Servicer  shall have  assumed  the
responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with this Section
and Sections 2.11 and 2.12.

         SECTION 2.10 Access to Certain  Documentation and Information Regarding
the  Receivables.  The Servicer  shall provide the Company,  the Agent and their
respective   representatives   access  to  the   documentation   regarding   the
Receivables,  such  access  being  afforded  without  charge  but  only (i) upon
reasonable  request,  (ii) during normal  business  hours,  (iii) subject to the
Servicer's  normal security and  confidentiality  procedures and (iv) at offices
designated  by the  Servicer.  The  obligation  of the  Servicer to provide such
reasonable access to information regarding

 

                                                         8

<PAGE>



the  Receivables  shall  survive its  termination  as Servicer  until all of the
Obligations  of the Company to the Lenders  under the Loan  Agreement  have been
satisfied in full.

         SECTION 2.11 Servicer  Termination Notice. If (i) an Amortization Event
shall have  occurred and be  continuing  or (ii) there has been a failure by the
Servicer to perform its  obligations  as Servicer and such failure  could have a
material adverse effect on the collection of the  Receivables,  the value of the
Collateral or the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise its remedies under
the Security Agreement, the Agent may, at the direction of the Required Lenders,
by notice given in writing to the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Company
(each such notice and each notice to the Servicer  referred to in the  following
sentence, being a "Servicer Termination Notice") terminate all of the rights and
obligations  of the  Servicer  under  this  Agreement  pursuant  to the terms of
Section 2.12. The Company may at any time, with the prior written consent of the
Required  Lenders  by notice  given in writing  to the  Servicer  and the Agent,
terminate all the rights and  obligations of the Servicer  pursuant to the terms
of Section 2.12.  Notwithstanding  any termination of the rights and obligations
of the Servicer,  such terminated Servicer shall remain responsible for any acts
or omissions to act by it as Servicer prior to such termination.

         SECTION 2.12 Successor Servicer. (a) After receipt by the Servicer of a
Servicer  Termination  Notice,  or after  resignation of a Servicer  pursuant to
Section  2.09,  and on the  date  that a  Successor  Servicer  shall  have  been
appointed by the  Collateral  Agent  pursuant to Section 2.13, all authority and
power of the  Servicer  under  this  Agreement  shall pass to and be vested in a
Successor Servicer;  and the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and empowered
(upon the failure of the  Servicer to  cooperate)  to execute  and  deliver,  on
behalf of the Servicer as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other
instruments  upon the  failure  of the  Servicer  to  execute  or  deliver  such
documents  or  instruments,  and to do and  accomplish  all other acts or things
necessary or  appropriate  to effect the purposes of such  transfer of servicing
rights.

                  (b) The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Collateral Agent
         and  such  Successor  Servicer  in  effecting  the  termination  of the
         responsibilities  and  rights  of the  Servicer  to  conduct  servicing
         hereunder,  including  the transfer to such  Successor  Servicer of all
         authority of the Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under
         this  Agreement,  including all authority  over all  Collections  which
         shall on the date of transfer be held by the Servicer  for deposit,  or
         which shall thereafter be received with respect to the Receivables.

                  (c)  The  Servicer  shall  promptly  transfer  its  electronic
         records  relating to the Receivables to the Successor  Servicer in such
         electronic  form as the Successor  Servicer may reasonably  request and
         shall  promptly  transfer to the Successor  Servicer all other records,
         correspondence and documents  necessary for the continued  servicing of
         the  Receivables  in the  manner  and at such  times  as the  Successor
         Servicer shall reasonably  request.  To the extent that compliance with
         this Section  shall  require the Servicer to disclose to the  Successor
         Servicer  information  of  any  kind  which  the  Servicer  or  Company
         reasonably  deems to be confidential,  the Successor  Servicer shall be
         required to enter into such  customary  licensing  and  confidentiality
         agreements as the Servicer or Company  shall deem  necessary to protect
         its interest. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with a

 

                                                         9

<PAGE>



         transfer of servicing shall be borne by the outgoing Servicer.  Each of
         the Sellers and the Company shall,  upon request,  at all times provide
         such  information  and  assistance to the Servicer as shall be required
         for the Servicer to perform its obligations hereunder.

         SECTION 2.13 Appointment of Successor.  (a) On and after the receipt by
the Servicer of a Servicer Termination Notice pursuant to Section 2.11, or after
resignation of a Servicer  pursuant to Section 2.09, the Servicer shall continue
to perform all servicing functions under this Agreement until the date specified
in the  Servicer  Termination  Notice or otherwise  specified by the  Collateral
Agent in writing or, if no such date is specified  in the  Servicer  Termination
Notice or otherwise  specified by the  Collateral  Agent,  until a date mutually
agreed  upon  by the  Servicer  and  the  Collateral  Agent.  The  Agent,  after
consultation with the Lenders, shall as promptly as possible after the giving of
a Servicer  Termination  Notice  appoint a Successor  Servicer  (the  "Successor
Servicer") and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written
assumption in a form acceptable to the Agent. The Agent may obtain bids from any
potential Successor Servicer.

                  (b) Upon its  appointment,  the  Successor  Servicer  shall be
         successor  in all  respects to the  Servicer  with respect to servicing
         functions  under  this  Agreement  and  shall  be  subject  to all  the
         responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on BII
         in its  capacity  as  Servicer  or on the  Servicer  by the  terms  and
         provisions  hereof,  and all references in this Agreement to BII in its
         capacity as Servicer or to the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the
         Successor Servicer.  Any Successor Servicer that is not an Affiliate of
         the  Company  or any of the  Sellers  shall  expressly  consent  to and
         acknowledge  the  security  interest  granted to the  Collateral  Agent
         pursuant to the Security Agreement.

                  (c) All authority and power granted to the Successor  Servicer
         under this  Agreement  shall  automatically  cease and  terminate  upon
         termination  of this  Agreement  and shall pass to and be vested in the
         Company and the Company is hereby  authorized  and empowered to execute
         and deliver, on behalf of the Successor  Servicer,  as attorney-in-fact
         or  otherwise,  all  documents  and  other  instruments,  and to do and
         accomplish all other acts or things  necessary or appropriate to effect
         the  purposes  of such  transfer of  servicing  rights.  The  Successor
         Servicer  agrees  to  cooperate  with  the  Company  in  effecting  the
         termination  of  the  responsibilities  and  rights  of  the  Successor
         Servicer  to  conduct  servicing  on  the  Receivables.  The  Successor
         Servicer  shall  transfer  its  electronic   records  relating  to  the
         Receivables  therein to the Company (or, at the request of the Company,
         a Seller) in such electronic form as the Company may reasonably request
         and shall transfer all other records,  correspondence  and documents to
         the Company (or, at the request of the Company, a Seller) in the manner
         and at such  times as the  Company  shall  reasonably  request.  To the
         extent  that  compliance  with this  Section  2.13  shall  require  the
         Successor   Servicer   to  disclose  to  the  Company  or  the  Sellers
         information  of any  kind  which  the  Successor  Servicer  deems to be
         confidential,  the  Company  shall  be  required  to  enter  into  such
         customary  licensing  and  confidentiality  agreements as the Successor
         Servicer shall deem  necessary to protect its interests.  All costs and
         expenses  incurred in  connection  with a transfer  servicing  shall be
         borne by the outgoing Successor Servicer.


 

                                                        10

<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.14    Covenants of the Servicer. The Servicer covenants that:

                  (a)  Condition of Assets;  Insurance.  The Servicer  shall (i)
         keep all  property and assets  useful and  necessary in its business as
         Servicer in good  working  order and  condition  (normal  wear and tear
         excepted),   (ii)  maintain,   with  financially  sound  and  reputable
         insurance companies, insurance on all its property and assets necessary
         in its  business as  Servicer  in at least such  amounts and against at
         least such risks (and with such risk  retention) as are usually insured
         against in the same general area by  companies  of  established  repute
         engaged in the same or a similar  business and reasonably  satisfactory
         to the Agent,  (iii) furnish to the Agent,  upon written request,  full
         information  as to the  insurance  carried,  (iv)  within  five days of
         receipt of notice  from any  insurer,  furnish the Agent with a copy of
         any notice of  cancellation  or material  change in coverage  from that
         existing on the  Effective  Date and (v)  forthwith,  furnish the Agent
         with  notice of any  cancellation  or  nonrenewal  of  coverage  by the
         Servicer. The Servicer shall (i) maintain disaster recovery systems and
         back-up computer and other information  management systems that, in the
         Servicer's reasonable judgment,  are sufficient to protect its business
         as  Servicer  against  material  interruption  or loss in the  event of
         damage  to,  or  loss or  destruction  of,  its  primary  computer  and
         information  management  systems  and (ii)  furnish to the Agent,  upon
         written request,  full information as to such disaster recovery systems
         and back-up computer and information management systems.

                  (b)  Indemnification.  (i) In any suit,  proceeding  or action
         brought by the Agent, any Seller, the Company,  the Collateral Agent or
         any  Lender  for any sum owing  with  respect  to any of such  persons'
         interest in a Receivable,  the Servicer  will save,  indemnify and keep
         the Agent,  the Sellers,  the  Company,  the  Collateral  Agent or such
         Lender, as the case may be, harmless from and against all expense, loss
         or damage  suffered  by reason of any  defense,  setoff,  counterclaim,
         recoupment or reduction of liability whatsoever arising out of a breach
         by the Servicer of any  obligation  of the Servicer  with respect to an
         Obligor or arising out of any agreement,  indebtedness  or liability at
         any time owing to or in favor of such Obligor or its successor from the
         Servicer,  and all such obligations of the Servicer shall be and remain
         enforceable  against  and only  against the  Servicer  and shall not be
         enforceable  against the Agent, the Collateral  Agent, any Seller,  the
         Company, or any Lender, as the case may be.

                           (ii) The Servicer  shall  indemnify and hold harmless
                  the Agent, the Sellers,  the Company, the Collateral Agent and
                  the Lenders against any claim, loss, liability, cost, expense,
                  damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any action
                  taken by the Servicer relating to any Receivable.

                  (c) Compliance  with  Requirements  of Law. The Servicer shall
         duly satisfy all  obligations  on its part to be fulfilled  under or in
         connection with each Receivable and the related Obligor,  will maintain
         in effect all  qualifications  required  under  Requirements  of Law in
         order to service  properly each  Receivable and the related Obligor and
         will comply in all material respects with all other Requirements of Law
         in connection with servicing each

 

                                                        11

<PAGE>



         Receivable  and the  related  Obligor  the failure to comply with which
         would have a material adverse effect on the Lenders or the Agent.

                  (d) No  Rescission  or  Cancellation.  The Servicer  shall not
         permit any  rescission  or  cancellation  of any  Receivable  except as
         ordered  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  or other  Governmental
         Authority and except in connection with Dilutive Credits and Write-Offs
         in  conformity  with the  Policies  or as  otherwise  permitted  in the
         Security Agreement.

                  (e)  Protection  of Rights.  The  Servicer  shall not take any
         action which,  or omit to take any action the omission of which,  would
         impair the rights of the Company,  the Agent,  the Collateral Agent and
         the Lenders in any Receivable or with respect to the related Obligor or
         the  rights  of the  Agent,  nor shall it  reschedule,  revise or defer
         payments due on any Receivable except in accordance with the Policies.

                  (f) Change in Payment  Instructions to Obligors.  The Servicer
         will not instruct the Obligors of any Purchased Receivables to make any
         payments  with  respect  to  such  Purchased   Receivables  other  than
         hereunder or under the Security Agreement.

                  (g)  Modification  of Ledger.  The Servicer will not delete or
         otherwise  modify the marking on the electronic  ledger  referred to in
         Section 5.01(g) of the Purchase Agreement.

                  (h)  Extension or Amendment of  Receivables  or Policies.  The
         Servicer  will not extend,  amend or  otherwise  modify,  or attempt or
         purport  to  extend,  amend  or  otherwise  modify,  the  terms  of any
         Purchased  Receivables,  except  in  accordance  with the  terms of the
         Policies,  or amend or otherwise  modify or waive any term or condition
         of the Policies.

                  (i)  Collection of  Receivables.  (i) Upon the  occurrence and
         during the continuance of an Amortization Event and upon the request of
         the Collateral  Agent,  or upon the  commencement  of the  Amortization
         Period, the Servicer will deliver to the Collateral Agent all licenses,
         rights, computer programs, related materials, computer tapes, cassettes
         and data then owned or held by the Company  necessary to the  immediate
         collection  of the  Receivables  by the  Collateral  Agent  or a  party
         designated by the  Collateral  Agent without the  participation  of any
         Seller or the Company.

                           (ii)  Upon  the   occurrence   of  and   during   the
                  continuance of an  Amortization  Event and upon the request of
                  the  Collateral   Agent,  or  upon  the   commencement  of  an
                  Amortization   Period,   the  Servicer  will  deliver  to  the
                  Collateral Agent on a weekly basis, unless requested not to do
                  so by the Collateral  Agent,  backup files prepared on a daily
                  basis  of  information  relating  to  the  collection  of  the
                  Receivables that would permit the Collateral Agent, or a party
                  designated by the Collateral Agent, to collect the Receivables
                  without the participation of any Seller or the Company.


 

                                                        12

<PAGE>



                  (j) Commingled  Funds. The Servicer shall use its best efforts
         to  determine  as promptly as possible  whether any funds of any of the
         Sellers or of any  Affiliate  of any Sellers  (other than the  Company)
         have been  commingled  with the funds of the Company and  separate  any
         such commingled funds as soon as possible thereafter.


                                  ARTICLE III.

                   ALLOCATIONS AND APPLICATIONS OF PROCEEDS OF
                     ADVANCES, COLLECTIONS AND OTHER AMOUNTS

         SECTION 3.01 Use of Advances,  Servicer  Advances and Collections.  (a)
The proceeds of Collections and of Advances  deposited in the Collection Deposit
Account,  and the  proceeds  of any  Servicer  Advances,  for  application  each
Business Day shall be applied by the Collateral Agent as follows:

         On the Effective Date, and on each Business Day thereafter, as follows:

                  (i)      On  each   Business  Day   occurring   prior  to  the
                  Amortization Commencement Date,

                           (1) first,  to the payment of  Facilities  Costs then
                  due and,  to the  extent any  principal  portion of a Servicer
                  Advance was used to pay Facilities Costs, the repayment to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (2)  second,  to the  payment  of  interest  due  and
                  payable  in  respect  of  Advances  and,  to  the  extent  any
                  principal  portion  of a  Servicer  Advance  was  used  to pay
                  interest due and payable in respect of Advances, the repayment
                  to the Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (3) third,  to the payment,  if any, of the principal
                  amount of Advances in such  proportion  as  designated  by the
                  Servicer  (so  long  as the  Servicer  is also a  Seller)  and
                  thereafter in such proportion as BII shall direct, but in each
                  case only to the extent required  pursuant to Section 4.1.2 of
                  the Loan  Agreement,  together  with  interest  thereon on the
                  principal amount paid and, to the extent any principal portion
                  of a  Servicer  Advance  was  used  to  pay  principal  of the
                  Advances, together with interest thereon, the repayment to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (4) fourth, to the payment of the operating  expenses
                  of the Company not included in clause first above,

                           (5)  fifth,  to the  payment of  increased  costs and
                  other  expenses  and  indemnity  payments  that are due to the
                  Collateral Agent, the Agent and the Lenders,


 

                                                        13

<PAGE>



                           (6) sixth,  to the payment of the  Servicing  Fee, if
                  the  Servicer  is an  Affiliate  of  the  Company,  and to the
                  payment of interest due and payable on Servicer Advances, and

                           (7)  seventh,  at the  Company's  option,  (A) to the
                  Company to enable the Company to purchase Receivables from the
                  Sellers  pursuant  to the  Purchase  Agreement,  (B)  to  make
                  payments  on  account  of the  Subordinated  Note,  (C) to the
                  Company to enable the  Company to make  payments on account of
                  Restricted  Distributions or to make loans to BII but only (1)
                  pursuant  to a  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  of the
                  Company authorizing such Restricted  Distribution or loan, (2)
                  to the extent  permitted  by Sections  8.2.9 and 8.2.20 (e) of
                  the Loan Agreement and (3) so long as no Amortization Event or
                  Potential  Amortization  Event  shall  have  occurred  and  be
                  continuing or would occur as a result of such payment or loan,
                  (D) to make  payments on the principal  outstanding  amount of
                  any Advances and interest thereon  (together with any payments
                  required  under  Section  5.4  of  the  Loan   Agreement,   if
                  applicable),  and (E) to set aside for repayment to any Lender
                  terminated  pursuant  to the terms of  Section  3.3 (b) of the
                  Loan  Agreement  of any  amounts  due or to  become  due  upon
                  termination;

provided,   that  (except  for  payments  made  to  the  Sellers  prior  to  the
identification  of a  Borrowing  Base  Deficiency  that  may be  required  to be
returned  pursuant to Section  2.03(b) of the  Purchase  Agreement)  in no event
shall any  Collections be distributed  from the Collection  Deposit Account with
respect to clauses  (4),  (6) or (7) above to the extent that such  distribution
would result in a Borrowing Base Deficiency.

                           (ii) On each  Business Day  occurring on or after the
                  Amortization  Commencement  Date  (if  no  Trigger  Event  has
                  occurred),   all   Collections   and  proceeds  from  Advances
                  deposited in the Collection  Deposit  Account for  application
                  shall be applied by the Collateral Agent as follows:

                           (1)  first,  to set aside an amount  equal to accrued
                  and unpaid interest in respect of Liquidity Advances or to pay
                  such  interest  if due and  payable  and,  to the  extent  any
                  principal  portion  of a  Servicer  Advance  was  used  to pay
                  interest  on the  Liquidity  Advances,  the  repayment  to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (2)  second,  to set  aside  an  amount  equal to the
                  principal  amount  of  Liquidity   Advances  or  to  pay  such
                  principal if due and payable and, to the extent any  principal
                  portion of a Servicer Advance was used to pay principal of the
                  Liquidity  Advances,  the  repayment  to the  Servicer of such
                  Servicer Advance,

                           (3)  third,  to set aside an amount  equal to accrued
                  and unpaid  interest in respect of CP Rate  Advances or to pay
                  such  interest  if due and  payable  and,  to the  extent  any
                  principal  portion  of a  Servicer  Advance  was  used  to pay
                  interest  on  the  CP  Rate  Advances,  the  repayment  to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

 

                                                        14

<PAGE>



                           (4)  fourth,  to set  aside  an  amount  equal to the
                  principal  amount of CP Rate Advances or to pay such principal
                  if due and payable and, to the extent any principal portion of
                  a Servicer  Advance was used to pay  principal  on the CP Rate
                  Advances,  the  repayment  to the  Servicer  of such  Servicer
                  Advance,

                           (5)  fifth,  to set aside an amount  equal to accrued
                  Facilities  Costs or to pay such  Facilities  Costs if due and
                  payable and, to the extent any principal portion of a Servicer
                  Advance was used to pay such Facilities  Costs,  the repayment
                  to the Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (6) sixth,  to pay increased costs and other expenses
                  and  indemnity  payments  that  are  due  to  the  Agent,  the
                  Collateral Agent and the Lenders,

                           (7)  seventh,  to set  aside an  amount  equal to the
                  accrued  Servicing Fee, if the Servicer is an Affiliate of the
                  Company,  or to pay such  Servicing Fee if due and payable and
                  to pay interest due and payable on Servicer Advances;

provided,  that no proceeds of Liquidity  Advances will be used to pay principal
of (or interest on) Liquidity Advances.

                           (iii) On each  Business Day occurring on or after the
                  Amortization   Commencement  Date,  if  a  Trigger  Event  has
                  occurred, all Collections and proceeds from Advances deposited
                  in the Collection  Deposit  Account for  application  shall be
                  applied by the Collateral Agent as follows:

                           (1)  first,  to pay an amount  equal to  accrued  and
                  unpaid  interest in respect of Liquidity  Advances and, to the
                  extent any principal portion of a Servicer Advance was used to
                  pay interest on the Liquidity  Advances,  the repayment to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (2) second,  to pay an amount equal to the  principal
                  amount of Liquidity  Advances and, to the extent any principal
                  portion of a Servicer Advance was used to pay principal of the
                  Liquidity  Advances,  the  repayment  to the  Servicer of such
                  Servicer Advance,

                           (3)  third,  to set aside an amount  equal to accrued
                  and unpaid  interest in respect of CP Rate  Advances or to pay
                  such  interest  if due and  payable  and,  to the  extent  any
                  principal  portion  of a  Servicer  Advance  was  used  to pay
                  interest  on  the  CP  Rate  Advances,  the  repayment  to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (4) fourth,  to set aside an amount  equal to pay the
                  principal  amount of CP Rate Advances or to pay such principal
                  if due and payable and, to the extent any principal portion of
                  a Servicer  Advance was used to pay  principal  on the CP Rate
                  Advances,  the  repayment  to the  Servicer  of such  Servicer
                  Advance,

 

                                                        15

<PAGE>



                           (5) fifth,  to pay accrued  Facilities  Costs and, to
                  the extent any  principal  portion of a Servicer  Advance  was
                  used  to pay  such  Facilities  Costs,  the  repayment  to the
                  Servicer of such Servicer Advance,

                           (6) sixth,  to pay increased costs and other expenses
                  and  indemnity  payments  that  are  due  to  the  Agent,  the
                  Collateral Agent and the Lenders,

                           (7)  seventh,  to  pay  the  Servicing  Fee,  if  the
                  Servicer is an  Affiliate  of the Company and to pay  interest
                  due and payable on Servicer Advances;

provided,  that  if any CP  Rate  Advances  remain  unpaid  (x)  the  amount  of
Collections  applied on any day to payment of principal of (and interest on) the
Liquidity  Advances shall not exceed the Trigger Percentage of such Collections,
and (y)  proceeds of Liquidity  Advances  shall not be applied to the payment of
principal of (or interest on) Liquidity Advances.

         All  Collections  and  proceeds  from  Advances  shall  be  paid by the
Collateral Agent to the Company when and as received,  but only on and after the
first Business Day following the occurrence of all of the following:

                  (A) all Liquidity Commitments shall have been terminated;

                  (B) all Advances shall have been repaid in full (together with
         interest  thereon)  (or  funds for the  repayment  or  payment  in full
         thereof shall have been set aside by the Collateral Agent in accordance
         with paragraph (ii) or (iii) above); and

                  (C) all other  amounts due and payable  (determined  as of the
         first date on which the  conditions  specified  in clauses  (A) and (B)
         above shall have been satisfied under any Transaction  Document) to the
         Lenders  shall have been paid in full (or funds for the payment in full
         thereof shall have been set aside by the Collateral Agent in accordance
         with  paragraph  (ii) above) and no such amount  shall be in dispute on
         such first date.

                  (b) Prior to the Amortization  Commencement Date, the Servicer
         shall as soon as possible  after receipt of any  Collections  and other
         proceeds,  determine  whether  they are not with  respect to  Purchased
         Receivables  and  shall as soon as  possible  notify  the Agent of such
         determination.   The  Collateral   Agent  shall  as  soon  as  possible
         thereafter  transfer  any  Collections  that  are not with  respect  to
         Purchased Receivables from the Collection Deposit Account to Collection
         Account "B" for payment to the applicable Person.

                  (c) During any Amortization Period, the Servicer shall as soon
         as  possible  after  receipt  of any  Collections  and  other  proceeds
         determine  whether  they are  Collections  with  respect  to  Purchased
         Receivables  or  otherwise  and shall as soon as  possible  notify  the
         Collateral Agent of such  determination.  The Collateral Agent shall as
         soon as possible  thereafter (i) transfer any Collections that are with
         respect to Purchased Receivables from the Collection Account "B" to the
         Collection Deposit Account for application pursuant to

 

                                                        16

<PAGE>



         the  terms of  paragraph  (a)(ii)  or  (a)(iii)  above and (ii) pay any
         Collections  that are not with respect to Purchased  Receivables to the
         Person entitled thereto; provided, that with respect to any Collections
         for  which  the   Collateral   Agent  has  not  been  provided  such  a
         determination  by the  Servicer  by the  end of the  Business  Day  ten
         Business Days from the date of receipt thereof,  such Collections shall
         be deemed to be Collections  with respect to Purchased  Receivables and
         shall be transferred to the Collection  Deposit  Account,  and no other
         Person shall have any rights therein.

                  (d) All  proceeds  received by the Company  pursuant to clause
         (a) of Section 7.01 of the Purchase  Agreement shall be Collections and
         shall be applied  under  this  Article  III in the same  manner as cash
         Collections;  provided,  that the Collections deemed made and for which
         payment  has not been made by the Sellers  pursuant to Section  7.01 of
         the Purchase  Agreement  shall not be applied to payments  hereunder of
         obligations  to any Lender or the Agent or any other obligee who is not
         an Affiliate of the Company.

                  (e) The Servicer agrees that in making each determination with
         respect to  Collections  and other  proceeds as set forth in paragraphs
         (b) or (c) above,  the  Servicer  represents  and warrants at such time
         that such determination is true and correct in all material respects.

                                   ARTICLE IV.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 4.01 Notices.  Unless otherwise  provided herein, any notice or
other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing
and may be personally served, telecopied or sent by United States mail and shall
be deemed to have been given when  delivered  in person,  receipt of telecopy or
telecopy or four  Business  Days after  depositing it in the United States mail,
registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed;  provided,
that notices to the Agent shall not be effective  until  received by such Agent.
For the purposes hereof,  the addresses of the parties hereto (until notice of a
change thereof is delivered as provided in this Section 4.01) shall be:

         (a) if to the Company,  to it at 2775  Highway 40, Suite 522,  P.O. Box
1449, Verdi, Nevada 89439-1449;

         (b) if to the Servicer, to it at 3330 West Friendly Avenue, Greensboro,
North Carolina 27410;

         (c) If to the Agent or the  Collateral  Agent,  to it at 191  Peachtree
Street, GA-423, Atlanta, GA 30303 Attn: Deborah Williams-Asset Backed Finance;

         (d) if to a  Lender,  to it at  its  address  set  forth  in  the  Loan
Agreement.


 

                                                        17

<PAGE>



         SECTION 4.02 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when
it shall have been  executed by the  Company,  the  Servicer,  the Agent and the
Collateral  Agent and thereafter  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the Company,  the Servicer and the Agent and their respective  successors and
assigns,  except that the Company  shall not have the right to assign its rights
hereunder or any interest herein without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

         SECTION 4.03  Applicable  Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         SECTION 4.04 Waivers;  Amendment.  (a) No failure or delay of the Agent
or the Collateral Agent in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate
as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right
or power, or any abandonment or discontinuation of steps to enforce such a right
or power,  preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or power.  The rights and  remedies  of the Agent or the  Collateral
Agent  hereunder are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies
that they would  otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or
consent  to any  departure  by the  Company  therefrom  shall  in any  event  be
effective  unless the same shall be permitted by subsection (b) below,  and then
such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific  instance and for
the  purpose  for which  given.  No notice or demand on the  Company in any case
shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or
other circumstances.

                  (b) No provision of this  Agreement may be waived,  amended or
modified except in accordance with Section 11.1(b) of the Loan Agreement.

                  (c) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the form of Weekly Report
and the form of Monthly  Settlement  Statement  attached as Exhibits  H-1 and G,
respectively,  to the Loan  Agreement may be amended or modified  pursuant to an
agreement of agreements in writing among only the Company and the Agent only for
the  purpose  of  clarifying  such  form of  Weekly  Report  or form of  Monthly
Settlement Statement,  as the case may be, or more fully conforming such form of
Weekly  Report or Monthly  Settlement  Statement to the purposes  thereof as set
forth in this Agreement.

         SECTION 4.05 Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL
BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY  LITIGATION  DIRECTLY  OR  INDIRECTLY  ARISING OUT OF,
UNDER OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY OF THE  OTHER  TRANSACTION
DOCUMENTS.  EACH PARTY HERETO (A)  CERTIFIES  THAT NO  REPRESENTATIVE,  AGENT OR
ATTORNEY OR ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,  EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,  THAT SUCH
OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING
WAIVER  AND (B)  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT IT AND THE OTHER  PARTIES  HERETO  HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER  TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS,  AS
APPLICABLE,  BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS,  THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND  CERTIFICATIONS  IN
THIS SECTION 4.05.


 

                                                        18

<PAGE>



         SECTION  4.06  Severability.  In  the  event  any  one or  more  of the
provisions  contained in or obligation  under this  Agreement or in or under any
other Transaction  Document should be held invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in
any  respect,  the  validity,  legality  and  enforceability  of  the  remaining
provisions  contained  herein and  therein  shall not in any way be  affected or
impaired  thereby.  The parties  shall  endeavor in good faith  negotiations  to
replace the invalid,  illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions,
the economic  effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provisions.

         SECTION 4.07 Counterparts.  This Agreement and any amendments, waivers,
consents or  supplements  may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by
different  parties  hereto  in  separate  counterparts,  each of  which  when so
executed and delivered  shall be deemed an original,  but all such  counterparts
together  shall  constitute  but one and the  same  instrument.  Delivery  of an
executed  counterpart  of a  signature  page  to  this  Agreement  by  facsimile
transmission  shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed  counterpart
of this Agreement.

         SECTION  4.08 No Recourse.  Each party  hereto  agrees that no recourse
with  respect to any  obligation,  covenant or  agreement of the Servicer or the
Company contained in this Agreement or any other  Transaction  Document to which
the Company or the Servicer is a party shall be had against any  shareholder  of
the Company or any affiliate of such  shareholder,  or any officer,  director or
employee  of any such  Person  (each  such  person a  "Protected  Party") by the
enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue
of any statute or otherwise;  it being expressly agreed and understood that this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Company is a party is
solely an  obligation  of the Company and that no  personal  liability  whatever
shall attach to or be incurred by any Protected  Party under or by reason of any
of the  obligations,  covenants or agreements  of the Company  contained in this
Agreement or any other Transaction  Document to which the Company is a party, or
implied therefrom; and it being further expressly agreed and understood that any
and  all  personal  liability  for  breaches  by the  Company  of  any  of  such
obligations,  covenants or  agreements,  either at common law or at equity or by
statute  or  constitution  or  otherwise,  of every  Protected  Party is  hereby
expressly waived.

         SECTION  4.09  Consent  to  Jurisdiction.  EACH OF THE  PARTIES  HERETO
IRREVOCABLY  SUBMITS TO THE  NON-EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION  OF THE  UNITED  STATES
DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN  DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ANY COURT IN THE STATE OF
NEW YORK  LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK,  AND ANY  APPELLATE  COURT
FROM ANY  THEREOF,  IN ANY ACTION,  SUIT OR  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  AGAINST IT AND
RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS
OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR FOR RECOGNITION OR
ENFORCEMENT  OF ANY JUDGMENT,  AND EACH OF THE PARTIES  HERETO  IRREVOCABLY  AND
UNCONDITIONALLY  AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ACTION OR
PROCEEDING  MAY BE HEARD OR  DETERMINED  IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE
EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY LAW, IN SUCH  FEDERAL  COURT.  TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  EACH OF THE PARTIES  HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT BY
WAY OF MOTION, AS A

 

                                                        19

<PAGE>



DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE IN ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING,  ANY CLAIM THAT IT
IS NOT PERSONALLY  SUBJECT TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF SUCH COURTS,  THAT THE SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT  FORUM, THAT THE VENUE OF THE
SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  IS IMPROPER OR THAT THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY OF THE
OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF MAY NOT BE LITIGATED IN
OR BY SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF THE PARTIES  HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL  JUDGMENT IN
ANY SUCH ACTION,  SUIT OR PROCEEDING  SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN
OTHER  JURISDICTIONS  BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY
LAW.

         SECTION 4.10  Bankruptcy  Petition  Against the  Company.  The Servicer
hereby  covenants  and agrees that,  prior to the date which is one year and one
day  after  the  payment  in full of all  outstanding  Obligations,  it will not
institute against, or join any other Person in instituting  against, the Company
any   bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,   insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings or other similar  proceeding  under the laws of the United States or
any state of the United  States.  In the event that the Servicer takes action in
violation  of this  Section  4.10,  the Company  agrees,  for the benefit of the
holders of the  Obligations,  that it shall file an answer  with the  bankruptcy
court or  otherwise  properly  contest  the  filing  of such a  petition  or the
commencement  of such action and raise the defense  that the Servicer has agreed
in  writing  not to take such  action  and  should  be  estopped  and  precluded
therefrom and such other  defenses,  if any, as its counsel  advises that it may
assert.  The  provisions of this Section 4.10 shall survive the  termination  of
this Agreement.

         SECTION 4.11 No Recourse.  Without limitation to the obligations of the
Company hereunder,  no recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing
in respect of Servicer  Advances  against any  stockholder,  employee,  officer,
director or  incorporator  of the Company  based solely on their status as such.
The  provisions  of this  Section  4.11 shall  survive the  termination  of this
Agreement and the replacement of the Servicer.

         SECTION 4.12 Attorney-in-Fact. The Company appoints the Servicer as the
Company's  attorney-in-fact,  with full  authority in the place and stead of the
Company and in the name of the Company or otherwise  (but subject to  revocation
by the  Company at any time),  to ask,  demand,  collect,  sue for,  recover and
receipt  for  moneys  due and to  become  due  under or in  connection  with the
Collateral;  and to file  any  claims  or  take  any  action  or  institute  any
proceedings  that  the  Servicer  deem  to be  necessary  or  desirable  for the
collection of the  Receivables,  in each case in accordance with (and subject to
the limitations of) the Transaction Documents.



 

                                                        20

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed as of the date first above written.


                                   B.I. FUNDING, INC.


                                   By:       /s/Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                                         Name:  Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                                         Title:  Assistant Secretary



                                   BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., as
                                   Servicer


                                   By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                                         Name:   Lynn L. Lane
                                         Title:  Vice President, Treasurer
                                                 and Investor Relations



                                   WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as
                                   Agent and Collateral Agent


                                   By:      /s/ W.E. Covington
                                         Name:  William E. Covington
                                         Title: Senior Vice President


 


<PAGE>


                                Schedule 2.03(c)

                              Consent or Approvals


         Approval of the Boards of Directors of Burlington Industries,  Inc. and
B.I. Funding, Inc.



 


<PAGE>






                                                                   Exhibit 10.24

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                 LOAN AGREEMENT,

                         Dated as of December 10, 1997,


                                      among


                               B.I. FUNDING, INC.,


                         CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,
                            as the Liquidity Lenders


                      BLUE RIDGE ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION,
                              as the Conduit Lender


                                       and


                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                          as the Agent for the Lenders



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                               


<PAGE>



||
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I     DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS................................1
              SECTION 1.1.   Definitions......................................1
              SECTION 1.2.   Cross-References.................................1
              SECTION 1.3.   Accounting and Financial Determinations; No
                                Duplication...................................1

ARTICLE II    CP BORROWING PROCEDURES, CP ADVANCES AND
              CP RATE NOTE....................................................2
              SECTION 2.1.   Discretionary CP Rate Advances...................2
              SECTION 2.2.   Borrower Unable to Receive CP Rate Advances......2
              SECTION 2.3.   Borrowing Procedures.............................2
              SECTION 2.4.   Disbursement of Funds............................2
              SECTION 2.5.   CP Rate Note.....................................3

ARTICLE III   LIQUIDITY COMMITMENTS, BORROWING PROCEDURES,
              LIQUIDITY ADVANCES AND NOTES....................................3
              SECTION 3.1.   Liquidity Commitments............................3
              SECTION 3.1.1.   Revolving Advance Commitment...................3
              SECTION 3.1.2.   Refunding Advance Commitment...................3
              SECTION 3.2.  Liquidity Lenders Not Required to Make Liquidity 
                               Advances. .....................................4
              SECTION 3.3.   Termination and Reduction of the Liquidity 
                               Commitment.....................................4
              SECTION 3.4.   Borrowing Procedures.............................5
              SECTION 3.4.1.   Revolving Advances.............................5
              SECTION 3.4.2.   Refunding Advances.............................5
              SECTION 3.5.   Disbursement of Funds............................6
              SECTION 3.6.   Continuation and Conversion Elections............6
              SECTION 3.7.   LIBOR Funding....................................6
              SECTION 3.8.   Notes............................................7

ARTICLE IV    REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES, ETC.................7
              SECTION 4.1.   Repayments and Prepayments.......................7
              SECTION 4.1.1.   Voluntary Prepayments..........................7
              SECTION 4.1.2.   Mandatory Prepayments..........................8
              SECTION 4.2.   Interest Provisions..............................8
              SECTION 4.2.1.   Liquidity Rates................................8
              SECTION 4.2.2.   CP Rates.......................................9
              SECTION 4.2.3.   Post-Maturity Rates............................9
              SECTION 4.3.   Payments of Interest............................10
              SECTION 4.3.1.   Interest Rate Determination...................10
              SECTION 4.4.   Fees............................................10


                                                                     

                                 i

<PAGE>



ARTICLE V     OTHER TERMS RELATING TO THE ADVANCES...........................11
              SECTION 5.1.   LIBO Rate Lending Unlawful......................11
              SECTION 5.2.   Deposits Unavailable............................11
              SECTION 5.3.   Increased Fixed Rate Advance Costs, etc.........11
              SECTION 5.4.   Funding Losses..................................12
              SECTION 5.5.   Increased Capital Costs.........................12
              SECTION 5.6.   Taxes...........................................13
              SECTION 5.7.     Payments, Computations, etc...................17
              SECTION 5.8.    Sharing of Payments............................17
              SECTION 5.9.   Setoff..........................................18
              SECTION 5.10.   Replacement of Liquidity Lenders...............18
              SECTION 5.11.   Subordination..................................21

ARTICLE VI    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...........................................21
              SECTION 6.1.   Conditions to Effectiveness.....................21
              SECTION 6.1.1.   Resolutions...................................21
              SECTION 6.1.2.   Agreement.....................................22
              SECTION 6.1.3.   Notes.........................................22
              SECTION 6.1.4.   UCC Filings...................................22
              SECTION 6.1.5.   Purchase Agreement............................22
              SECTION 6.1.6.   Facility Agreement; Security Agreement........22
              SECTION 6.1.7.   Effective Date Certificate....................22
              SECTION 6.1.8.   Purchase Agreement Conditions.................23
              SECTION 6.1.9.   Licenses, etc.................................23
              SECTION 6.1.10.   Lockbox Accounts and Concentration Account...23
              SECTION 6.1.11.   Policies.....................................23
              SECTION 6.1.12.   Board of Directors...........................23
              SECTION 6.1.13.   Financial Statements.........................23
              SECTION 6.1.14.   Solvency Certificate.........................23
              SECTION 6.1.15.   Insurance....................................23
              SECTION 6.1.16.   No Material Adverse Change...................23
              SECTION 6.1.17.   Legal Opinions...............................24
              SECTION 6.1.18.   Certification as to Separateness.............24
              SECTION 6.1.19.   Closing Fees.................................24
              SECTION 6.1.20.   Satisfactory Legal Form......................24
              SECTION 6.2.           Conditions to the Making of Each Revolving
                                      Advance and Each CP Rate Advance.......24
              SECTION 6.2.1.         Representations and Warranties..........24
              SECTION 6.2.2.         No Amortization Event...................24
              SECTION 6.2.3.         No Bankruptcy Proceeding................24
              SECTION 6.2.4.         No Borrowing Base Deficiency............24
              SECTION 6.2.5.         Receipt of Weekly Report................25
              SECTION 6.2.6.         Borrowing Request.......................25
              SECTION 6.2.7.         Initial Funding.........................25

                                                                    

                                ii

<PAGE>



              SECTION 6.3.   Conditions Precedent to the Making of Each
                             Refunding Advance................................25
              SECTION 6.3.1. No Bankruptcy....................................25
              SECTION 6.3.2. Availability.....................................26
              SECTION 6.4.   Conditions Precedent to Continuation/
                              Conversion Roll-Over............................26

ARTICLE VII   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................26
              SECTION 7.1.   Organization; Powers.............................26
              SECTION 7.2.   Ownership; Subsidiaries..........................27
              SECTION 7.3.   Authorization....................................27
              SECTION 7.4.   Governmental Consents............................27
              SECTION 7.5.   Binding Obligations..............................27
              SECTION 7.6.   Litigation; Adverse Facts........................28
              SECTION 7.7.   Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding
                                     Company Act..............................28
              SECTION 7.8.   Financial Information............................28
              SECTION 7.9.   Financing Statements.............................28
              SECTION 7.10.   Filings.........................................29
              SECTION 7.11.   Location of Office and Records..................29
              SECTION 7.12.   No Other Liens..................................29
              SECTION 7.13.   Security Agreement..............................29
              SECTION 7.14.   Liens on Assets.................................29
              SECTION 7.15.   No Amortization Event...........................29
              SECTION 7.16.   Collateral Agent Can Perform....................30
              SECTION 7.17.   The Borrower as Distinct Legal Entity...........30
              SECTION 7.18.   Disclosure......................................30
              SECTION 7.19.   No Material Adverse Change......................30
              SECTION 7.20.   Solvency........................................31
              SECTION 7.21.   Employee Benefit Plans..........................31
              SECTION 7.22.   Regulations G, U, and X.........................32
              SECTION 7.23.   Taxes...........................................32

ARTICLE VIII  COVENANTS.......................................................32
              SECTION 8.1.   Affirmative Covenants............................32
              SECTION 8.1.1.   Existence......................................32
              SECTION 8.1.2.   Business and Properties........................32
              SECTION 8.1.3.   Insurance......................................33
              SECTION 8.1.4.   Obligations and Taxes..........................33
              SECTION 8.1.5.   Financial Statements, Reports, etc.............33
              SECTION 8.1.6   Litigation and Other Notices....................34
              SECTION 8.1.7   Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and 
                               Inspections....................................35
              SECTION 8.1.8   Use of Proceeds.................................35

                                                                       

                                iii

<PAGE>



              SECTION 8.1.9   Settlement Reports..............................36
              SECTION 8.1.10   Compliance with Laws...........................36
              SECTION 8.1.11   Directors, Officers and Employees..............37
              SECTION 8.1.12   Lockbox Accounts and Concentration Account.....37
              SECTION 8.1.13   Commingled Funds...............................37
              SECTION 8.1.14   Additional Financial Statements................37
              SECTION 8.2      Negative Covenants.............................37
              SECTION 8.2.1   Indebtedness....................................37
              SECTION 8.2.2   Liens...........................................38
              SECTION 8.2.3   Creditors.......................................38
              SECTION 8.2.4   Business of the Borrower........................38
              SECTION 8.2.5   Sale and Lease-Back Transactions................38
              SECTION 8.2.6   Investments.....................................38
              SECTION 8.2.7   Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions of Assets
                                     and Sales of Assets......................38
              SECTION 8.2.8   Lease Obligations...............................39
              SECTION 8.2.9   Dividends, Distributions and Loans to BII.......39
              SECTION 8.2.10   Employees......................................39
              SECTION 8.2.11   Transactions with Affiliates...................39
              SECTION 8.2.12   Subordinated Note..............................39
              SECTION 8.2.13   Accounting Changes.............................39
              SECTION 8.2.14   Capital Stock..................................39
              SECTION 8.2.15   Amendments.....................................40
              SECTION 8.2.16   Other Agreements...............................40
              SECTION 8.2.17   No Powers of Attorney..........................40
              SECTION 8.2.18   Separate Existence.............................40
              SECTION 8.2.19   Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory
                                     Notes....................................41
              SECTION 8.2.20   Financial Covenants............................41
              SECTION 8.2.21   Ownership of Assets and Property...............42
              SECTION 8.2.22   Employee Benefit Plans.........................42

ARTICLE IX    AMORTIZATION EVENTS.............................................43
              SECTION 9.1   Amortization Event................................43
              SECTION 9.1.1   Non-Payment of Obligations......................43
              SECTION 9.1.2   Breach of Warranty..............................43
              SECTION 9.1.3   Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and
                                      Obligations.............................43
              SECTION 9.1.4   Non-Performance of Other Covenants and 
                                      Obligations.............................43
              SECTION 9.1.5   Default on Other Indebtedness...................43
              SECTION 9.1.6   Judgments.......................................43
              SECTION 9.1.7   Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc.....................44
              SECTION 9.1.8   Impairment of Security, etc.....................44
              SECTION 9.1.9   Liens...........................................45

                                                                          

                                iv

<PAGE>



              SECTION 9.1.10   Other Defaults.................................45
              SECTION 9.1.11   Change in Control..............................45
              SECTION 9.1.12   Purchase Termination Event.....................45
              SECTION 9.1.13   Acceleration of Certain Indebtedness of the 
                                Sellers; Termination of Commitments Under BII
                                Credit Agreement..............................45
              SECTION 9.1.14   Enforceability of Transaction Documents........45
              SECTION 9.1.15   Investment Company.............................45
              SECTION 9.2            Action if Amortization Event.............46

ARTICLE X     THE AGENT.......................................................46
              SECTION 10.1   Actions..........................................46
              SECTION 10.2   Funding Reliance, etc............................47
              SECTION 10.3   Exculpation......................................47
              SECTION 10.4   Successor........................................48
              SECTION 10.5   Liquidity Advances by Wachovia...................48
              SECTION 10.6   Credit Decisions.................................48
              SECTION 10.7   Copies, etc......................................48
              SECTION 10.8   Collateral Agent.................................49

ARTICLE XI    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS........................................49
              SECTION 11.1   Waivers, Amendments, etc.........................49
              SECTION 11.2   Notices..........................................50
              SECTION 11.3   Payment of Costs and Expenses....................51
              SECTION 11.4   Indemnification..................................52
              SECTION 11.5   Survival.........................................53
              SECTION 11.6   Severability.....................................53
              SECTION 11.7   Headings.........................................54
              SECTION 11.8   Execution in Counterparts, Effectiveness, etc....54
              SECTION 11.9   Governing Law; Entire Agreement..................54
              SECTION 11.10   Successors and Assigns..........................54
              SECTION 11.11   Sale and Transfer of Advances and Notes;
                                     Participations in Loans and Notes........54
              SECTION 11.11.1   Assignments...................................54
              SECTION 11.11.2   Participations................................57
              SECTION 11.12   Other Transactions..............................58
              SECTION 11.13   Bankruptcy Petition Against the Borrower or the
                                      Conduit Lender..........................58
              SECTION 11.14   No Recourse.....................................59
              SECTION 11.15   Survival of Representations and Warranties......59
              SECTION 11.16   Confidentiality.................................59
              SECTION 11.17   Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.....60
              SECTION 11.18   Waiver of Jury Trial............................61
              SECTION 11.19   Qualification Regarding Bacova..................61

                                        

                                 v

<PAGE>



||


          

                                vi

<PAGE>




SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE I       -     Fiscal Months and Fiscal Quarters
SCHEDULE II      -     Approvals and Consents

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A        -     Form of Liquidity Note
EXHIBIT B        -     Form of CP Rate Note
EXHIBIT C        -     Form of Borrowing Request
EXHIBIT D        -     Form of Continuation/Conversion Notice
EXHIBIT E-1      -     Form of Liquidity Lender Assignment Agreement
EXHIBIT E-2      -     Form of Conduit Lender Assignment Agreement
EXHIBIT F        -     Form of Effective Date Certificate
EXHIBIT G        -     Form of Settlement Statement
EXHIBIT H        -     Form of Weekly Report
EXHIBIT I        -     Form of Opinion of the General Counsel to the Borrower
EXHIBIT J        -     Form of Promissory Note
EXHIBIT K        -     Certificate as to Separateness

ANNEXES

ANNEX Z                    -        Definitions


   

                                       vii

<PAGE>



                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


         THIS  LOAN  AGREEMENT,  dated as of  December  10,  1997  (as  amended,
supplemented,   restated  or  otherwise   modified  from  time  to  time,   this
"Agreement") among B.I. FUNDING,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),
the  financial  institutions  listed on the  signature  pages  hereof  under the
heading  "Liquidity  Lenders"  (such  financial   institutions,   together  with
financial  institutions  that have  become  parties  hereto  pursuant to Section
11.11.1,  being each a "Liquidity  Lender"  and,  collectively,  the  "Liquidity
Lenders"), BLUE RIDGE ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation,  as the
commercial  paper lender (the "Conduit  Lender") (the Liquidity  Lenders and the
Conduit Lender,  being each a "Lender" and,  collectively,  the "Lenders"),  and
WACHOVIA BANK, N.A. ("Wachovia"), as agent (the "Agent") for the Lenders.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the Borrower has requested the Lenders to make certain credit
facilities available to the Borrower as described herein; and

         WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make such facilities available,  on
the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (including Article
VI);

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

         SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex Z hereto.

         SECTION 1.2. Cross-References.  Unless otherwise specified,  references
in this  Agreement  and in each other  Transaction  Document  to any  Article or
Section are  references  to such  Article or Section of this  Agreement  or such
other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified,
references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to
such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

         SECTION 1.3. Accounting and Financial  Determinations;  No Duplication.
Unless  otherwise  specified,  (i) all  accounting  terms used  herein  shall be
interpreted,  all accounting  determinations and computations hereunder shall be
made, and all financial  statements  required to be delivered hereunder shall be
prepared in accordance with GAAP, in each case consistently applied and (ii) all
accounting   determinations  and  computations  hereunder  or  under  any  other
Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.


                                                     
                                                         1

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II

                            CP BORROWING PROCEDURES,
                          CP ADVANCES AND CP RATE NOTE

         SECTION  2.1.  Discretionary  CP Rate  Advances.  (a) On the  terms and
subject to the conditions of this Agreement (including Article VI), the Borrower
may request and the Conduit Lender may agree to, make loans ("CP Rate Advances")
to the Borrower pursuant to the procedures described in this Article II.

         (b) The Conduit Lender may make, in its discretion,  from time to time,
on or before the CP Rate  Advance  Termination  Date,  CP Rate  Advances  to the
Borrower on any Weekly Settlement Date in an amount equal to the Borrowing of CP
Rate Advances requested by the Borrower to be made on such day. On the terms and
subject to the  conditions  hereof,  the  Borrower may from time to time borrow,
prepay and reborrow CP Rate Advances.

         SECTION 2.2. Borrower Unable to Receive CP Rate Advances.  The Borrower
will not be able to receive,  and the Conduit Lender will not be allowed to make
CP Rate Advances if, after giving effect to such CP Rate Advance, (i) the sum of
(x) the CP Exposure plus (y) the Aggregate Outstanding Liquidity Advances, would
exceed the Liquidity Commitment Amount.

         SECTION 2.3. Borrowing Procedures. Borrowings of CP Rate Advances shall
be made in accordance with this Section 2.3.

         (a) By delivering a Borrowing Request to the Agent for a borrowing of a
CP Rate  Advance,  the Borrower may  irrevocably  request,  not later than 10:00
a.m., Atlanta time, on a Business Day of a proposed  Borrowing,  but in any case
not more than five Business  Days before a proposed  Borrowing  (specifying  the
proposed  Borrowing  Date  and  the  proposed  maturity  date  thereof),  that a
Borrowing be made in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and an integral  multiple of
$100,000.  Upon receipt of each Borrowing  Request,  the Agent shall give to the
Conduit Lender notice  thereof on the Business Day of such receipt.  The Conduit
Lender shall notify the Agent whether or not the Conduit Lender will make the CP
Rate Advance requested by the Borrower and the amount of the requested Borrowing
that the  Conduit  Lender  would  make.  If the Agent is notified by the Conduit
Lender that it will not make any part of the CP Rate  Advance  requested  by the
Borrower,  the Agent will  promptly  notify the  Borrower of such fact,  and the
Borrower  may submit a Borrowing  Request to the Agent for a  borrowing  of Base
Rate Advances.

         (b) Each  outstanding  CP Rate Advance  shall mature on the last day of
the Interest Period therefor.

         SECTION 2.4.  Disbursement  of Funds.  On or before 1:00 p.m.,  Atlanta
time, on the Borrowing  Date proposed by the Borrower,  the Conduit Lender shall
deposit  with the Agent  same day funds in an amount  equal to the amount of the
requested  Borrowing  of CP Rate  Advances  the  Conduit  Lender had  previously


                                                              

                                                         2

<PAGE>



notified the Agent it would make pursuant to Section  2.3(a).  Such deposit will
be made to an account  which the Agent shall specify from time to time by notice
to the Conduit Lender. Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition
specified in Section 6.2 has not been satisfied, the Agent will remit the amount
of  the CP  Rate  Advances  so  made  available  by the  Conduit  Lender  to the
Collection  Deposit  Account,  not later than 2:30 p.m.,  Atlanta time,  and the
Agent shall provide the Borrower with written confirmation of the amount of such
CP Rate Advance and the Interest Period applicable to such CP Rate Advance,  not
later than 5:00 p.m.,  Atlanta time, in each case on the Borrowing Date for such
CP Rate Advance.

         SECTION  2.5. CP Rate Note.  The  Conduit  Lender's  Advances  shall be
evidenced by a CP Rate Note, duly executed on behalf of the Borrower, payable to
the  order of the  Conduit  Lender in a maximum  principal  amount  equal to the
Maximum Conduit Facility Amount. The Borrower hereby irrevocably  authorizes the
Conduit Lender to make (or cause to be made)  appropriate  notations on the grid
attached  to the CP Rate  Note  (or on any  continuation  of such  grid),  which
notations,  if made,  shall  evidence,  inter alia, the date of, the outstanding
principal  of, and the  interest  rate and  Interest  Period  applicable  to the
Advances  evidenced  thereby.  Such notations shall be conclusive and binding on
the Borrower absent manifest error;  provided,  however, that the failure of the
Conduit Lender to make any such notation or any error in any such notation shall
not limit or otherwise affect any Obligation of the Borrower.


                                   ARTICLE III

                  LIQUIDITY COMMITMENTS, BORROWING PROCEDURES,
                          LIQUIDITY ADVANCES AND NOTES

         SECTION  3.1.  Liquidity  Commitments.  On the terms and subject to the
conditions  of this  Agreement  (including  Article VI), each  Liquidity  Lender
severally agrees to make loans characterized  hereunder as "Revolving  Advances"
and "Refunding Advances" (relative to such Liquidity Lender,  collectively,  its
"Liquidity  Advances")  to the Borrower  pursuant to the  Liquidity  Commitments
described in this Section 3.1.

         SECTION 3.1.1.  Revolving  Advance  Commitment.  Each Liquidity  Lender
severally agrees to make, from time to time, on or before the Revolving  Advance
Commitment Termination Date, revolving loans (relative to such Liquidity Lender,
its  "Revolving  Advances")  to the Borrower  equal to such  Liquidity  Lender's
Percentage,  as such Percentage may be decreased pursuant to Section 3.3, of the
aggregate  amount  of the  Borrowing  of  Revolving  Advances  requested  by the
Borrower  to be made on such day.  On the terms and  subject  to the  conditions
hereof, the Borrower may from time to time borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving
Advances.

         SECTION 3.1.2.  Refunding  Advance  Commitment.  Each Liquidity  Lender
severally agrees to make, from time to time, on or before the Refunding  Advance
Commitment  Termination  Date,  refunding  loans  (relative  to  such  Liquidity


                                                                  

                                                         3

<PAGE>



Lender,  its  "Refunding  Advances")  to the  Borrower  equal to such  Liquidity
Lender's  Percentage,  as such  Percentage may be decreased  pursuant to Section
3.3, of the aggregate amount of the Borrowing of Refunding Advances requested by
the Borrower to be made on such day. On the terms and subject to the  conditions
hereof, the Borrower may from time to time borrow, prepay and reborrow Refunding
Advances.


         SECTION 3.2. Liquidity Lenders Not Required to Make Liquidity Advances.
No Liquidity  Lender shall be required to make any Liquidity  Advances under any
circumstance described below in the Section 3.2.

         SECTION  3.2.1.  Revolving  Advances.  No  Liquidity  Lender  shall  be
required to make a Revolving  Advance if, after giving effect to such  Revolving
Advance, (i) the sum of (x) the Aggregate Outstanding  Liquidity Advances,  plus
(y) the CP Exposure would exceed the Liquidity Commitment Amount or (ii) the sum
of the Aggregate  Outstanding  Liquidity Advances with respect to such Liquidity
Lender and such  Liquidity  Lender's  Percentage of the CP Exposure would exceed
such Liquidity Lender's Percentage of the Liquidity Commitment Amount.

         SECTION  3.2.2.  Refunding  Advances.  No  Liquidity  Lender  shall  be
required to make a Refunding  Advance to the extent that, after giving effect to
such Refunding Advance, (i) the sum of (x) the Aggregate  Outstanding  Liquidity
Advances,  plus  (y)  the CP  Exposure  would  exceed  the  Available  Liquidity
Commitment or (ii) the sum of the Aggregate  Outstanding Liquidity Advances with
respect to such Liquidity Lender and such Liquidity  Lender's  Percentage of the
CP Exposure  would exceed such  Liquidity  Lender's  Percentage of the Available
Liquidity Commitment.

         SECTION 3.2.3. All Liquidity  Advances.  No Liquidity Advances shall be
made by any  Liquidity  Lender if, after giving  effect  thereto,  the Aggregate
Outstanding  Liquidity  Advances  with  respect to such  Liquidity  Lender would
exceed such Liquidity Lender's Percentage of the Liquidity Commitment Amount.

         SECTION 3.3. Termination and Reduction of the Liquidity Commitment. (a)
The Borrower may, upon at least 30 days' prior written  notice to the Agent (who
shall give prompt written notice thereof to each Liquidity Lender),  irrevocably
terminate or reduce the Liquidity Commitment Amount; provided, however, that the
Liquidity  Commitment  Amount  shall not be reduced on any day to an amount less
than  the  sum of (i)  the CP  Exposure  plus  (ii)  the  Aggregate  Outstanding
Liquidity  Advances on such day. Upon the  effectiveness of any reduction of the
Liquidity Commitment Amount, there will be a pro rata reduction of the Liquidity
Commitment of each Liquidity Lender.

         (b) The Borrower  shall have the right,  at any time,  to terminate the
Liquidity  Commitment of any Liquidity Lender whose short-term ratings have been
downgraded  below A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody's if the Borrower did not obtain an


                                                          

                                                         4

<PAGE>



Assignee Lender with appropriate ratings within 90 days of such downgrade.  Upon
the effectiveness of any such termination,  (i) the Liquidity  Commitment Amount
shall  be  reduced  by a  corresponding  amount,  (ii)  the  Percentage  of each
Liquidity  Lender will be adjusted  accordingly and (iii) the Borrower shall pay
to such  terminated  Liquidity  Lender  in same  day  funds  on the date of such
termination the principal of and interest  accrued to the date of payment on the
Liquidity Advances made by such Liquidity Lender hereunder and all other amounts
accrued for such Liquidity  Lender's account or owed to it hereunder,  including
those amounts owed pursuant to Sections 5.3 through 5.6.

         SECTION 3.4. Borrowing Procedures. Borrowings of Revolving Advances and
Refunding Advances shall be made in accordance with this Section 3.4.

         SECTION  3.4.1.  Revolving  Advances.  (a) By  delivering  a  Borrowing
Request to the Agent for a borrowing  of  Revolving  Advances,  the Borrower may
irrevocably request, (i) in the case of LIBO Rate Advances, not later than 11:00
a.m., Atlanta time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing but not more
than five Business Days before a proposed  Borrowing that a Borrowing be made in
a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and an integral  multiple of $1,000,000,  or (ii)
in the case of Base Rate Advances,  not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta time, one
Business  Day prior to the date of a proposed  Borrowing  but not more than five
Business Days before a proposed Borrowing, that a Borrowing be made in a minimum
amount of $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000.  Upon receipt of each
Borrowing Request,  the Agent shall give to each Liquidity Lender notice thereof
on the Business Day of such receipt and of such Liquidity Lender's share of such
Borrowing.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of this  Agreement,  each
Borrowing  shall be comprised of the type of  Revolving  Advances,  and shall be
made on the Business Day, specified in such Borrowing Request.

         (b) Each  outstanding  Revolving  Advance shall mature on the Scheduled
Maturity Date.

         SECTION 3.4.2.  Refunding Advances.  (a) Subject to the requirements of
Section 6.3, the Conduit Lender (on any Business Day) may require each Liquidity
Lender to acquire all or part of any CP Rate Advance,  together with accrued and
unpaid interest  thereon.  The purchase price for such acquisition  shall be the
outstanding  principal  amount of such CP Rate  Advance  plus the amount of such
accrued  interest.  Such  acquisition  shall by funded by the Liquidity  Lenders
proportionately according to its Liquidity Commitment,  and each portion of a CP
Rate Advance so acquired by a Liquidity  Lender (and accrued  interest  thereon)
shall automatically  constitute the principal amount of a Refunding Advance made
by such Liquidity  Lender  hereunder,  without any further action by any Person.
The Agent  shall  notify  each  Liquidity  Lender  in  writing  or by  telephone
(telephone  notice to be confirmed in writing as soon as  practicable)  no later
than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any such acquisition  (which notice shall specify
the amount  required  to be funded by such  Liquidity  Lender).  Each  resulting
Refunding Advance shall initially be a Base Rate Advance.


                                                                      

                                                         5

<PAGE>



         (b) Each  outstanding  Refunding  Advance shall mature on the Scheduled
Maturity Date.

         SECTION 3.5.  Disbursement of Funds. On or before 2:30 p.m. (or, in the
case of a Refunding  Advance as of which the Agent gave notice to the  Liquidity
Lenders  after 11:00 a.m.,  on the proposed  Borrowing  date,  on or before 4:00
p.m.), Atlanta time, on the proposed Borrowing date, each Liquidity Lender shall
deposit  with the  Agent  same day funds in an  amount  equal to such  Liquidity
Lender's  Percentage  of  the  requested  Borrowing  of  Revolving  Advances  or
Refunding Advances,  as the case may be. Such deposit will be made to an account
which  the Agent  shall  specify  from  time to time by notice to the  Liquidity
Lenders.  No Liquidity  Lender's  obligation to make any  Revolving  Advances or
Refunding Advances, as the case may be, shall be affected by any other Liquidity
Lender's failure to make any Revolving  Advances or Refunding  Advances,  as the
case may be. Unless the Agent determines that any condition specified in Section
6.2, in the case of Revolving Advances, or Section 6.3, in the case of Refunding
Advances,  has not been  satisfied,  the Agent will remit the  aggregate  of the
amounts of (i) Refunding  Advances so made available by the Liquidity Lenders to
the account or accounts  designated  by the  Conduit  Lender and (ii)  Revolving
Advances so made available by the Liquidity  Lenders to the  Collection  Deposit
Account, in each case not later than 2:30 p.m., Atlanta time.

         SECTION 3.6. Continuation and Conversion Elections.  Subject to Section
6.4, by  delivering  a  Continuation/Conversion  Notice to the Agent (which will
give prompt  notice to the Liquidity  Lenders) on or before 11:00 a.m.,  Atlanta
time,  on a Business Day, the Borrower may from time to time  irrevocably  elect
(i) that (x) all or any  portion of Base Rate  Advances be  converted  into LIBO
Rate  Advances in a minimum  amount of  $1,000,000  and an integral  multiple of
$1,000,000 or (y) LIBO Rate Advances be continued as LIBO Rate Advances, in each
case,  on not less than three nor more than five  Business  Days' notice or (ii)
that all,  or any  portion in a minimum  amount of  $1,000,000  and an  integral
multiple  of  $1,000,000  of LIBO  Rate  Advances  be  converted  into Base Rate
Advances on not less than one nor more than three  Business Days' notice (in the
absence of delivery of a Continuation/Conversion Notice with respect to any LIBO
Rate  Advance  at least  three  Business  Days  before  the last day of the then
current Interest Period with respect  thereto,  such LIBO Rate Advance shall, on
such last day, automatically convert to a Base Rate Advance); provided, however,
that (i) each such  conversion  or  continuation  shall be pro  rated  among the
applicable outstanding Advances of all Liquidity Lenders, and (ii) no portion of
the outstanding  principal amount of any Liquidity Advances may be continued as,
or be  converted  into,  LIBO  Rate  Advances  when any  Amortization  Event has
occurred and is continuing.

         SECTION 3.7. LIBOR Funding. Each Liquidity Lender may, if it so elects,
fulfill its obligation to make, continue or convert LIBO Rate Advances hereunder
by causing  one of its  foreign  branches  or  Affiliates  (or an  international
banking facility created by such Liquidity Lender) to make or maintain such LIBO
Rate Advance;  provided,  however, that such LIBO Rate Advance shall nonetheless
be deemed to have been  made and to be held by such  Liquidity  Lender,  and the
obligation of the Borrower to repay such LIBO Rate Advance shall nevertheless be


                                                                    

                                                         6

<PAGE>



to such Liquidity  Lender for the account of such foreign  branch,  Affiliate or
international  banking facility.  In addition,  the Borrower hereby consents and
agrees  that,  for  purposes  of any  determination  to be made for  purposes of
Section  5.1,  5.2,  5.3 or 5.4,  it shall be  conclusively  assumed  that  each
Liquidity  Lender  elected to fund all LIBO Rate Advances by  purchasing  Dollar
deposits in the interbank Eurodollar market.

         SECTION 3.8. Notes. Each Liquidity  Lender's  Liquidity  Advances under
its Liquidity  Commitment  shall be evidenced by a Revolving Note or a Refunding
Note,  duly  executed  on behalf of the  Borrower,  payable to the order of such
Liquidity Lender in a maximum principal amount equal to such Liquidity  Lender's
Percentage of the original  Liquidity  Commitment  Amount.  The Borrower  hereby
irrevocably  authorizes  each  Liquidity  Lender  to make (or  cause to be made)
appropriate  notations on the grid attached to such Liquidity Lender's Notes (or
on any  continuation of such grid),  which  notations,  if made, shall evidence,
inter alia, the date of, the outstanding principal of, and the interest rate and
Interest Period  applicable to the Advances  evidenced  thereby.  Such notations
shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent manifest error; provided,
however,  that the failure of any Liquidity  Lender to make any such notation or
any  error  in any  such  notation  shall  not  limit or  otherwise  affect  any
Obligation of the Borrower.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS,
                             INTEREST AND FEES, ETC.

         SECTION 4.1.  Repayments and  Prepayments.  Subject to Section 9.2(ii),
the Borrower shall repay in full (x) the unpaid principal amount of each CP Rate
Advance  on the last day of the  Interest  Period  therefor,  and (y) the unpaid
principal  amount of each LIBO Rate  Advance  and each Base Rate  Advance on the
Scheduled  Maturity Date. Prior thereto,  repayments and prepayments of Advances
shall be made as set forth in this Section 4.1. Each  repayment or prepayment of
any  Advances  made  pursuant to this  Section  4.1 shall be without  premium or
penalty, except as may be required by Section 5.4.

         SECTION 4.1.1. Voluntary Prepayments. From time to time on any Business
Day, the Borrower may make a voluntary  prepayment,  in whole or in part, of the
outstanding principal of any Advances; provided, however, that

                  (a) the Borrower  shall:  (i) in the case of the prepayment of
         LIBO Rate  Loans,  give the Agent at least  three but no more than five
         Business  Days' prior written  notice of its intent to prepay such LIBO
         Rate Loans,  (ii) in the case of the  prepayment of Base Rate Advances,
         give the Agent at least two but no more than five Business  Days' prior
         written notice of its intent to prepay such Base Rate  Advances,  (iii)
         in the case of the  prepayment of CP Rate  Advances,  give the Agent at
         least two but no more than five Business  Days' prior written notice of
         its intent to prepay  such CP Rate  Advances;  and,  in each case,  the
         amount of such prepayment;

                                                                     

                                                         7

<PAGE>




                  (b) all  such  prepayments  shall be in an  aggregate  minimum
         amount of $1,000,000  and an integral  multiple of  $1,000,000  (or, if
         less, equal to the then outstanding  principal amount of all Advances);
         and

                  (c) all such  prepayments  shall be applied to the payment of,
         first,  Base Rate  Advances,  second  LIBO Rate  Loans  having the same
         Interest Period, and third CP Rate Advances.

         SECTION  4.1.2.  Mandatory  Prepayments.   (a)  Concurrently  with  any
reduction or termination of the Liquidity  Commitment Amount pursuant to Section
3.3,  all  Collections  available on such day as provided in Section 3.01 of the
Facility  Agreement shall be applied to repay so much of the Liquidity  Advances
(and  interest  accrued  thereon) as shall be  necessary  so that the  Aggregate
Outstanding  Liquidity Advances will not exceed the Liquidity  Commitment Amount
after giving  effect to such  termination  or reduction  and, to the extent such
Collections  are  not  sufficient  to pay  such  excess  (and  interest  accrued
thereon),  all subsequent  Collections  shall be applied to pay such excess (and
interest  accrued  thereon) until so paid.  Collections  not so applied shall be
applied as provided in Section 3.01 of the Facility Agreement.

         (b)  If  on  any  Weekly   Cut-Off  Date  prior  to  the   Amortization
Commencement Date a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, all Collections  available
on such day as  provided  in Section  3.01 of the  Facility  Agreement;  and all
amounts  paid to the  Borrower  pursuant  to  Section  2.03(b)  of the  Purchase
Agreement,  shall be applied to (i) repay so much of the Liquidity Advances (and
interest  accrued  thereon) or (ii) repay so much of the CP Rate  Advances  (and
interest  accrued  thereon),  in each case,  as shall be necessary so that after
giving  effect  to  such  application  there  shall  be no such  Borrowing  Base
Deficiency  and,  to the  extent  such  Collections  or  other  amounts  are not
sufficient to pay such excess (and interest  accrued  thereon),  all  subsequent
Collections  shall be applied to pay such excess (and interest accrued thereon),
until so paid.

         (c) On each  Business  Day during the  Amortization  Period,  funds set
aside pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Facility Agreement in respect to principal
of Liquidity  Advances shall be applied to the payment of such principal at such
times and in such order as the Liquidity Agent shall specify.

         SECTION 4.2. Interest Provisions. Interest on the outstanding principal
amount of Advances  shall accrue and be payable in accordance  with this Section
4.2.

         SECTION 4.2.1. Liquidity Rates. Pursuant to an appropriately  delivered
Borrowing Request or Continuation/Conversion Notice, the Borrower may elect that
Liquidity Advances comprising a Borrowing accrue interest:

         (a) on that  portion  maintained  from  time  to  time  as a Base  Rate
Advance,  at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate from time to time
in effect, or


                                                                    

                                                         8

<PAGE>



         (b) on that  portion  maintained  as a LIBO Rate  Advance,  during each
Interest Period or portion thereof applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal
to the sum of the LIBO Rate (Reserve  Adjusted) for such Interest  Period plus a
margin of 0.425%.

         The "LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted)" means, relative to any Advance to be
made, continued or maintained as, or converted into, a LIBO Rate Advance for any
Interest Period, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
1/100 of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

       LIBO Rate = LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) 1.00 - LIBOR Reserve Percentage

         The LIBO Rate (Reserve  Adjusted) for any Interest Period for LIBO Rate
Advances  will be  determined  by the Agent on the  basis of the  LIBOR  Reserve
Percentage in effect on, and the applicable  rates  furnished to and received by
the Agent from the Reference Lenders,  two Business Days before the first day of
such Interest Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 4.3.1.

         "LIBOR Reserve  Percentage" means,  relative to any Interest Period for
LIBO Rate Advances, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to the
maximum  aggregate  reserve  requirements   (including  all  basic,   emergency,
supplemental,   marginal  and  other   reserves  and  taking  into  account  any
transitional  adjustments or other  scheduled  changes in reserve  requirements)
specified  under  regulations  issued from time to time by the F.R.S.  Board and
then   applicable  to  assets  or   liabilities   consisting  of  and  including
"Eurocurrency  Liabilities",  as then  currently  defined in Regulation D of the
F.R.S.  Board,  having a term approximately equal or comparable to such Interest
Period.

         All LIBO Rate Advances shall bear interest from and including the first
day of the  applicable  Interest  Period to (but not  including) the last day of
such Interest  Period at the interest rate determined as applicable to such LIBO
Rate Advance.

         SECTION 4.2.2. CP Rates. CP Rate Advances shall accrue interest, during
each Interest Period or portion thereof applicable  thereto, at a rate per annum
equal to the CP Rate for such Interest Period.

         SECTION 4.2.3.  Post-Maturity  Rates.  After the date any amount of any
Advance  is due and  payable  (whether  on the  Scheduled  Maturity  Date,  upon
acceleration or otherwise),  or after any other monetary  Obligation  (including
without  limitation  any  obligation to pay interest) of the Borrower shall have
become due and payable, the Borrower shall pay, but only to the extent permitted
by law,  interest  (after as well as before  judgment) on such amounts at a rate
per annum equal to the interest  rate  otherwise  applicable to the borrowing to
which such defaulted payment relates plus a margin of 2%.

                                              

                                                         9

<PAGE>



         SECTION 4.3. Payments of Interest.  Accrued interest in respect of each
Advance  shall be  payable  in  arrears  (whether  by  acceleration,  demand  or
otherwise) on each payment date set forth below:

                  (a)      on the Scheduled Maturity Date therefor;

                  (b) with  respect to Base Rate  Advances,  on each  Settlement
         Date that  immediately  follows the Fiscal  Month most  recently  ended
         after such Base Rate Advance is made;

                  (c) with respect to LIBO Rate  Advances,  the last day of each
         applicable Interest Period (and, if such Interest Period shall exceed 3
         months,  on the last Business Day of the third, and if applicable,  six
         and ninth calendar months of such Interest Period);

                  (d) with  respect  to CP Rate  Advances,  the last day of each
         applicable Interest Period;

                  (e) in the case of any payment or  prepayment,  in whole or in
         part, of principal outstanding on any Advance, on the amount and on the
         date of such payment or prepayment;

                  (f) with  respect to Base Rate  Advances  converted  into LIBO
         Rate  Advances on a day when  interest  would not  otherwise  have been
         payable pursuant to clause (b), on the date of such conversion; and

                  (g) on that  portion of any Advances  the  Scheduled  Maturity
         Date of which is accelerated  pursuant to Section 9.2, immediately upon
         such acceleration.

Interest  accrued on Advances or other  monetary  Obligations  arising under the
Agreement or any other  Transaction  Document  after the date such amount is due
and payable  (whether on the  Scheduled  Maturity  Date,  upon  acceleration  or
otherwise) shall be payable upon demand.

         SECTION  4.3.1.  Interest Rate  Determination.  Each  Reference  Lender
agrees to furnish to the Agent timely information for the purpose of determining
each LIBO Rate. If any one or more of the Reference Lenders shall fail to timely
furnish such  information to the Agent,  the Agent shall determine the LIBO Rate
on the basis of the information furnished by the remaining Reference Lenders.

         SECTION 4.4. Fees. (a)  Commitment  Fee. The Borrower  agrees to pay to
the  Agent  for  the pro  rata  account  of each  Liquidity  Lender  an  ongoing
commitment  fee equal to 0.125% per annum of the aggregate  average daily excess
(if any) of the  Liquidity  Commitment  Amount  over the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount of the Advances,  such fee to accrue from the  Effective  Date
until the Liquidity  Commitment  Termination  Date.  The commitment fee shall be


                                                                       

                                                        10

<PAGE>



payable in arrears  for each month on the first  Weekly  Settlement  Date in the
following fiscal month.

         (b) Program Fee.  The Borrower  agrees to pay the Agent for the account
of the Conduit  Lender an ongoing  program fee equal to 0.1875% per annum of the
aggregate average daily outstanding  principal amount of CP Rate Advances,  such
fee to accrue from the  Effective  Date until the date,  following the Liquidity
Commitment  Termination  Date, on which the CP Exposure is reduced to zero.  The
program  fee shall be  payable  in arrears  for each  fiscal  month on the first
Weekly Settlement Date in the following fiscal month.

                                    ARTICLE V

                      OTHER TERMS RELATING TO THE ADVANCES

         SECTION 5.1. LIBO Rate Lending Unlawful.  If any Liquidity Lender shall
determine (which  determination  shall,  upon notice thereof to the Borrower and
the  Liquidity  Lenders,  be conclusive  and binding on the  Borrower)  that the
introduction  of or  any  change  in or in  the  interpretation  of  any  law or
regulation  makes  it  unlawful,  or any  central  bank  or  other  Governmental
Authority  asserts  that it is  unlawful,  for such  Liquidity  Lender  to make,
continue  or maintain  any  Liquidity  Advance  as, or to convert any  Liquidity
Advance into, a LIBO Rate Advance,  the obligation of such  Liquidity  Lender to
make,  continue,  maintain or convert any such Liquidity  Advance as a LIBO Rate
Advance  shall,  upon such  determination,  forthwith  be  suspended  until such
Liquidity  Lender shall  notify the  Liquidity  Agent and the Borrower  that the
circumstances  causing  such  suspension  no  longer  exist,  and all LIBO  Rate
Advances of such type shall automatically convert into Base Rate Advances at the
end of the then current  Interest  Periods with  respect  thereto or sooner,  if
required by such law or assertion.

         SECTION 5.2. Deposits  Unavailable.  If the Agent shall have determined
that

                  (a)  Dollar  deposits  in the  relevant  amount  and  for  the
         relevant  Interest Period are not available to all Reference Lenders in
         its relevant market; or

                  (b)  by  reason  of  circumstances   affecting  all  Reference
         Lenders' relevant market,  adequate means do not exist for ascertaining
         the interest rate applicable hereunder to LIBO Rate Advances,

then, upon notice from the Agent to the Borrower and the Liquidity Lenders,  the
obligations  of all Liquidity  Lenders under Section 3.4 and Section 3.6 to make
or continue any Liquidity Advance as, or to convert any Liquidity Advances into,
LIBO Rate Advances shall forthwith be suspended until the Agent shall notify the
Borrower  and  the  Liquidity  Lenders  that  the  circumstances   causing  such
suspension no longer exist.

         SECTION  5.3.  Increased  Fixed Rate Advance  Costs,  etc. The Borrower
agrees to reimburse  each Lender for any increase in the cost to such Lender of,
or any  reduction in the amount of any sum  receivable by such Lender in respect


                                                                   
                                                        11

<PAGE>



of, making,  continuing or maintaining  (or its obligation to make,  continue or
maintain)  any  Fixed  Rate  Advances  as  such,  or of  converting  (or  of its
obligation to convert) any  Liquidity  Advances  into LIBO Rate  Advances.  Such
Lender  shall  promptly  notify  the Agent and the  Borrower  in  writing of the
occurrence of any such event,  such notice to state, in reasonable  detail,  the
reasons  therefor and the additional  amount  required fully to compensate  such
Lender for such increased costs or reduced amount. Such additional amounts shall
be payable by the  Borrower  directly  to such  Lender  within  five days of its
receipt of such notice and such notice shall,  in the absence of manifest error,
be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

         SECTION 5.4.  Funding  Losses.  In the event any Lender shall incur any
loss or  expense  (including  any loss or  expense  incurred  by  reason  of the
liquidation or  reemployment  of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender
to make, continue or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Advance
as a Fixed Rate Advance,  or to convert any portion of the  principal  amount of
any Liquidity Advance into a LIBO Rate Advance) as a result of

                  (a) any conversion or repayment or prepayment of the principal
         amount of any Fixed Rate  Advances  on a date other than the  scheduled
         last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto;

                  (b) any  Advances  not being made as a Fixed  Rate  Advance in
         accordance with the Borrowing Request therefor; or

                  (c)  any  Liquidity   Advances  not  being  continued  as,  or
         converted   into,   LIBO  Rate   Advances   in   accordance   with  the
         Continuation/Conversion Notice therefor,

then,  after notice of such Lender to the  Borrower  (with a copy to the Agent),
the Borrower  shall,  within five days of its receipt  thereof,  pay directly to
such Lender such amount as will (in the reasonable determination of such Lender)
reimburse such Lender for such loss or expense. Such written notice (which shall
include  calculations  in reasonable  detail) shall,  in the absence of manifest
error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

         SECTION  5.5.  Increased  Capital  Costs.  If  any  change  in,  or the
introduction,  adoption,  interpretation or reinterpretation or phase-in of, any
law or regulation,  directive,  guideline,  decision or request  (whether or not
having  the  force  of law) of any  court,  central  bank,  regulator  or  other
Governmental  Authority  of competent  jurisdiction  affects or would affect the
amount of capital  required or expected  to be  maintained  by any Lender or any
Person  directly  or  indirectly   controlling  such  Lender,  and  such  Lender
reasonably  determines  (in its sole and absolute  discretion)  that the rate of
return on its or such  controlling  Person's  capital  as a  consequence  of its
Liquidity  Commitment or the Advances made by such Lender is materially  reduced
to a level below that which such Lender or such  controlling  Person  would have
achieved but for the occurrence of any such circumstance, then, in any such case
after  notice from time to time by such  Lender to the  Borrower,  the  Borrower
shall  immediately  pay  directly to such Lender or to such  controlling  Person
additional  amounts  sufficient  to compensate  such Lender or such  controlling


                                                                         

                                                        12

<PAGE>



Person for such  reduction  in rate of return.  A statement of such Lender as to
any such  additional  amount  or  amounts  (including  calculations  thereof  in
reasonable  detail),  shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and
binding on the Borrower.  In  determining  such amount,  such Lender may use any
method of averaging and attribution that it (in its reasonable discretion) shall
deem applicable.

         SECTION 5.6.   Taxes.  The Borrower agrees that:

                  (a) Any and all  payments by the Borrower  hereunder  shall be
         made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all current or
         future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and
         all liabilities  with respect  thereto,  excluding (i) taxes imposed on
         the net income of,  franchise  taxes  imposed on, and taxes (other than
         withholding  taxes)  imposed on the gross  receipts or gross income of,
         the Agent or any Lender (or any direct or  indirect  assignee  thereof,
         including a participation  holder or any other  transferee  pursuant to
         the  terms  of  this   Agreement   (any  such  entity  being  called  a
         "Transferee")) by the United States or any jurisdiction  under the laws
         of which the Agent or any such Lender (or  Transferee)  is organized or
         in which the office  through  which it makes its Advances is located or
         any political  subdivision thereof, (ii) taxes that would not have been
         imposed  if the only  connection  between  the Agent or any  Lender (or
         Transferee)  and  the   jurisdiction   imposing  such  taxes  were  the
         activities of the Agent or such Lender (or  Transferee)  pursuant to or
         in respect of this Agreement (including entering into, lending money or
         extending  credit  pursuant to,  receiving  payments under or enforcing
         this  Agreement)  and the  activities  of such party  pursuant to or in
         respect of similar  agreements  and (iii) in the case of a Lender other
         than a  Transferee,  the  amount of  withholding  taxes  imposed by the
         United States or any political  subdivision thereof ("U.S.  Withholding
         Taxes")  on a payment  hereunder  to such  Lender to the  extent of the
         amount of U.S.  Withholding  Taxes that would have been imposed on such
         payment  if such  payment  had been made to such  Lender on the date it
         became a party to this Agreement (all such nonexcluded  taxes,  levies,
         imposts,  deductions,   charges,  withholdings  and  liabilities  being
         hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").  If the Borrower shall be required
         by law to  deduct  any  Taxes  from or in  respect  of any sum  payable
         hereunder to any Lender (or any  Transferee) or the Agent,  (A) the sum
         payable shall be increased by the amount necessary so that after making
         all required deductions  (including deductions applicable to additional
         amounts  payable under this Section 5.6) such Lender (or Transferee) or
         the Agent, as the case may be, shall receive an amount equal to the sum
         it would  have  received  had no such  deductions  been  made,  (B) the
         Borrower shall make such  deductions and (C) the Borrower shall pay the
         full  amount  deducted  to  the  relevant  taxing  authority  or  other
         Governmental  Authority in accordance with  applicable  law;  provided,
         however,  that no  Transferee  shall be entitled to receive any greater
         payment under this clause (a) than the transferor  with respect to such
         Transferee  would have been  entitled  to receive  with  respect to the
         rights assigned,  participated or otherwise transferred pursuant to the
         terms of this  Agreement  except (x)  subject to the last  sentence  of
         Section  11.11.2,  to the extent that such greater  payment arises as a
         result  of  a  change  in  applicable   law,   regulation  or  official
         interpretation thereof, or an amendment,  modification or revocation of
         

                                                                        

                                                        13

<PAGE>



         any  applicable tax treaty or a change in official  position  regarding
         the application or interpretation  thereof (a "Change in Law"), in each
         case that is enacted,  executed,  promulgated or otherwise issued after
         the date of such assignment, participation or transfer, or, in the case
         of a Change in Law promulgated or issued in proposed form prior to such
         date,  that  becomes   effective  after  such  date,  or  (y)  if  such
         assignment,  participation  or  Advance  shall  have  been  made at the
         request of the Borrower.

                  (b) The  Borrower  shall pay any  current  or future  stamp or
         documentary taxes or any other excise or property (including intangible
         property) taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment
         made hereunder or from the execution,  delivery or registration  of, or
         otherwise  with  respect to, this  Agreement  or any other  Transaction
         Document (all such taxes,  charges or similar levies being  hereinafter
         referred to as "Other Taxes").

                  (c) The Borrower shall  indemnify each Lender (or  Transferee)
         and the Agent for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes paid by such
         Lender  (or  Transferee)  or the  Agent,  as the case  may be,  and any
         liability   (including   penalties,   interest  and  expenses)  arising
         therefrom or with respect  thereto,  whether or not such Taxes or Other
         Taxes  were  correctly  or  legally  asserted  by the  relevant  taxing
         authority or other Governmental  Authority.  Such indemnification shall
         be made  within 30 days  after the later of (i) the date any Lender (or
         Transferee) or the Agent,  as the case may be, pays such Taxes or Other
         Taxes to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental  Authority
         and (ii) the date on which written  demand is made in  accordance  with
         the following sentence.  Each Lender (or Transferee) or the Agent shall
         make  written  demand  for such  indemnification  no later than 30 days
         after the earlier of (i) the date on which such Lender (or  Transferee)
         or the Agent  makes such  payment of such Taxes or Other Taxes and (ii)
         the date on which such relevant taxing authority or other  Governmental
         Authority  makes written demand upon such Lender (or Transferee) or the
         Agent for payment of such Taxes or Other Taxes.

                  (d) If a Lender  (or  Transferee)  or the Agent  shall  become
         aware that it is  entitled  to receive a refund or credit in respect of
         Taxers or Other Taxes (including any penalties or interest with respect
         thereto) as to which it has been  indemnified by the Borrower  pursuant
         to this  Section  5.6,  it shall  promptly  notify the  Borrower of the
         availability  of such refund or credit and shall,  within 30 days after
         receipt of a request by the  Borrower,  apply for such refund or credit
         at the Borrower's  expense,  and in the case of an application for such
         refund or credit by the  Borrower,  shall,  if  legally  able to do so,
         deliver to the Borrower such certificates, forms or other documentation
         as  may  be  reasonably  necessary  to  assist  the  Borrower  in  such
         application.  If any Lender (or  Transferee) or Agent receives a refund
         or credit  in  respect  of any Taxes or Other  Taxes as to which it has
         been indemnified by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.6, it shall
         promptly notify the Borrower of such refund or credit and shall, within
         10 days after  receipt of such  refund or the  benefit of such  credit,
         repay  the  amount  of such  refund  or  enefit  of such  credit to the
         
                                                                           

                                                        14

<PAGE>



         Borrower  (to the extent of amounts that have been paid by the Borrower
         under this Section 5.6 with respect to Taxes or other Taxes giving rise
         to such refund or credit),  plus any  interest  received  with  respect
         thereto,  net of all  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including taxes imposed
         with  respect to such  refund,  credit or any  interest  received  with
         respect  thereto) of such Lender (or  Transferee)  or Agent and without
         interest  (other than  interest  actually  received  from the  relevant
         taxing authority or other  Governmental  Authority with respect to such
         refund or credit); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such
         Lender (or  Transferee)  or Agent,  agrees to return the amount of such
         refund or credit (plus  penalties,  interest or other  charges) to such
         Lender  (or  Transferee)  or the Agent in the  event  such  Lender  (or
         Transferee  ) or the  Agent is  required  to repay  the  amount of such
         refund or credit to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental
         Authority.  Nothing  contained  in this  clause (d) shall  require  any
         Lender (or  Transferee)  or the Agent to make  available any of its tax
         returns (or any other information  relating to its taxes which it deems
         to be confidential).

                  (e) Within 30 days  after the date of any  payment of Taxes or
         Other Taxes  withheld by the  Borrower in respect of any payment to any
         Lender (or  Transferee) or the Agent,  the Borrower will furnish to the
         Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt  evidencing payment
         thereof  (or, if no such  receipt is provided  by the  relevant  taxing
         authority  or  other   Governmental   Authority,   other   satisfactory
         documentation evidencing payment of such Taxes or Other Taxes).

                  (f) Without  prejudice to the survival of any other  agreement
         contained  herein,  the  agreements and  obligations  contained in this
         Section 5.6 shall  survive the payment in full of the  principal of and
         interest on all Advances and all other amounts hereunder.

                  (g) On or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement
         and from time to time  thereafter  as renewals are due, each Lender (or
         Transferee) that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside
         the United  States shall (but (x) in the case of a Transferee or (y) in
         the case of a Lender other than a  Transferee  only with respect to any
         renewal,  if  legally  able  to do so)  deliver  to the  Borrower  such
         certificates,  documents or other evidence,  as required by the Code or
         Treasury  Regulations  issued pursuant thereto,  including two original
         copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form 4224 and any other
         certificate or statement of exemption  required by Treasury  Regulation
         Section  1.1441-1,  1.1441-4 or 1.1441-6(c)  or any subsequent  version
         thereof or successors thereto,  properly completed and duly executed by
         such Lender (or Transferee)  establishing  that such payment is (i) not
         subject to United States Federal withholding tax under the Code because
         such payments are effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender
         (or Transferee) of a trade or business in the United States or (ii) (A)
         totally  exempt  from United  States  Federal  withholding  tax under a
         provision of an applicable  tax treaty or (B) other than in the case of
         a Lender  (other than a Transferee)  on the date such Lender  becomes a
         party to this Agreement,  subject to a reduced rate of such tax under a
         provision  of such a treaty.  Unless  the  Borrower  and the Agent have
         received forms or other documents  satisfactory to them indicating that
         such  payments  hereunder  are not  subject  to United  States  Federal
         

                                                                        

                                                        15

<PAGE>



         withholding  tax, the Borrower or the Agent shall  withhold  taxes from
         such payments at the applicable  statutory or treaty rate.  Each Lender
         (or  Transferee)  that is organized under the laws of the United States
         of America or any jurisdiction thereof shall deliver to the Borrower an
         original  copy of  Internal  Revenue  Service  Form W-9 (or  applicable
         successor form) properly completed and duly executed by such Lender (or
         Transferee).  Each  Lender  (or  Transferee)  and the Agent  shall,  if
         legally  able to do so,  and upon  written  reasonable  request  by the
         Borrower (or if a Lender (or  Transferee) or the Agent shall  otherwise
         become  aware  that  it is  legally  able  to  deliver  such  forms  or
         documentation,  within 30 days  after the date it  becomes  so  aware),
         deliver to the  Borrower  such other forms or  documentation  as may be
         appropriate  to minimize  any Taxes on payments  made  pursuant to this
         Agreement or Other Taxes; provided,  however, that nothing contained in
         this clause (g) shall require any Lender (or Transferee),  or the Agent
         to make available any tax returns (or any other information relating to
         its taxes that it deems confidential).

                  (h) The Borrower  shall not be required to pay any  additional
         amounts  to any  Lender (or  Transferee)  in  respect of United  States
         Federal withholding tax pursuant to this Section 5.6 to the extent that
         the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but
         for a  failure  by such  Lender  (or  Transferee)  to  comply  with the
         provisions of clause (g).

                  (i) Each  Lender (or  Transferee)  shall  promptly  notify the
         Borrower  and the Agent of any  change in the office  through  which it
         makes its Advances to an office outside the United States. In the event
         any Lender (or  Transferee)  so changes  such  office,  such Lender (or
         Transferee)  shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under
         this  Section  5.6 than such  Lender  (or  Transferee)  would have been
         entitled  to  receive  had such  change not  occurred,  unless (i) such
         greater  payment  arises  as a  result  of a  Change  in  Law  enacted,
         executed, promulgated or otherwise issued after the date of such change
         in such  office,  or,  in the case of a Change  in Law  promulgated  or
         issued in  proposed  form prior to such date,  that  becomes  effective
         after such date,  or (ii) such  change in such  office  shall have been
         made at the request of the Borrower.

                  (j) Any Lender (or Transferee) claiming any additional amounts
         payable  pursuant  to this  Section  5.6 shall use  reasonable  efforts
         (consistent with legal and regulatory  restrictions) to take any action
         to avoid or minimize any amounts that  otherwise  may be payable by the
         Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.6, including filing any certificate
         or document or changing  the  jurisdiction  of its  applicable  lending
         office,  provided  that  such  action  would  not,  in the  good  faith
         determination   of  such   Lender  (or   Transferee),   be   materially
         disadvantageous  to such Lender (or  Transferee)  (it being  understood
         that materiality for these purposes shall be determined by reference to
         the benefits received by such Lender under this Agreement).

                  (k)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision in this  Agreement,
         except  Section  5.5, as such  Section  relates to reserve,  deposit or
         similar  requirements  that take the form of a tax, Sections 11.10, and
         

                                                                           

                                                        16

<PAGE>



         8.1.4, or in any other Transaction Document,  this Section 5.6 provides
         the  exclusive  remedy to any Lender,  Transferee or other party hereto
         with  respect  to  taxes  under  this  Agreement  or  under  any  other
         Transaction Document.

         SECTION  5.7.  Payments,   Computations,   etc.  (a)  Unless  otherwise
expressly provided and subject to clause (b) below, all payments by the Borrower
pursuant to this Agreement,  the Notes and any other Transaction  Document shall
be made by the  Borrower  to the Agent for the pro rata  account of the  Lenders
entitled to receive such payment.  All such payments  required to be made to the
Agent by the Borrower shall be made, without setoff,  deduction or counterclaim,
not  later  than  2:30  p.m.,  Atlanta  time,  on the date  due,  in same day or
immediately  available  funds,  to such account as the Agent shall  specify from
time to time by notice to the Borrower.  Funds received after that time shall be
deemed to have been received by the Agent on the next  succeeding  Business Day.
The Agent shall  promptly  remit in same day funds to each Lender its share,  if
any, of such funds  received by the Agent for the  account of such  Lender.  All
interest  and fees shall be computed  on the basis of the actual  number of days
(including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring during the period
for which such interest or fee is payable over a year comprised of 360 days (or,
in the case of interest on a Base Rate Advance, 365 days or, if appropriate, 366
days).  Whenever any payment to be made shall otherwise be due on a day which is
not a Business  Day,  such payment  shall  (except as otherwise  required by the
definition of the term "Interest Period" with respect to Fixed Rate Advances) be
made on the next  succeeding  Business  Day and such  extension of time shall be
included  in  computing  interest  and fees,  if any,  in  connection  with such
payment.

         (b) During the Amortization  Period,  if no Trigger Event has occurred,
payments made in respect of principal of, or interest on, the Advances  shall be
applied  first to the  Aggregate  Outstanding  Liquidity  Advances,  and accrued
interest thereon, and second to the Aggregate Outstanding CP Rate Advances,  and
accrued interest  therein.  If a Trigger Event has occurred and the Amortization
Period is in effect,  (x) the Trigger  Percentage  of such payments of principal
and interest shall be applied to the Aggregate  Outstanding  Liquidity  Advances
and accrued  interest  thereon,  and (y) the  remainder  of such  principal  and
interest  shall be applied to the  Aggregate  Outstanding  CP Rate  Advances and
accrued interest thereon.

         SECTION 5.8. Sharing of Payments.  If any Liquidity Lender shall obtain
any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of
setoff or otherwise) on account of any Liquidity Advance (other than pursuant to
the terms of Sections  5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.6) in excess of its pro rata share of
payments then or therewith  obtained by all Liquidity  Lenders,  such  Liquidity
Lender shall purchase from the other Liquidity  Lenders such  participations  in
Liquidity  Advances made by them as shall be necessary to cause such  purchasing
Liquidity Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery with each of them
on a  pro  rata  basis,  computed  on  the  basis  of  each  Liquidity  Lender's
outstanding Liquidity Advances; provided, however, that if all or any portion of
the  excess  payment  or  other  recovery  is  thereafter  recovered  from  such
purchasing  Liquidity Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and each Liquidity
Lender which has sold a participation  to the purchasing  Liquidity Lender shall
repay to the  purchasing  Liquidity  Lender the  purchase  price to the  ratable
extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such selling Liquidity

                                                                     
                                                        17

<PAGE>



Lender's  ratable share (according to the proportion of : (a) the amount of such
selling  Liquidity  Lender's  required  repayment  to the  purchasing  Liquidity
Lender,  to (b) the total  amount so  recovered  from the  purchasing  Liquidity
Lender) of any  interest  or other  amount  paid or  payable  by the  purchasing
Liquidity Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.

         The  Borrower  agrees  that  any  Liquidity   Lender  so  purchasing  a
participation from another Liquidity Lender pursuant to this Section may, to the
fullest extent permitted by law,  exercise all its rights of payment  (including
pursuant to Section 5.9) with respect to such  participation as fully as if such
Liquidity  Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such
participation.  If under any applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
law, any Liquidity  Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which
this Section applies,  such Liquidity  Lender shall, to the extent  practicable,
exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with
the rights of the Liquidity  Lenders entitled under this Section to share in the
benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

         SECTION 5.9.  Setoff.  Each Lender  shall,  upon the  occurrence of any
Potential  Amortization  Event,  have the right to appropriate  and apply to the
payment  of the  Obligations  owing to it  (whether  or not then  due),  and (as
security  for such  Obligations)  the  Borrower  hereby  grants to each Lender a
continuing  security  interest  in,  any and all  balances,  credits,  deposits,
accounts  or moneys of the  Borrower  then or  thereafter  maintained  with such
Lender; provided,  however, that any such appropriation and application shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 5.8. Each Lender agrees  promptly to notify
the  Borrower and the Agent after any such setoff and  application  made by such
Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
the  validity of such setoff and  application.  The rights of each Lender  under
this  Section are in  addition to other  rights and  remedies  (including  other
rights of setoff under applicable law or otherwise) which such Lender may have.

         SECTION 5.10.  Replacement of Liquidity Lenders. (a) If at any time the
credit rating assigned to the short-term  obligations of any Liquidity Lender by
S&P or Moody's is withdrawn or downgraded  below A-1 or P-1, as applicable,  the
Borrower may

                  (i) upon five Business Days' prior written notice given to the
         Agent  and  such  affected  Liquidity  Lender,  replace  such  affected
         Liquidity  Lender with (x) an Eligible  Assignee  and such  replacement
         shall  be  made in  accordance  with  clause  (b) of  Section  11.11.1;
         provided  that the consent of the Agent shall not be required  for such
         replacement  or  (y)  a  Liquidity  Lender  already  a  party  to  this
         Agreement, but no such replacement pursuant to this clause (i) shall be
         effective unless S&P and Moody's shall have confirmed in writing to the
         Borrower  and the Agent  that such  replacement  would not  result in a
         withdrawal or reduction of the rating on the Commercial  Paper Notes by
         S&P or Moody's below A-1 or P-1; or

                  (ii) request a Liquidity Advance from such affected  Liquidity
         Lender (the "Affected Liquidity Lender") in the amount of such affected
         Liquidity  Lender's  unfunded  Liquidity   Commitment  (such  Liquidity
         

                                                                        

                                                        18

<PAGE>



         Advance  shall  be  known  as a  "Prefunded  Advance")  if  each of the
         conditions  specified in Section 6.3.1 have been  satisfied and subject
         to the following:

                           (A) The  Prefunded  Advance  will be deposited by the
                  Affected Liquidity Lender into a segregated trust account (the
                  "Escrow Account") held by the Agent on behalf of such Affected
                  Liquidity Lender. On the date of any proposed  Borrowing,  the
                  Collateral Agent shall deposit with the Agent all or a portion
                  of the  Prefunded  Advance  in the  amount  of  such  Affected
                  Liquidity  Lender's  Percentage  of  the  requested  Borrowing
                  determined  in  accordance  with the  provisions  contained in
                  Section 3.5.

                           (B) After a Prefunded Advance has been made and prior
                  to the Refunding  Advance  Commitment  Termination  Date,  all
                  repayments  made by the  Borrower in respect of any  Borrowing
                  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  Section  5.7;  provided,
                  however,   that  instead  of  paying  the  Affected  Liquidity
                  Lender's pro rata share of all  principal  repayments  to such
                  Affected  Liquidity  Lender,  the Agent shall deposit all such
                  amounts into the Escrow Account.

                           (C)  Upon the  occurrence  of the  Refunding  Advance
                  Commitment Termination Date, the Collateral Agent shall return
                  to the Affected Liquidity Lender all amounts on deposit in the
                  Escrow Account.

                           (D) At the Borrower's option, the amounts held in the
                  Escrow  Account  shall bear interest at (i) the rate set forth
                  in Section 4.2.1(i)(a) or (ii)(a), as applicable,  or (ii) the
                  rate  set  forth  in  Section   4.2.1.(i)(b)  or  (ii)(b),  as
                  applicable,  and such interest payments shall be made into the
                  Escrow Account and payable in accordance with Section 4.3.

                           (E) The  Collateral  Agent  shall  invest or reinvest
                  amounts  held in the  Escrow  Account on any  Business  Day in
                  Permitted Investments pursuant to the written direction of the
                  Borrower  or its  designee.  All  earnings  in respect of such
                  Permitted   Investments  will  be  deposited  monthly  on  the
                  Business Day  preceding  each  Payment Date in the  Collection
                  Deposit  Account  and  will  be  available  to be  applied  in
                  accordance  with Section 3.01 of the Facility  Agreement.  The
                  Collateral  Agent  will not be  responsible  or liable for any
                  loss  resulting   from  the  investment   performance  of  any
                  investment or  reinvestment  of any amounts held in the Escrow
                  Account,  in  Permitted   Investments  or  from  the  sale  or
                  liquidation of any Permitted  Investments  in accordance  with
                  this Agreement.

                           (F) The Collateral  Agent may liquidate any Permitted
                  Investment when the Affected  Liquidity  Lender is required to
                  fund its Percentage of a requested  Borrowing.  The Collateral
                  Agent  agrees to use its best efforts to schedule the maturity
                  of such Permitted  Investments so as to avoid the necessity of
                  

                                                                            

                                                        19

<PAGE>



                  liquidating  any Permitted  Investment.  The Collateral  Agent
                  shall, with respect to all such Permitted Investments (i) make
                  such Permitted Investments in the name of, and payable to, the
                  Collateral  Agent  or its  nominee,  and (ii)  include  in the
                  Collateral  Agent's  books and records the notation  that such
                  Permitted  Investments are maintained pursuant to the Security
                  Agreement.  On each Settlement Date, all earnings  received on
                  the Permitted Investments in the Escrow Account maturing on or
                  prior to the  Settlement  Date which have not been  previously
                  deposited in the Escrow  Account  will be  deposited  into the
                  Escrow Account.

                           (G) All amounts deposited in the Escrow Account shall
                  be applied to the making of Liquidity  Advances in  accordance
                  with Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6; or

         (b) In the event that (i) any Liquidity  Lender shall have refused (and
shall not have retracted  such refusal) to make available any Liquidity  Advance
on its part to be made available  hereunder,  other than solely as a result of a
failure of any condition set forth in Article VI to be satisfied (such condition
not having been  effectively  waived in accordance with the terms hereof);  (ii)
any  Liquidity  Lender shall have  notified the Agent or the Borrower (and shall
not have retracted such notification) that it does not intend to comply with any
of its  obligations  hereunder,  other than solely as a result of the failure of
any condition set forth in Article VI to be satisfied (such condition not having
been  effectively  waived  in  accordance  with the terms  hereof);  (iii) (A) a
receiver, trustee, conservator or other custodian shall have been appointed with
respect to any  Liquidity  Lender or its property at the direction or request of
any  regulatory  agency  or  authority  or  (B) an  order,  action,  process  or
proceeding  of the type  contemplated  by Section 7.6 shall be  commenced  by or
against such Liquidity  Lender (or such Liquidity Lender shall have consented to
any such order, action, process or proceeding), or (iv) the Borrower is required
pursuant to Sections  5.3 through 5.6 to make any payment to or on behalf of any
Liquidity  Lender (or  Transferee)  (or would be so  required on or prior to the
next following date on which a payment hereunder (other than pursuant to Section
5.6) is  required  to be made to or for any  such  Liquidity  Lender),  then the
Borrower shall have the right, at its own expense, upon notice to such Liquidity
Lender and the Agent,  to require  such  Liquidity  Lender,  and such  Liquidity
Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with
and subject to the  restrictions  contained in Section 11.11) all the interests,
rights and obligations of such Liquidity Lender to an Eligible Assignee provided
by the Borrower;  provided,  however, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict
with any law, rule, regulation or Governmental  Authority,  (ii) such assignment
shall be without recourse, representation and warranty and shall be on terms and
conditions  reasonably  satisfactory to such replaced  Liquidity Lender and such
designated  financial  institution,  (iii)  the  purchase  price  paid  by  such
designated  financial  institution  shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate
amount of all Liquidity Advances owed to such replaced Liquidity Lender and (iv)
the Borrower or such  Eligible  Assignee,  as the case may be, shall pay to such
replaced  Liquidity  Lender in same day funds on the date of such assignment the
principal  of and  interest  accrued  to the date of  payment  on the  Liquidity
Advances made by such replaced  Liquidity Lender hereunder and all other amounts
accrued for such replaced  Liquidity  Lender's  account or owed to it hereunder,
including  those  amounts owed  pursuant to Sections  5.3 through 5.6.  Upon the


                                                                   

                                                        20

<PAGE>



effective date of such assignment,  such Borrower shall issue a replacement Note
or Notes, as the case may be, to such designated financial  institution and such
institution  shall  become a  "Liquidity  Lender"  for all  purposes  under this
Agreement and all other Transaction Documents.

         (c) The Borrower shall be permitted at any time to reduce the Liquidity
Commitment Amount in accordance with clause (a) of Section 3.3.

         SECTION 5.11.  Subordination.  The Agent and the Lenders agree that the
obligations  of the Borrower set forth in Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 11.3, and
11.4 hereof shall be subordinate  in right of payment to the  obligations of the
Borrower to make payments of principal of and interest on the Advances and shall
constitute  claims  against  the  Borrower  only to the extent (if any) that the
assets of the Borrower are sufficient for the payment thereof in accordance with
the  distributions  of Collections and other amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 of
the Facility Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         SECTION 6.1.  Conditions to Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall become
effective  on the date (the  "Effective  Date")  which shall be the first day on
which all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 have been satisfied.

         SECTION 6.1.1.  Resolutions.  The Agent shall have received: (i) a copy
of the  certificate  or  articles of  incorporation,  including  all  amendments
thereto,  of the Borrower and each Seller,  certified as of a recent date by the
Secretary  of  State of its  state of  incorporation,  and such  certificate  or
articles  shall be in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent  and its
counsel,  and a  certificate  as to the good  standing of the  Borrower and each
Seller as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State;  (ii) a certificate of
the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the Borrower and each Seller dated the
Effective Date and  certifying (A) that attached  thereto is a true and complete
copy of the Bylaws of such Person as in effect on the Effective  Date and at all
times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions  described in clause (B)
below,  (B) that attached  thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel and duly adopted by
the Board of Directors of such Person  authorizing  the execution,  delivery and
performance of each of the Transaction Documents to which such Person is a party
and the transactions  contemplated  thereby,  and that such resolutions have not
been modified,  rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect,  (C) that
the certificate or articles of incorporation of such Person has not been amended
since the date of the last  amendment  thereto shown on the  certificate of good
standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency and
specimen  signature of each officer  executing any  Transaction  Document or any
other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Person;  (iii)
a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen  signature of
the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary  executing  the  certificate  pursuant to
clause (ii) above;  and (iv) such other  documents  as the Agent or its counsel,


                                                                  

                                                        21

<PAGE>



Mayer, Brown & Platt, may reasonably request.

         SECTION  6.1.2.  Agreement.  The Agent  shall  have  received  executed
counterparts of this Agreement,  duly executed by the Borrower,  the Agent,  and
each Lender.

         SECTION 6.1.3. Notes. The Agent shall have received, for the account of
each Lender,  such  Lender's  Liquidity  Note or CP Rate Note duly  executed and
delivered by the Borrower; and the Company shall have executed and delivered the
Subordinated Note to BII, and shall have delivered a copy thereof to the Agent.

         SECTION 6.1.4.   UCC Filings.  The Agent shall have received

                  (a) duly executed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
         (Form  UCC-1),  naming the  Borrower  as the debtor and the  Collateral
         Agent as the secured party, or other similar  instruments or documents,
         to be filed under the Uniform  Commercial Code of all  jurisdictions as
         may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent,  desirable
         to  perfect  the  security  interest  of the  Collateral  Agent  in the
         Collateral,  other than the Related Security constituting  inventory or
         other tangible property, pursuant to the Security Agreement; and

                  (b) a payout  letter from the Bank of Nova Scotia,  specifying
         the amount required to be paid as a condition to the termination of the
         1994  Liquidity  Agreement;  and  executed  copies  of  proper  Uniform
         Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination statements, if any, necessary to
         release all Prior Liens (provided that such termination  statements may
         be held in escrow until  termination of the 1994  Liquidity  Agreement)
         and other  rights  of any  Person in any  collateral  described  in the
         Security Agreement previously granted by any Person, together with such
         other Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination  statements as the
         Agent may reasonably request from the Borrower.

         SECTION  6.1.5.  Purchase  Agreement.  The Agent  shall  have  received
executed  counterparts  of  the  Purchase  Agreement  and  all  other  documents
delivered pursuant to Article III thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent and its counsel.

         SECTION 6.1.6. Facility Agreement;  Security Agreement. The Agent shall
have received executed  counterparts of the Facility  Agreement and the Security
Agreement,  dated  the date  hereof,  and duly  executed  by the  Borrower,  the
Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Agent.

         SECTION  6.1.7.  Effective  Date  Certificate.  The  Agent  shall  have
received an Effective  Date  Certificate,  dated the  Effective  Date,  and duly
executed  and  delivered  by an  Authorized  Officer of the  Borrower,  in which
Effective Date  Certificate,  the Borrower shall have  represented and warranted
that the  statements  made therein are true and correct as of the Effective Date
and that no Purchase Termination Event or Amortization Event has occurred and is


                                                                             

                                                        22

<PAGE>



continuing,  and, at the time such certificate is delivered,  the Agent shall be
satisfied that such  statements are in fact true and correct.  All documents and
agreements,  including  certain  Transaction  Documents,  shall  be in form  and
substance satisfactory to the Agent.

         SECTION 6.1.8.  Purchase  Agreement  Conditions.  All conditions to the
obligations of the Borrower and the Sellers under the Purchase  Agreement  shall
have been satisfied in all respects.

         SECTION 6.1.9. Licenses,  etc. The Collateral Agent shall have received
licenses, or the Collateral Agent shall otherwise be satisfied with its ability,
to use  any  computer  programs,  material  tapes,  disks,  cassettes  and  data
necessary or advisable to permit the collection of the Receivables by a servicer
without the participation of any Seller or the Borrower and the Agent shall have
reviewed and been satisfied with such materials.

         SECTION 6.1.10.  Lockbox Accounts and Concentration  Account. The Agent
shall have  received  evidence that the Lockbox  Accounts and the  Concentration
Account have been  established  and  maintained in accordance  with the terms of
this Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Facility Agreement, and the Agent
shall be satisfied with the arrangements for the collection of the Receivables.

         SECTION 6.1.11.  Policies. The Agent shall be satisfied with respect to
the Policies in effect as of the Effective Date.

         SECTION 6.1.12.  Board of Directors.  The Agent shall be satisfied with
the independence of the Borrower's independent director.

         SECTION  6.1.13.  Financial  Statements.  The Agent shall have received
audited financial statements,  including a balance sheet and income statement of
the Borrower for the period ended September 28, 1996.

         SECTION 6.1.14.  Solvency Certificate.  The Agent shall have received a
certificate,  dated the Effective Date, and duly executed by a Financial Officer
of the Borrower, in scope and substance satisfactory to the Agent, to the effect
that the  Borrower  will be  solvent  after  giving  effect to the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

         SECTION 6.1.15.  Insurance. The Agent shall have received evidence that
all insurance  policies and coverages  required pursuant to Section 8.1.3 are in
effect.

         SECTION 6.1.16.  No Material Adverse Change. No material adverse change
in the condition  (financial or otherwise),  operations,  business,  properties,
assets or prospects of the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  shall have  occurred
from those set forth in the  consolidated  financial  statements  of BII and its
Subsidiaries for the period ending June 28, 1997.


                                                                          

                                                        23

<PAGE>



         SECTION 6.1.17. Legal Opinions. The Agent shall have received favorable
written opinions,  dated the Effective Date, and addressed to the Lenders,  from
the  general  counsel to the  Borrower,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit I
hereto.

         SECTION 6.1.18. Certification as to Separateness.  The Agent shall have
received a  certificate  in the form of Exhibit K hereto of the Chief  Financial
Officer of BII (which certificate shall relate to circumstances in effect on the
date hereof).

         SECTION 6.1.19. Closing Fees. The Agent shall have received for its own
account and for the account of the Lenders any fees due and payable  pursuant to
any fee letters or commitment letters entered into with the Lenders.

         SECTION  6.1.20.  Satisfactory  Legal Form.  All documents  executed or
submitted  pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower shall be satisfactory
in form and  substance to the Agent and its  counsel;  the Agent and its counsel
shall  have  received  all  information,   approvals,   opinions,  documents  or
instruments as the Agent or its counsel may reasonably request.

         SECTION 6.2.  Conditions  to the Making of Each  Revolving  Advance and
Each CP Rate  Advance.  The  obligation  of any  Liquidity  Lender  to make  any
Revolving  Advance  and (if the Conduit  Lender  elects to do so) of the Conduit
Lender to make any CP Rate Advance  hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions:

         SECTION  6.2.1.  Representations  and  Warranties.  On the  date of the
making of such  Revolving  Advance or CP Rate  Advance and after  giving  effect
thereto,  the  representations  and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this
Agreement  or any other  Transaction  Documents  to which it is a party shall be
true and correct with the same effect as if then made  (unless  stated to relate
solely to an earlier date,  in which case such  representations  and  warranties
shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

         SECTION 6.2.2. No Amortization Event. At the time of the making of such
Revolving  Advance or CP Rate Advance and after  giving  effect  thereto,  there
shall have  occurred and be continuing  no  Amortization  Event and no Potential
Amortization Event.

         SECTION  6.2.3.  No Bankruptcy  Proceeding.  No  Amortization  Event or
Potential  Amortization  Event of the type  described in Section 9.1.7  (without
giving  effect to the 60 day grace  periods  referred  to  therein)  shall  have
occurred and be continuing.

         SECTION  6.2.4.  No  Borrowing  Base   Deficiency.   A  Borrowing  Base
Deficiency  shall not exist after giving effect to the  application  of funds in
accordance  with Section 3.01 of the Facility  Agreement  and the making of such
Revolving  Advance  or CP Rate  Advance  would not  result in a  Borrowing  Base
Deficiency.

         SECTION 6.2.5.  Receipt of Weekly Report. The Agent shall have received
(i) the Weekly  Report  due on the date of the  initial  Advance  and the Weekly
Report due on any date on which the aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding


                                                                            

                                                        24

<PAGE>



Advances increases and (ii) a Monthly Settlement  Statement for the Fiscal Month
relating to the Monthly  Settlement  Date occurring on or immediately  preceding
such date.

         SECTION  6.2.6.  Borrowing  Request.  The Agent  shall have  received a
Borrowing Request for such Borrowing.

         SECTION 6.2.7. Initial Funding.  Prior to the initial Revolving Advance
or CP Rate Advance, each of the following shall be true:

                  (i) The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Agent under the 1994 Liquidity
         Agreement,   shall  have  released  the  UCC-3  termination  statements
         described  in Section  6.1.4 and shall have taken such other  action as
         the Agent shall reasonably request to terminate the Prior Liens; and

                  (ii)  the  Concentration  Bank  Letter  and the  Lockbox  Bank
         Letters shall be in full force and effect, and the lockbox arrangements
         made in connection  with the 1994 Liquidity  Agreement  shall have been
         terminated.

         SECTION  6.3.  Conditions  Precedent  to the  Making of Each  Refunding
Advance.  The  obligation of any  Liquidity  Lender to acquire a CP Rate Advance
(thereby  effecting a Refunding Advance) shall be subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions at the time of such acquisition:

         SECTION  6.3.1.  No  Bankruptcy.  No bankruptcy  proceeding of the type
described  in this Section  6.3.1(a) or (b) with  respect to the Conduit  Lender
shall have occurred and (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods) be
continuing:

         (a) (i) a court  having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  shall  enter a
decree or order for relief in respect of the  Conduit  Lender in an  involuntary
case under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect,  which decree or order is not stayed, or
any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable  federal or state
law; or (ii) an involuntary  case is commenced  against the Conduit Lender under
any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect; or a decree or order of a court having  jurisdiction in the premises for
the appointment of a receiver, liquidator,  sequestrator,  trustee, custodian or
other officer having similar  powers over the Conduit  Lender,  or over all or a
substantial  part of its  respective  property,  shall have been entered;  or an
interim receiver,  trustee or other custodian of the Conduit Lender for all or a
substantial  part of its respective  property is involuntarily  appointed;  or a
warrant of  attachment,  execution  or similar  process  is issued  against  any
substantial  part of the property of the Conduit Lender,  and the continuance of
any such  events  in  subclause  (ii) for 60 days  unless  dismissed,  bonded or
discharged; or


                                                                        

                                                        25

<PAGE>



         (b) the  Conduit  Lender  shall have an order for relief  entered  with
respect to it or shall commence a voluntary  case under the  Bankruptcy  Code or
any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect,  or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in any involuntary
case  to a  voluntary  case,  under  any  such  law,  or  shall  consent  to the
appointment of or taking  possession by a receiver,  trustee or other  custodian
for all or a  substantial  part of its  property;  or the making by the  Conduit
Lender of any  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors;  or the  inability  or
failure of the Conduit Lender, or the admission by the Conduit Lender in writing
of its  inability  to pay,  its debts as such debts  become due; or the Board of
Directors of the Conduit Lender (or any committee thereof) adopts any resolution
or otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the foregoing.

         SECTION 6.3.2. Availability. The principal amount of the Refunding Loan
being requested,  when added to the Aggregate  Outstanding Liquidity Advances as
of the close of business on the date of such  Refunding  Advance does not exceed
the Available Liquidity Commitment.

         SECTION 6.4. Conditions Precedent to Continuation/Conversion Roll-Over.
The ability of the Borrower to continue any Liquidity Advance, or to convert any
Liquidity  Advance,  into a  Liquidity  Advance of a  different  type,  shall be
subject  to the  satisfaction  of the  following  condition  at the time of such
continuation or conversion:  the  representations and warranties of the Borrower
set forth in Section 7.19 of this Agreement shall be true and correct as if then
made.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         To induce the Lenders and the Agent to enter into this Agreement and to
make Advances  hereunder,  the Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent and
each Lender as set forth in this Section 7.1.

         SECTION  7.1.  Organization;  Powers.  The  Borrower  (a) is a  limited
purpose corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware whose activities are restricted to the matters
of the  nature  contemplated  or  permitted  by this  Agreement  and  the  other
Transaction Documents,  (b) has at least one independent director who (i) is not
a direct,  indirect  or  beneficial  stockholder  (other  than as an investor in
mutual  funds  which hold an  interest  in the stock of any member of the Parent
Group), officer, director, employee,  Affiliate,  supplier or direct customer of
any member of the Parent Group and (ii) does not serve as trustee in  bankruptcy
for any member of the Parent Group,  (c) has all requisite  corporate  power and
authority  to own its  property  and assets and to carry on its  business as now
conducted  and as proposed to be  conducted,  (d) is qualified to do business in
every  jurisdiction  where such  qualification  is  required,  except  where the
failure  to be so  qualified  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
conduct of the business assets, operations,  condition (financial or otherwise),
properties  or prospects of the Borrower,  and (e) has the  corporate  power and


                                                                     

                                                        26

<PAGE>



authority  to execute,  deliver and  perform its  obligations  under each of the
Transaction  Documents  and each  other  agreement  or  instrument  contemplated
thereby to which it is or will be a party,  and to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.

         SECTION 7.2.  Ownership;  Subsidiaries.  All the issued and outstanding
capital  stock of the Borrower (i) has been  validly  issued,  is fully paid and
non-assessable and is owned of record and (ii) except as otherwise  permitted by
Section 8.2.14, is owned, legally and beneficially,  by BII. The Borrower has no
Subsidiaries and owns no capital stock of, or other interest in, any Person.

         SECTION 7.3. Authorization.  The execution, delivery and performance by
the Borrower of each of the  Transaction  Documents and the  consummation of the
other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not
(i)  violate  any  provision  of  law  applicable  to  it,  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation or Bylaws, or any order,  judgment or decree of any court or other
agency of government binding on it, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or
constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any of its
Contractual  Obligations,  (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition
of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets (except as  contemplated by the
Transaction  Documents)  or (iv)  require any  approval of  stockholders  or any
approval  or consent of any  Persons  under any  Contractual  Obligation  of the
Borrower or any member of the Parent  Group,  except for (A) such  approvals  or
consents  which will be  obtained  on or before the  Effective  Date and are set
forth in Schedule II and (B) such  violations,  conflicts,  breaches,  Liens and
defaults which would not have, and such approvals the absence of which would not
have,  a material  adverse  effect on (1) the  business,  operations,  property,
assets or condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower,  (2) the validity
or enforceability  of, or the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations
under, the Transaction Documents or (3) the validity, enforceability or priority
of the Liens created by the Purchase Agreement,  this Agreement and the Security
Agreement.

         SECTION  7.4.  Governmental  Consents.  The  execution,   delivery  and
performance by the Borrower of each Transaction Document and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not require any
registration  with,  consent or approval  of, or notice to, or other  action to,
with or by, any federal,  state or other  Governmental  Authority except for (i)
the UCC financing statements referred to in clause (a) of Section 6.1.4 and (ii)
filings, consents, notices,  authorizations,  and approvals the absence of which
would  not have a  material  adverse  effect  on (A) the  business,  operations,
property,  assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (B) the
validity or  enforceability  of, or the  ability of the  Borrower to perform its
obligations under, the Transaction Documents or (C) the validity, enforceability
or priority of the Liens  created by the  Purchase  Agreement  and the  Security
Agreement.

         SECTION 7.5.  Binding  Obligations.  This  Agreement  is, and the other
Transaction  Documents  to which the  Borrower  is a party,  when  executed  and
delivered  will be, the legally valid and binding  obligations  of the Borrower,
enforceable  against the Borrower in  accordance  with their  respective  terms,


                                                                  

                                                        27

<PAGE>



except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting  creditors'  rights generally
or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

         SECTION  7.6.  Litigation;  Adverse  Facts.  There is no action,  suit,
proceeding,  governmental  investigation  of which the Borrower has knowledge or
arbitration  (whether or not purportedly on behalf of the Borrower) at law or in
equity or before  or by any  federal,  state,  municipal  or other  governmental
department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign,  pending or, to the  knowledge of the Borrower,  threatened  against or
affecting the Borrower or any of its property  thereof which would reasonably be
expected  to have a material  adverse  effect on (i) the  business,  operations,
property, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (ii) the
validity or  enforceability  of, or the  ability of the  Borrower to perform its
obligations   under,   the   Transaction   Documents  or  (iii)  the   validity,
enforceability  or priority of the Liens  created by the Purchase  Agreement and
the Security Agreement.

         SECTION 7.7.  Investment  Company Act;  Public Utility  Holding Company
Act. The Borrower is not (a) an "investment  company" or an "affiliated  person"
of, or "principal  underwriter" or "promoter" for, an "investment  company",  as
such terms are  defined  in, or  subject to  regulation  under,  the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding  company"  as  defined  in, or subject to
regulation   under,  the  Public  Utility  Holding  Company  Act  of  1935.  The
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents
will not violate any  provision  of such Acts or any rule,  regulation  or order
issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

         SECTION 7.8.  Financial  Information.  All financial  statements of the
Borrower furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1.16 and clauses (b) and
(c) of Section 8.1.5 have been prepared in  accordance  with GAAP,  consistently
applied,  and present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower,  as at the
dates thereof and the results of its operations for the periods then ended.

         SECTION 7.9. Financing  Statements.  Except for financing statements as
to which  releases  have been  provided to the Agent (as  specified  in Sections
6.1.4  and  6.2.7),  there  is no  effective  financing  statement  (or  similar
statement or instrument of registration  under the law of any  jurisdiction) now
on file or registered in any public office filed by or on behalf of the Borrower
or the Sellers  covering  any interest of any kind in the  Receivables,  and the
Borrower  will not  execute  nor will there be on file in any public  office any
effective   financing   statement   (or  similar   statement  or  instrument  of
registration  under the laws of any  jurisdiction)  relating to the Receivables,
except,  in each case,  for (i) any  financing  statements  filed by the Sellers
pursuant to the  Purchase  Agreement,  (ii) any  financing  statements  filed in
respect of and covering the interests of the  Collateral  Agent  pursuant to the
Security  Agreement  and  (iii)  financing  statements  for  which a Form  UCC-3
termination  statement has been delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause (b) of
Section 6.1.4.


                                                              

                                                        28

<PAGE>



         SECTION 7.10.  Filings.  All filings and recordings (other than the UCC
financing  statements and termination  statements described in Section 6.1 which
duly executed  financing  statements and  termination  statements will have been
delivered to the Agent by the Effective  Date) required to perfect the undivided
interests  of the  Lenders in the  Receivables  (other than  Receivables  having
Obligors  resident in Canada) will have been  accomplished by the Effective Date
and will be in full  force and  effect;  provided,  however,  that the  Borrower
agrees promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent (which request shall be
at the direction of the Required Lenders) to perfect the undivided  interests of
the Lenders in such  Receivables  having obligors  resident in Canada if (i) the
amount  of  Required  Reserves  on any day  exceeds  15% of the face  amount  of
Eligible  Receivables  on such day or (ii) a  Potential  Amortization  Event has
occurred.

         SECTION 7.11. Location of Office and Records. As of the Effective Date,
(a) the chief place of business and chief executive  offices of the Borrower are
located at such address in Nevada as is provided by the Borrower to the Agent on
the  Effective  Date  and (b) the  offices  where  the  Borrower  keeps  all the
documents, agreements, books and records relating to the Receivables are located
at the locations specified on Schedule V to the Purchase Agreement.

         SECTION  7.12.  No Other Liens.  The Borrower has, at the Closing Date,
immediately  prior to the  conveyance to the  Collateral  Agent  pursuant to the
Security  Agreement,  sole legal  title to the  Receivables  existing  as of the
Closing Date and the Borrower will have,  immediately prior to the conveyance to
the  Collateral  Agent  pursuant to the Security  Agreement  of the  Receivables
transferred  to the Borrower  after the Closing  Date,  sole legal title to such
Receivables, and none of the Receivables are subject to any Lien (other than the
Prior Liens,  which shall be released within 14 days of the Effective  Date), or
other claim of any kind or to any offset,  counterclaim  or defense of any kind,
other than Liens created pursuant to the Transaction Documents or asserted by an
Obligor in its capacity as such.

         SECTION  7.13.  Security  Agreement.  The Liens created in favor of the
Collateral  Agent for the  benefit of the  Secured  Parties  (as  defined in the
Security Agreement) under the Security Agreement will, at all times on and after
the Closing Date (except for the Prior Liens,  which shall be terminated  within
the 14 days of the Effective Date), constitute first priority perfected security
interests in the Collateral as security for payment of the Obligations,  and the
Collateral will not be subject to any Liens, other than the Prior Liens.

         SECTION 7.14. Liens on Assets.  There are no Liens of any nature on any
of the property or assets of the Borrower,  except the Liens created pursuant to
the  Transaction  Documents and the Prior Liens.  The Borrower is not a party to
any contract,  agreement,  lease or instrument the performance of which,  either
unconditionally  or upon the  happening of any event,  will result in or require
the  creation  of a Lien on any of the  property  or assets of the  Borrower  or
otherwise result in a violation of any of the Transaction  Documents.  The Prior
Liens will be released within 14 days of the Effective Date.

         SECTION  7.15.  No  Amortization  Event.  On the date hereof and on the
Effective  Date,  there exists no Amortization  Event or Potential  Amortization
Event.

                                                              

                                                        29

<PAGE>




         SECTION 7.16.  Collateral Agent Can Perform. The Collateral Agent shall
have been furnished  with all materials and data  necessary to permit  immediate
collection of the Receivables by the Collateral  Agent, or any party  designated
by the Collateral Agent, without the participation of any Seller or the Borrower
in such collection.

         SECTION  7.17.  The  Borrower as Distinct  Legal  Entity.  The Borrower
acknowledges and confirms that each Seller has also acknowledged in the Purchase
Agreement,  that the parties are  entering  into the  transactions  contemplated
herein and in the other  Transaction  Documents  in reliance  on the  Borrower's
identity as a legal entity  separate and distinct  from the other members of the
Parent Group.

         SECTION  7.18.  Disclosure.  (a) No  representation  or warranty of the
Borrower  contained in this Agreement,  any other Transaction  Document,  or any
other document, certificate or written statement furnished to the Lenders or the
Agent  by  or on  behalf  of  the  Borrower  for  use  in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement  (including any Settlement  Report)
contains any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits to state a material
fact (known to the  Borrower in the case of any  document  not  furnished by it)
necessary  in order to make the  statements  contained  herein  or  therein  not
misleading.  Any  reaffirmation of the foregoing  sentence is subject to (i) any
change in the facts and conditions on which such  representations and warranties
are based, which changes are required or permitted under this Agreement and (ii)
any disclosure made by the Borrower  pursuant to Article VIII in connection with
the Advances  contemplated in this Agreement,  which Advance occurred prior to a
reaffirmation  of the  representation  and warranty  set forth in the  foregoing
sentence;  provided, however, that in all cases no representation or warranty of
the Borrower contained in this Agreement, any Transaction Document, or any other
document,  certificate  or written  statement  furnished to the Lenders by or on
behalf  of  any  such  Person  for  use  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement  contained at the time made any untrue  statement
of a material  fact or omitted at the time made to state a material  fact (known
to any such Person in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in
order to make the statement contained herein or therein not misleading.

         (b) Each  Receivable  described in a  Settlement  Report as an Eligible
Receivable  satisfied,  as of the date of such report,  the  requirement  of the
definition of "Eligible Receivable."

         SECTION 7.19. No Material  Adverse  Change.  (a) On the Effective Date,
there has been no material  adverse  condition or material  adverse change in or
affecting the business, assets, liabilities, operations, condition (financial or
otherwise)  or  prospects of the  Borrower  from those shown in the  information
referred to in Section 7.18.

         (b) Since the Effective  Date,  there has been no adverse  condition or
adverse change in or affecting the business,  assets,  liabilities,  properties,
operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower.


                                                                           

                                                        30

<PAGE>



         SECTION  7.20.  Solvency.  Both prior to and after giving effect to the
transactions  occurring on the Closing  Date,  and after  giving  effect to each
subsequent transaction contemplated hereunder,

                  (a) the fair  value of the  assets of the  Borrower  at a fair
         valuation,  will  exceed  the  debts  and  liabilities,   subordinated,
         contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower;

                  (b) the present  fair  saleable  value of the  property of the
         Borrower  will be greater  than the amount that will be required to pay
         the  probable  liability  of  the  Borrower  on  its  debts  and  other
         liabilities,  subordinated,  contingent or otherwise, as such debts and
         other liabilities become absolute and matured;

                  (c)  the   Borrower   will  be  able  to  pay  its  debts  and
         liabilities,  subordinated,  contingent or otherwise, as such debts and
         liabilities become absolute and matured; and

                  (d) the Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital with
         which to conduct the business in which  engaged as such business is now
         conducted and is proposed to be conducted.

The Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will,  incur debts
beyond its ability to pay such debts as they  mature,  taking  into  account the
timing of and amounts of cash to be received by it and the timing of the amounts
of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Indebtedness.

         SECTION  7.21.  Employee  Benefit  Plans.  (a)  The  Borrower  and  its
respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material  respects with all
applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations
thereunder with respect to all Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans.

                  (b) No ERISA  Termination  Event has occurred or is reasonably
         expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan.

                  (c) The sum of the  amount  of  unfunded  benefit  liabilities
         under all Pension Plans  (excluding each Pension Plan with an amount of
         unfunded  benefit  liabilities  of  zero  or  less)  is not  more  than
         $150,000,000.

                  (d) None of the  Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  has
         incurred or reasonably expects to incur any withdrawal  liability under
         Title IV of  ERISA to any  Multiemployer  Plan or  Multiemployer  Plans
         individually or in the aggregate in excess of $25,000,000.

                  (e) None of the  Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  has
         received any  notification  that any  Multiemployer  Plan is reasonably
         expected  to be in  reorganization  or to  be  terminated,  where  such
         reorganization  or  termination  has  resulted  or  can  reasonably  be
         
                                                                         

                                                        31

<PAGE>



         expected to result in an increase in the  contributions  required to be
         made to such  plan that  would  materially  and  adversely  affect  the
         financial condition of the Parent Group taken as a whole.

                  (f) As used in this Section 7.21, the term "amount of unfunded
         benefit  liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section  4001(a)(18)
         of ERISA.

         SECTION 7.22.  Regulations  G, U, and X. The Borrower is not engaged in
the  business  of  extending  credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying
margin  stock,  and no proceeds of any Advances will be used for a purpose which
violates,  or would be inconsistent  with,  F.R.S.  Board Regulation G, U, or X.
Terms for which  meanings are provided in F.R.S.  Board  Regulation G, U or X or
any regulations  substituted  therefor, as from time to time in effect, are used
in this Section with such meanings.

         SECTION 7.23. Taxes. The Borrower has filed all tax returns and reports
required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental
charges  thereby  shown to be owing,  except any such taxes or charges which are
being  diligently  contested in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and for
which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on its books.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    COVENANTS

         SECTION 8.1. Affirmative  Covenants.  The Borrower covenants and agrees
with the Agent  and each  Lender  that,  until all  Liquidity  Commitments  have
terminated and all Obligations  have been paid or performed in full,  unless the
Required Lenders shall otherwise  consent in writing,  the Borrower will perform
the covenants set forth in this Section 8.1.

         SECTION  8.1.1.  Existence.  The Borrower will or will cause to be done
all things  necessary to  preserve,  renew and keep in full force and effect its
legal existence and maintain such legal existence separate from the Sellers.

         SECTION 8.1.2. Business and Properties. The Borrower will or will cause
to be done all things necessary to obtain,  preserve,  renew, extend and keep in
full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations,
patents,  copyrights,  trademarks,  trade names and all consents material to the
conduct of its business; maintain and operate such business in substantially the
manner in which it is currently  conducted and operated;  comply in all material
respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any federal,
state or other  governmental or regulatory  authority,  whether now in effect or
hereafter  enacted;  at all times maintain and preserve all property material to
the conduct of such  business  and keep such  property in good  repair,  working
order  and  condition  and from  time to time  make,  or  cause to be made,  all
necessary and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements
thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection  therewith
may be properly  conducted at all times; and maintain all its property in such a


                                                                          

                                                        32

<PAGE>



manner so as to facilitate its  identification and segregation from the property
of the other members of the Parent Group.

         SECTION  8.1.3.  Insurance.   The  Borrower  will  keep  its  insurable
properties  adequately  insured at all times by financially  sound and reputable
insurers;  maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks,
including  fire and other  risks  insured  against by extended  coverage,  as is
customary  with  companies  of the same or  similar  size in the same or similar
businesses,  including  public liability  insurance  against claims for personal
injury or death or property  damage  occurring  upon, in, about or in connection
with the use of any  properties  owned,  occupied  or  controlled  by it in such
amounts and with such deductibles as are customary with companies of the same or
similar size in the same or similar  business and in the same  geographic  area;
and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

         SECTION  8.1.4.  Obligations  and  Taxes.  The  Borrower  will  pay its
Indebtedness  and other  material  obligations  promptly  before  the same shall
become  delinquent or in default and in accordance  with their terms and pay and
discharge  promptly when due all material taxes,  assessments  and  governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of
its property before the same shall become  delinquent or in default,  as well as
all lawful  claims for labor,  materials  and  supplies or  otherwise  that,  if
unpaid,  might  give rise to a Lien upon such  properties  or any part  thereof;
provided,  however,  that such payment and discharge  shall not be required with
respect  to any  such  tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy or  claim so long as the
validity  or amount  thereof  shall be  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
proceedings and the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves
with respect thereto.

         SECTION 8.1.5.  Financial  Statements,  Reports, etc. The Borrower will
furnish to the Agent, and the Agent will furnish to each Lender:

         (a) on each Settlement  Date, a certificate of a Financial  Officer (i)
certifying  that no  Potential  Amortization  Event or  Amortization  Event  has
occurred since the previous Settlement Date or, if such a Potential Amortization
Event or Amortization Event has occurred or is continuing, specifying the nature
and extent thereof and any corrective  action taken or proposed to be taken with
respect  thereto  and (ii)  setting  forth  computations  in  reasonable  detail
satisfactory  to the Agent  demonstrating  compliance  with (x) in the case of a
Monthly  Settlement  Statement,  the covenants set forth in clauses (a), (c) and
(d) of Section 8.2.20, and (y) in the case of a Weekly Report, the covenants set
forth in clauses (b), (d) and (e) of Section 8.2.20;

         (b) As soon as  practicable  and in any event  within 90 days after the
end of each Fiscal Year,  its balance  sheet and related  statements  of income,
showing the  financial  condition of the Borrower as of the close of such Fiscal
Year and the results of its operations  during such year, all audited by Ernst &
Young or other independent  public  accountants of recognized  national standing
acceptable  to the  Required  Lenders  and  accompanied  by an  opinion  of such
accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect) to the effect
that such  financial  statements  fairly  present the  financial  condition  and
results of  operations  of the  Borrower in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently
applied;

                                                                

                                                        33

<PAGE>




         (c) as soon as  practicable  and in any event  within 45 days after the
end of the first three Fiscal  Quarters of each Fiscal Year,  its balance sheets
and  related  statements  of income,  showing  the  financial  condition  of the
Borrower  as of the  close  of  such  Fiscal  Quarter,  and the  results  of its
operations during such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of the Fiscal
Year,  all certified by a Financial  Officer as fairly  presenting the financial
condition  and results of  operations  of the Borrower in  accordance  with GAAP
consistently  applied,  subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and without
footnotes;

         (d) promptly  upon receipt  thereof,  all  materials  received from any
Seller  pursuant to Article V of the  Purchase  Agreement,  including  materials
received under Sections 5.01(a),  5.01(f),  5.01(h), 5.01(i) and 5.01(l), of the
Purchase Agreement;

         (e) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports
which the Sellers or any of their  Affiliates  send to any security  holders and
all reports and  registration  statements,  if any,  which the Sellers or any of
their  Affiliates  file  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or any
national  securities  exchange if not  otherwise  required to be provided to the
Agent by BII;

         (f) promptly,  from time to time, such other information  regarding the
operations,  business  affairs  and  financial  condition  of the  Borrower,  or
compliance  with the  terms of any  Transaction  Document,  as any  Agent or any
Lender may reasonably request, and

         (g) promptly,  upon the occurrence of a Dilution Reserve  Trigger,  the
Borrower shall (i) retain Nevada counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, to
deliver a legal opinion,  reasonably acceptable to the Agent, to the effect that
the Agent has a first priority  perfected  security  interest in the Collateral,
and (ii) retain Virginia counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, to deliver
a legal opinion,  reasonably acceptable to the Agent, to the effect that no lien
or  encumbrance  attaches to any Collateral  related to Collateral  orginated by
Bacova,  and the Agent has a first priority  perfected security interest in such
Collateral.

Each  financial  statement  referred  to in clauses (b) and (c) above will state
that the Borrower is a separate corporate entity with its own separate creditors
and that such  creditors  will be entitled to be satisfied out of the Borrower's
assets prior to any value in the Borrower  becoming  available to the Borrower's
equity holders.

         SECTION 8.1.6  Litigation and Other Notices.  The Borrower will furnish
to the Agent and each Lender immediate written notice of the following:

         (a) any Potential Amortization Event or Amortization Event,  specifying
the nature and extent thereof and the corrective  action (if any) proposed to be
taken with respect thereto;

         (b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention
of any Person to file or commence,  any action, suit,  proceeding,  governmental
investigation  or  arbitration,  whether at law or in equity or by or before any


                                                            

                                                        34

<PAGE>



Federal,  state  or other  Governmental  Authority,  against  or  affecting  the
Borrower or any  material  development  in any such  action,  suit,  proceeding,
governmental  investigation or arbitration,  which, in either case, if adversely
determined,  might  materially  adversely  affect (i) the business,  operations,
property, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (ii) the
validity or  enforceability  of, or the  ability of the  Borrower to perform its
obligations   under,   the   Transaction   Documents  or  (iii)  the   validity,
enforceability  or priority of the Liens  created by the Purchase  Agreement and
the Security Agreement;

         (c) any notices  received by the Borrower under the Purchase  Agreement
(together with copies thereof);

         (d)      any Purchase Termination Event; and

         (e) any  other  development  that has  resulted  in,  or is  reasonably
anticipated  to  result  in, a  material  adverse  effect  on (i) the  business,
operations,  property,  assets or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the
Borrower, (ii) the validity or enforceability of, or the ability of the Borrower
to  perform  its  obligations  under,  the  Transaction  Documents  or (iii) the
validity,  enforceability  or  priority  of the Liens  created  by the  Purchase
Agreement and the Security Agreement.

         SECTION  8.1.7   Maintaining   Records;   Access  to   Properties   and
Inspections.  The  Borrower  will  maintain or cause to be  maintained  true and
complete  books  and  financial  records  which  accurately  reflect  all of its
business affairs and transactions,  including those records reasonably necessary
or  advisable  for  the  collection  of  Receivables,  which  records  shall  be
segregated and separately  identifiable  from the books and financial records of
the other members of the Parent Group and shall,  among other things, (i) permit
the daily  identification  of each new  Receivable  and the  collection  of each
existing Receivable, (ii) permit any representatives designated by any Lender to
visit and  inspect the  financial  records and the  properties  of the  Borrower
during normal business hours and as often as requested and to make extracts from
and copies of such books and financial records  (including those relating to the
Receivables  and the  Collections)  for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of
the various reports delivered by the Borrower to the Agent or the Lenders or for
otherwise ascertaining  compliance with the Transaction Documents,  (iii) permit
any  representatives  designated by any Lender to discuss the affairs,  finances
and condition of the Borrower with  representatives  thereof and of the Servicer
during normal business hours, (iv) permit any representatives  designated by the
Agent to discuss the affairs,  finances and  condition of the Borrower  with the
independent accountants therefor, and (v) designate the Agent and the Collateral
Agent as its  agents  for  purposes  of the  visitation  rights  granted  to the
Borrower under clause (d) of Section 5.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

         SECTION  8.1.8 Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower  will use the proceeds of
the Advances and Notes as set forth in Section 3.01 of the Facility Agreement.


                                                                   

                                                        35

<PAGE>



         SECTION 8.1.9   Settlement Reports.  The Borrower will:

         (a)  prepare or cause the  Servicer to prepare and deliver to the Agent
(by  telecopy)  a Weekly  Report  on each  Weekly  Settlement  Date  (containing
information as of the  immediately  preceding  Weekly Cut-Off Date) on or before
9:00  a.m.,  Atlanta  time,  on  such  Business  Day,  and  the  Borrower  shall
simultaneously  provide  copies  thereof  to  the  Collateral  Agent;  provided,
however,  that if a "system  failure" or other similar  technical  failure shall
occur in the  operations  of the  Borrower or the  Servicer  that  produce  data
included  in any  Weekly  Report,  such  Weekly  Report  shall be  prepared  and
telecopied to the Agent and the Collateral Agent within two Business Days of the
date such Weekly Report was otherwise  required to be prepared and telecopied to
the Agent and the Collateral  Agent;  and provided further that if delivery of a
Weekly Report shall be delayed as provided above, the Aggregate Outstandings may
not be increased during the period of such delay;

         (b)  prepare  or cause the  Servicer  to  prepare a Monthly  Settlement
Statement  and provide  such Monthly  Settlement  Statement to the Agent and the
Agent will furnish to each Lender and the  Collateral  Agent as soon as possible
but in no event later than 12:00 noon,  Atlanta time, on each Monthly Settlement
Statement Date; provided,  however,  that if a "system failure" or other similar
technical  failure shall occur in the operations of the Borrower or the Servicer
that produce data  included in the Monthly  Settlement  Statement,  such Monthly
Settlement  Statement  shall be  prepared  and  provided  to the  Agent  and the
Collateral  Agent within two Business  Days of the date such Monthly  Settlement
Statement  was  otherwise  required to be prepared and provided to the Agent and
the  Collateral  Agent;  and  provided,  further  that if  delivery of a Monthly
Settlement   Statement  shall  be  delayed  as  provided  above,  the  Aggregate
Outstandings may not be increased during the period of such delay; and

         (c) permit and cause the Servicer to permit the Agent, at the direction
of the Required Lenders, and the Collateral Agent to verify any Weekly Report or
Monthly  Settlement  Statement by conducting  field audits or  performing  other
investigations or inspections of the calculations or methodology  serving as the
basis of such Weekly Report or Monthly Settlement Statement.

         SECTION  8.1.10  Compliance  with Laws.  The Borrower will at all times
exercise  all due  diligence  in order to comply  with the  requirements  of all
applicable laws,  rules,  regulations and orders of any federal,  state or other
governmental or regulatory authority,  noncompliance with which could reasonably
be expected to have a material  adverse effect on (i) the business,  operations,
property, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (ii) the
validity or  enforceability  of, or the  ability of the  Borrower to perform its
obligations   under,   the   Transaction   Documents  or  (iii)  the   validity,
enforceability  or priority of the Liens  created by the Purchase  Agreement and
the Security Agreement.

         SECTION 8.1.11   Directors, Officers and Employees.  The Borrower will:

         (a) ensure that at least one member of its board of directors (i) shall
not  be  a  direct,  indirect  or  beneficial  stockholder,  officer,  director,
employee,  Affiliate,  supplier  or direct  customer of any member of the Parent


                                                                            

                                                        36

<PAGE>



Group,  (ii)  shall not at any time  serve as a trustee  in  bankruptcy  for any
member of the Parent Group and (iii) shall at all times be reasonably acceptable
to the Required Lenders;

         (b)  compensate  any employee or  consultant  of the Borrower  from the
Borrower's own bank accounts for services provided to the Borrower;

         (c)  compensate any officer or director of a member of the Parent Group
in a dollar amount  determined to reflect the services rendered to the Borrower;
provided that services of a ministerial  nature shall not be  compensated by the
Borrower; and

         (d) to the extent the Borrower and any member of the Parent Group share
any item of expense not reflected in the Servicing Fee, allocate such expense to
the  extent  practicable  on the  basis of actual  use or the value of  services
rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to actual use or the value
of services rendered.

         SECTION 8.1.12 Lockbox Accounts and Concentration Account. The Borrower
will designate the Lockbox Accounts and the Concentration Account as the lockbox
accounts and  concentration  accounts  referred to in clause (k) of Section 5.01
and clause (c) of Section 5.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

         SECTION 8.1.13 Commingled Funds. The Borrower will use its best efforts
to determine as promptly as possible  whether any funds of any of the Sellers or
of any Affiliate of any Sellers (other than the Borrower)  have been  commingled
with the funds of the Borrower and separate any such commingled funds as soon as
possible thereafter.

         SECTION  8.1.14  Additional  Financial  Statements.  The Borrower  will
furnish  to the Agent as soon as  practicable  such  information  regarding  the
Special Obligors as the Agent shall reasonably  request,  provided that (i) such
information  is available  to the Seller  Parties,  (ii) the Seller  Parties are
legally able to disclose such information,  and (iii) such information could not
readily be obtained by the Agent from the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         SECTION 8.2 Negative Covenants.  The Borrower covenants and agrees with
the  Agent  and each  Lender  that  until all  Liquidity  Commitments  have been
terminated and all Obligations  have been paid or performed in full,  unless the
Required  Lenders  otherwise  consent in writing,  the Borrower will perform the
obligations set forth in this Section 8.2.

         SECTION 8.2.1 Indebtedness. The Borrower will not incur, create, assume
or  permit to exist any  Indebtedness,  other  than,  without  duplication,  the
following:

         (a)      Indebtedness in respect of the Advances and other Obligations;

         (b)      Indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Note;


                                                                           

                                                        37

<PAGE>



         (c) Indebtedness  representing fees,  expenses and indemnities  payable
pursuant to and in accordance with the Transaction Documents;

         (d) Indebtedness for services  supplied or furnished to the Borrower in
an amount not to exceed $100,000 at any time outstanding; and

         (e)      Indebtedness in respect of Servicer Advances.

         SECTION  8.2.2 Liens.  The Borrower will not incur,  create,  assume or
permit to exist any Lien on any  property  or assets  (including  stock or other
securities)  now owned or hereafter  acquired by it or on any income or revenues
or rights in respect of any thereof,  other than the Liens  created  pursuant to
the Transaction Documents.

         SECTION  8.2.3  Creditors.  The  Borrower  will not permit to exist any
creditors  other than the  Agent,  the  Lenders,  the  holders  of  Indebtedness
permitted by Section  8.2.1 and the other  parties  expressly  contemplated  and
permitted by the Transaction Documents

         SECTION 8.2.4 Business of the Borrower. The Borrower will not engage at
any time in any business or business  activity other than (i) the acquisition of
Receivables  pursuant to the Purchase  Agreement,  (ii) the Advances  hereunder,
(iii) the other transactions  contemplated by the Transaction Documents and (iv)
any  activity  incidental  to the  foregoing  and  necessary  or  convenient  to
accomplish the foregoing.

         SECTION 8.2.5 Sale and Lease-Back  Transactions.  The Borrower will not
enter into any arrangement,  directly or indirectly,  with any Person whereby it
shall sell or transfer any  property,  real or  personal,  used or useful in its
business,  whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease
such  property or other  property that it intends to use for  substantially  the
same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

         SECTION 8.2.6 Investments. The Borrower will not make, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any  Investment in any Person,  other than (i) the  Receivables,
(ii) Permitted Investments and (iii) as permitted under Section 8.2.9.

         SECTION 8.2.7 Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions of Assets and Sales
of Assets. Except as specified in the Transaction  Documents,  the Borrower will
not liquidate or dissolve,  merge into or consolidate with any other Person,  or
permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer,
lease  or  otherwise   dispose  of  (in  one  transaction  or  in  a  series  of
transactions)  any of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter  acquired),  or
purchase,  lease  or  otherwise  acquire  (in one  transaction  or a  series  of
transactions) any of the assets of any other Person,  other than the acquisition
of  Receivables  pursuant to, and in accordance  with the terms of, the Purchase
Agreement.

         SECTION 8.2.8 Lease Obligations.  The Borrower will not incur,  create,
assume or permit to exist any  Lease  Obligations  other  than (i)  arms'-length
Lease  Obligations  in respect of office  space,  equipment and computer time or


                                                                  

                                                        38

<PAGE>



(ii) with the reasonable approval of the Required Lenders.

         SECTION 8.2.9 Dividends,  Distributions  and Loans to BII. The Borrower
will not (i) directly or indirectly,  declare, order, pay, make or set apart any
sum of any Restricted  Distribution  or (ii) make loans to BII,  unless (x) each
such loan shall be evidenced by a promissory  note of BII  substantially  in the
form of  Exhibit J hereto  and shall be  properly  recorded  on the books of the
Borrower and BII and (y) after giving effect to any such Restricted Distribution
or loan to BII, the Borrower  shall be in compliance  with clause (e) of Section
8.2.20  and  funds  for such  Restricted  Distribution  or Loan to BII  shall be
available pursuant to the terms of Section 3.01 of the Facility Agreement.

         SECTION 8.2.10   Employees.  The Borrower will not:

         (a) with the exception of one clerical employee, employ individuals who
are not officers or directors of the Borrower.

         (b) engage any agents  other than the  Servicer or provide the Servicer
with  compensation  or  reimbursement  of expenses other than in accordance with
Section 2.02 of the Facility Agreement.

         SECTION 8.2.11 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not sell
or transfer  any  property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any  property or
assets from, or otherwise engage in any other  transactions with, or enter into,
or cause or  permit  to exist  any  arrangement  or  contract  with,  any of its
Affiliates except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

         SECTION 8.2.12  Subordinated Note. The Borrower will not make, directly
or indirectly,  payments in any form in respect of the Subordinated  Note except
to the extent  that  funds for such  payments  shall be  available  pursuant  to
Section 3.01 of the Facility Agreement.

         SECTION  8.2.13  Accounting  Changes.  The  Borrower  will not make any
change (a) in accounting treatment and reporting practices except as required by
GAAP or (b) in tax  reporting  treatment  except as required by law and, in each
case,  as  disclosed  to the Agent and the Lenders in the  Borrower's  financial
information  submitted  pursuant  to Section  6.1.16 and  clauses (b) and (c) of
Section 8.1.5.

         SECTION 8.2.14  Capital Stock.  The Borrower will not issue any capital
stock to any Person,  permit any of its capital stock to be  transferred  to any
Person or otherwise change its equity structure in any manner; provided that the
Borrower  may from time to time issue  additional  shares of its common stock to
BII, and the Borrower may from time to time issue  Preferred Stock in accordance
with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.


                                                               

                                                        39

<PAGE>



         SECTION 8.2.15 Amendments.  The Borrower will not amend,  supplement or
modify (or permit to be amended,  supplemented  or modified) any of the terms or
provisions contained in, or applicable to the Borrower's Organic Documents,  the
Transaction  Documents  or the  Policies or the  implementation  of the Policies
other  than (i)  amendments  or  modifications  that  would not have a  material
adverse  effect on the amount of  Collections  of  Receivables or the timing and
receipt thereof and (ii) changes that are required by applicable law.

         SECTION 8.2.16 Other Agreements. The Borrower will not enter into or be
a party to any agreement or instrument  other than the Transaction  Documents or
any agreement  incidental  thereto or required by law or otherwise to perform or
observe its obligations under the Transaction Documents or to perform activities
on its part permitted to be performed under the Transaction Documents.

         SECTION  8.2.17 No Powers of Attorney.  The Borrower will not grant any
powers of attorney to any Person for any purposes  except (a) for the purpose of
permitting  any Person to perform  any  ministerial  functions  on behalf of the
Borrower  that are not  prohibited  by or  inconsistent  with  the  terms of the
Transaction  Documents,  (b) to the  Collateral  Agent  in  connection  with the
Security  Agreement  and the  Facility  Agreement  or (c)  except  as  expressly
permitted by the Transaction Documents.

         SECTION 8.2.18   Separate Existence.  The Borrower will not

         (a) fail to do all things necessary to maintain its corporate existence
separate and apart from each of the Sellers,  any division of any of the Sellers
and any  Affiliate  of any of the  Sellers,  including,  failing to hold regular
meetings of its  stockholders and Board of Directors and failing to maintain its
stockholders  and Board of Directors  minute books and other corporate books and
records on a current basis;

         (b) permit any  limitation  on the  authority of its own  directors and
officers  to  conduct  its  business  and  affairs  in  accordance   with  their
independent business judgment,  or authorize or permit any Person other than its
own  officers  and  directors  to act on its own behalf with  respect to matters
(other than  matters  customarily  delegated to others under powers of attorney)
for which a  corporation's  own  officers and  directors  would  customarily  be
responsible;

         (c) fail to (i)  maintain or cause to be  maintained  by an agent under
the Borrower's  control physical  possession of all its books and records,  (ii)
maintain capitalization adequate for the conduct of its business,  (iii) account
for and manage all of its liabilities separately from those of any other Person,
including,  payment by it of all payroll and other  administrative  expenses and
taxes from its own assets, (iv) segregate and identify or cause to be segregated
and  identified  separately  all its assets from those of any other Person,  (v)
maintain its own officers and directors or (vi) maintain separate offices with a
separate  telephone  number from those of any of the Sellers or any Affiliate of
any of the Sellers;


                                                                    

                                                        40

<PAGE>



         (d) commingle or permit the  commingling of its funds with the funds of
any of the Sellers or any  Affiliate  of any of the Sellers or use its funds for
other than the Borrower's  uses,  except as permitted by the Purchase  Agreement
and except as the result of the  failure  of any  Obligor to follow the  payment
instructions given to such Obligor under the Purchase  Agreement;  provided that
the  Borrower  will use its best efforts to ensure that no such  commingling  or
pooling occurs, to determine as promptly as possible whether it has occurred and
to separate any such  commingled  or pooled funds as soon as possible  after any
such determination;

         (e) commingle or pool or permit the commingling or pooling of its funds
or other  assets with those of any other  member of the Parent Group or maintain
or permit the maintenance of joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to
which any other member of the Parent Group would have independent access;

         (f) fail to pay its pro  rata  share of the  insurance  premium  of the
blanket insurance policy of the Parent Group; or

         (g) be or  hold  itself  out to be  responsible  for the  decisions  or
actions  relating to the daily  business  and affairs of, or for any  obligation
(contingent  or otherwise)  of, any other member of the Parent Group,  or permit
any other member of the Parent Group to be or hold itself out to be  responsible
for the decisions or actions  relating to the daily  business and affairs of, or
for any obligation (contingent or otherwise) of, the Borrower.

         SECTION 8.2.19 Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes. The
Borrower will not take any action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any
"instrument"  (as  defined  in the UCC as in  effect  in any  state in which the
Borrower's,  or any  Seller's,  chief  executive  offices  or books and  records
relating to such  Receivable  are  located)  other than in  accordance  with the
Policies.

         SECTION 8.2.20 Financial Covenants. The Borrower will not:

         (a) permit,  as of any Monthly Cut-Off Date, the average of the Default
Ratios for the three Fiscal Months ending on or immediately  before such Monthly
Cut-Off Date to exceed 2.0%;

         (b) permit the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the Outstanding
Balance  of  Receivables  that are more than 60 days  past due as of any  Weekly
Cut-Off Date to (ii) the  Outstanding  Balance of all Receivables on such Weekly
Cut-Off Date to exceed 5.0%;

         (c) permit  Days Sales  Outstanding  for any Fiscal  Month to exceed 75
days;

         (d) permit,  as at any  Settlement  Date,  after  giving  effect to the
calculation of Required  Reserves on such Settlement Date and after  application
of  Collections  and all other  payments  and  amounts  made  available  on such
Settlement  Date  (including   payments  under  Section  2.03  of  the  Purchase


                                                            
                                                        41

<PAGE>



Agreement), the Aggregate Outstandings (net of the portion thereof that has been
repaid out of Collections) to exceed the Borrowing Base; or

         (e) permit  shareholder's equity of the Borrower at any time to be less
than $15,000,000 (exclusive of any assets consisting of loans made to BII by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2.9).

         SECTION 8.2.21 Ownership of Assets and Property.  The Borrower will not
own or lease any  tangible  assets or  facilities  other  than (i) as  expressly
contemplated  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other  Transaction
Documents or (ii) with the reasonable approval of the Agent.

         SECTION 8.2.22   Employee Benefit Plans.  The Borrower will not:

         (a)  Engage or  permit  any of its  ERISA  Affiliates  to engage in any
transaction  in  connection  with  which  the  Borrower,  or any  of  its  ERISA
Affiliates, could reasonably be expected to be subject to either a civil penalty
assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by Section 4975 of
the Code in either case in an amount in excess of $1,000,000;

         (b) Fail or  permit  any of its ERISA  Affiliates  to fail to make full
payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Pension Plan,
the Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates is required to pay as contributions
thereto; or permit to exist any accumulated funding deficiencies, whether or not
waived,  with respect to all Pension Plans in an aggregate  amount  greater than
$3,000,000;

         (c) Permit or permit any of its ERISA  Affiliates  to permit the sum of
the amount of unfunded  benefit  liabilities  under all Pension Plans (excluding
each  Pension  Plan with an amount of unfunded  benefit  liabilities  of zero or
less) to exceed $150,000,000; or

         (d) Fail or  permit  any of its  ERISA  Affiliates  to fail to make any
payments in an amount  individually or in the aggregate  greater than $3,000,000
to any Multiemployer  Plan or Multiemployer  Plans that the Borrower,  or any of
its ERISA  Affiliates,  may be required to make under any agreement  relating to
such plan or plans, or any law pertaining thereto.

         As  used  in  this  Section  8.2.22,  the  term  "accumulated   funding
deficiency" has the meaning specified in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of
the Code, and the term "amount of unfunded benefit  liabilities" has the meaning
specified in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               AMORTIZATION EVENTS

         SECTION  9.1  Amortization  Event.  Each  of the  following  events  or
occurrences  described in this  Section 9.1 shall  constitute  an  "Amortization
Event".

                                                                     

                                                        42

<PAGE>




         SECTION 9.1.1 Non-Payment of Obligations. The Borrower shall default in
the payment or prepayment of any amount when due  hereunder,  including  without
limitation any principal or interest on an Advance or any fee payable hereunder,
and with respect to interest on a Liquidity  Advance or any fee hereunder,  such
default shall continue unremedied for a period of two Business Days.

         SECTION 9.1.2 Breach of Warranty. Any representation or warranty of the
Borrower,  any Seller or the Servicer made hereunder or in any other Transaction
Document  executed by it or any  certificate  or  financial  statement  or other
writing furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender for
the  purposes  of or in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or  any  such  other
Transaction  Document (including any certificates  delivered pursuant to Article
VI) is or shall be incorrect when made in any material  respect (other than with
respect to the eligibility of Receivables or the absence of Dilutions).

         SECTION 9.1.3 Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations. The
Borrower  shall  default in the due  performance  and  observance  of any of its
obligations under Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.6, 8.1.8, 8.1.12 or Section 8.2.

         SECTION 9.1.4  Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations.  (a)
The Borrower  shall default in the due  performance  and observance of any other
agreement  contained  herein or in any other  Transaction  Document  (other than
those specified in Sections 8.1.1,  8.1.6, 8.1.8, 8.1.12 or 8.2) executed by it,
and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of ten days.

         SECTION 9.1.5 Default on Other  Indebtedness.  A default shall occur in
the  payment  when due  (subject to any  applicable  grace  period),  whether by
acceleration  or  otherwise,   of  any  Indebtedness  (other  than  Indebtedness
described in clause (a) of Section 8.2.1 or Indebtedness  owing to any member of
the Parent Group) of the Borrower in a principal amount,  individually or in the
aggregate,  in excess  of  $25,000  or more;  or a  default  shall  occur in the
performance  or observance of any  obligation or condition  with respect to such
Indebtedness  if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of any
such  Indebtedness or such default shall continue  unremedied for any applicable
period of time sufficient to permit the holder or holders of such  Indebtedness,
or any trustee or agent for such holders,  to cause such  Indebtedness to become
due and payable prior to its expressed maturity.

         SECTION 9.1.6 Judgments. Any judgment or order for the payment of money
in excess of $100,000  shall be rendered  against  the  Borrower  and either (i)
enforcement  proceedings  shall have been  commenced by any  creditor  upon such
judgment  or order;  or (ii) there  shall be any period of 60  consecutive  days
during which a stay of  enforcement  of such  judgment or order,  by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

         SECTION  9.1.7  Bankruptcy,  Insolvency,  etc.  (a) (i) a court  having
jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect
of the  Borrower  or any  Significant  Seller in an  involuntary  case under the


                                                              

                                                        43

<PAGE>



Bankruptcy  Code or any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law
now or  hereafter in effect,  which decree or order is not stayed,  or any other
similar  relief shall be granted under any  applicable  federal or state law; or
(ii) an involuntary case is commenced against the Borrower,  the Servicer or any
Significant Seller under any applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
law now or  hereafter  in  effect;  or a  decree  or  order  of a  court  having
jurisdiction  in the premises  for the  appointment  of a receiver,  liquidator,
sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over the
Borrower,  the Servicer or any Significant  Seller, or over all or a substantial
part  of its  respective  property,  shall  have  been  entered;  or an  interim
receiver,  trustee or other  custodian  of the  Borrower,  the  Servicer  or any
Significant  Seller for all or a substantial part of its respective  property is
involuntarily  appointed;  or a warrant  of  attachment,  execution  or  similar
process is issued against any substantial  part of the property of the Borrower,
the Servicer or any Significant  Seller,  and the continuance of any such events
in subclause (ii) for 60 days unless dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

         (b) the  Borrower  or any  Significant  Seller  shall have an order for
relief  entered with respect to it or shall  commence a voluntary case under the
Bankruptcy  Code or any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law
now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief
in any  involuntary  case to a  voluntary  case,  under any such  law,  or shall
consent to the  appointment  of or taking  possession by a receiver,  trustee or
other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property;  or the making by
the Borrower,  the Servicer or any Significant  Seller of any assignment for the
benefit of creditors;  or the inability or failure of the Borrower, the Servicer
or any Significant Seller, or the admission by the Borrower, the Servicer or any
Significant  Seller in writing of its  inability to pay, its debts as such debts
become due;  or the Board of  Directors  of the  Borrower,  the  Servicer or any
Significant Seller (or any committee thereof) adopts any resolution or otherwise
authorizes action to approve any of the foregoing.

         SECTION 9.1.8  Impairment of Security,  etc. (a) Any Lien granted under
any Transaction  Document shall (except in accordance with its terms),  in whole
or in part,  terminate,  cease to be effective or cease to be the legally valid,
binding and  enforceable  obligation  of the  Borrower or any other party shall,
directly  or  indirectly,  contest in any manner such  effectiveness,  validity,
binding nature or enforceability;  or any Lien securing any Obligation shall, in
whole or in part,  cease to be a perfected first priority Lien,  subject only to
those exceptions expressly permitted by such Transaction Document.

         (b) The Internal  Revenue  Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant
to  Section  6323  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  with  regard  to any of the
Collateral  and such lien shall not have been released  within five days, or the
Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention to,
file notice of the lien  pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any of
the Collateral and such lien shall not have been released within five days.

         SECTION  9.1.9  Liens.   The  Borrower  shall  cease  to  own  all  the
Receivables  free and clear of all Liens except as otherwise  provided under the
Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement or contemplated by this Agreement.

                                                      
                                                        44

<PAGE>




         SECTION 9.1.10 Other Defaults. (a) Default shall be made on the part of
the  Servicer,  a Seller  or the  Borrower  to remit any  Collections  which are
required to be remitted to the Collection  Deposit Account or the  Concentration
Account or to pay when due any amounts  (including  commitment fees and interest
but excluding, in any event, any amount referred to in Section 9.1.1) in respect
of any Transaction Document.

         (b)  Default  shall be made on the part of the  Servicer  to  deliver a
Settlement Report in accordance with the provisions hereof.

         (c)  Failure  of any  Seller to pay any  indemnities  or other  amounts
required to be paid under the Purchase Agreement.

         (d) Servicer shall default in the due performance and observance of any
other agreement  contained in any Transaction  Document executed by it, and such
default shall continue unremedied for a period of ten days.

         SECTION 9.1.11 Change in Control. Any Change in Control shall occur.

         SECTION 9.1.12 Purchase Termination Event. A Purchase Termination Event
shall have occurred and be continuing under the Purchase Agreement.

         SECTION 9.1.13  Acceleration  of Certain  Indebtedness  of the Sellers;
Termination of Commitments Under BII Credit Agreement.  (i) BII and/or the other
Sellers shall fail to pay any Specified  Indebtedness at its final maturity;  or
any other  failure,  breach or default  shall have  occurred with respect to the
terms of Indebtedness of BII and/or the other Sellers and shall have resulted in
the acceleration of any Specified  Indebtedness;  or (ii) the commitments  under
the BII Credit  Agreement and under any replacement or refinancing  thereof from
time to time shall have been terminated.

         SECTION  9.1.14  Enforceability  of Transaction  Documents.  Any of the
Transaction  Documents  or any  portion  thereof  shall not be in full force and
effect,  enforceable in accordance  with its terms or the Borrower,  a Seller or
the Servicer shall so assert in writing.

         SECTION 9.1.15  Investment  Company.  The Borrower shall have become an
"investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

         SECTION 9.2 Action if Amortization Event. If any Amortization Event set
forth in Section 9.1.7 has occurred and is  continuing,  the  Collateral  Agent,
without the request or consent of the Agent or Required  Lenders,  in every such
event at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, shall, and if
any other Amortization Event has occurred,  the Collateral Agent, at the request
or with the consent of the Required Lenders,  conveyed through the Agent, shall,
in every such event at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event,
by notice to the Borrower and the Sellers, at the same or different times:

                                                                  

                                                        45

<PAGE>




         (i) compel the assignment and/or delivery of any computer software that
is  necessary to collect the  Receivables  and delivery of all books and records
pertaining to the Receivables,

         (ii) declare the outstanding principal amount of the Advances to be due
and  payable,  whereupon  such  principal  amount  shall  become due and payable
immediately,  provided  that such  acceleration  shall not relieve any Liquidity
Lender of its obligation to make Refunding Advances in accordance with the terms
hereof;   provided  further  that  this  Section  9.2(ii)  shall  not  apply  to
Amortization  Events resulting solely from the failure of the Borrower to comply
with any covenant set forth in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Section 8.2.20.

         (iii) collect the Receivables,

         (iv) take sole dominion and control of the Lockbox Accounts,

         (v)  exercise  all the rights and  remedies  provided to a purchaser of
accounts  (or  secured  creditor)  under  the UCC in the  applicable  states  or
otherwise,  which rights and remedies  shall be cumulative to those  provided in
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and

         (vi)  pursue any other  right or remedy  under this  Agreement  and the
other Transaction Documents.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                    THE AGENT

         SECTION 10.1 Actions. Each Lender hereby appoints Wachovia as its Agent
under and for purposes of this Agreement,  the Notes and each other  Transaction
Document. Each Lender authorizes the Agent to act on behalf of such Lender under
this  Agreement,  the Notes and each  other  Transaction  Document  and,  in the
absence of other written  instructions  from the Required  Lenders received from
time to time by the Agent (with  respect to which the Agent  agrees that it will
comply,  except as otherwise provided in this Section or as otherwise advised by
counsel),  to exercise such powers  hereunder and thereunder as are specifically
delegated to or required of the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof,  together
with such powers as may be reasonably  incidental thereto.  Without limiting the
foregoing, each Liquidity Lender acknowledges and agrees to the terms of Section
3 of the Security  Agreement.  Each Liquidity Lender hereby  indemnifies  (which
indemnity shall survive any  termination of this Agreement) the Agent,  pro rata
according to such Liquidity  Lender's  Percentage,  from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses of any kind
or  nature  whatsoever  which may at any time be  imposed  on,  incurred  by, or
asserted  against,  the  Agent in any way  relating  to or  arising  out of this
Agreement,  the Notes and any other Transaction  Document,  including reasonable
attorneys'  fees, and as to which the Agent,  is not reimbursed by the Borrower;
provided,  however,  that no Liquidity Lender shall be liable for the payment of
any portion of such liabilities,  obligations, losses, damages, claims, costs or
expenses  which are determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  in a final


                                                                      

                                                        46

<PAGE>



proceeding to have resulted solely from the Agent's gross  negligence or willful
misconduct.  The Agent shall not be required to take any action hereunder, under
the Notes or under any other Transaction  Document or to prosecute or defend any
suit in respect of this Agreement,  the Notes or any other Transaction Document,
unless it is  indemnified  hereunder to its  satisfaction.  If any  indemnity in
favor of the Agent shall be or become, in the Agent's determination, inadequate,
the Agent may call for additional indemnification from the Liquidity Lenders and
cease  to do the  acts  indemnified  against  hereunder  until  such  additional
indemnity is given.

         SECTION 10.2 Funding  Reliance,  etc.  Unless the Agent shall have been
notified by telephone,  confirmed in writing,  by any  Liquidity  Lender by 5:00
p.m.,  Atlanta time, on the day prior to a Borrowing that such Liquidity  Lender
will not make available the amount which would constitute its Percentage of such
Borrowing  on the date  specified  therefor,  the  Agent  may  assume  that such
Liquidity  Lender has made such amount  available  to the Agent and, in reliance
upon such assumption,  make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If
and to the extent  that such  Liquidity  Lender  shall not have made such amount
available to the Agent,  such Liquidity Lender and the Borrower  severally agree
to repay the Agent forthwith on demand such  corresponding  amount together with
interest  thereon,  for  each day from the  date  the  Agent  made  such  amount
available to the Borrower to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, in the
case of such Liquidity  Lender at the applicable  Federal Funds Rate and, in the
case  of the  Borrower,  at the  interest  rate  applicable  at the  time to the
Liquidity Advances comprising such Borrowing.

         SECTION 10.3  Exculpation.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken
or  omitted  to be taken by it under  this  Agreement  or any other  Transaction
Document,  or in connection  herewith or  therewith,  except for its own willful
misconduct or gross  negligence,  nor responsible for any recitals or warranties
herein or therein,  nor for the effectiveness,  enforceability,  validity or due
execution  of this  Agreement  or any other  Transaction  Document,  nor for the
creation,  perfection or priority of any Liens purported to be created by any of
the  Transaction  Documents,  or  the  validity,  genuineness,   enforceability,
existence,  value or  sufficiency of any  collateral  security,  nor to make any
inquiry respecting the performance by the Borrower of its obligations  hereunder
or under any other Transaction  Document.  Any such inquiry which may be made by
the Agent  shall not  obligate  it to make any  further  inquiry  or to take any
action.  The Agent shall be  entitled to rely upon advice of counsel  concerning
legal matters and upon any notice,  consent,  certificate,  statement or writing
which the Agent  believes to be genuine and to have been  presented  by a proper
Person.

         SECTION 10.4  Successor.  The Agent may resign as such at any time upon
at least 30 days' prior notice to the Borrower and all Lenders.  If the Agent at
any time shall resign, the Required Lenders may appoint another Liquidity Lender
as a successor Agent which shall  thereupon  become the Agent  hereunder.  If no
successor  Liquidity Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders,
and shall have  accepted  such  appointment,  within 30 days after the  retiring
Agent's giving notice of resignation,  then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of
the  Lenders,  appoint a successor  Agent,  which shall be one of the  Liquidity
Lenders or a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the U.S.

                                                                      

                                                        47

<PAGE>



(or any State  thereof)  or a U. S.  branch or  agency of a  commercial  banking
institution, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.
Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor  Agent,
such  successor  Agent shall be entitled to receive from the retiring Agent such
documents of transfer and  assignment  as such  successor  Agent may  reasonably
request,  and shall  thereupon  succeed to and become  vested  with all  rights,
powers,  privileges  and duties of the retiring  Agent,  and the retiring  Agent
shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement.  After
any retiring Agent's  resignation  hereunder as the Agent, the provisions of (a)
this Article X shall inure to its benefit as to any actions  taken or omitted to
be taken by it while it was the Agent under this Agreement; and (b) Section 11.3
and Section 11.4 shall continue to inure to its benefit.

         SECTION 10.5  Liquidity  Advances by Wachovia.  Wachovia shall have the
same rights and powers with respect to (x) the Liquidity  Advances made by it or
any of its Affiliates,  and (y) the Notes held by it or any of its Affiliates as
any  other  Liquidity  Lender  and may  exercise  the same as if it were not the
Agent.  Wachovia and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and
generally  engage in any kind of business  with the Borrower or any Affiliate of
the Borrower as if Wachovia were not the Agent hereunder.

         SECTION 10.6 Credit  Decisions.  Each Lender  acknowledges that it has,
independently  of the Agent and each other  Lender,  and based on such  Lender's
review of the financial information of the Borrower,  this Agreement,  the other
Transaction  Documents (the terms and provisions of which being  satisfactory to
such Lender) and such other documents,  information and  investigations  as such
Lender has deemed  appropriate,  made its own credit decision to extend Advances
and its  Liquidity  Commitment.  Each  Lender  also  acknowledges  that it will,
independently  of the  Agent and each  other  Lender,  and  based on such  other
documents,  information and  investigations  as it shall deem appropriate at any
time,  continue  to make  its  own  credit  decisions  as to  exercising  or not
exercising  from time to time any rights and  privileges  available  to it under
this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

         SECTION  10.7 Copies,  etc. The Agent shall give prompt  notice to each
Lender of each notice or request  required or permitted to be given to the Agent
by the Borrower  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  (unless  concurrently
delivered to the Lenders by the  Borrower).  The Agent will  distribute  to each
Lender each  document or  instrument  received for its account and copies of all
other communications received by the Agent from the Borrower for distribution to
the Lenders by the Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

         SECTION 10.8 Collateral  Agent.  The provisions of this Article X shall
apply to Wachovia in its capacity as Collateral Agent to the same extent as such
provisions  apply to Wachovia in its  capacity as Agent.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing,  each  Liquidity  Lender agrees to be bound by the  provisions of the
Security Agreement regarding the release of Collateral.



                                                                

                                                        48

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION  11.1  Waivers,  Amendments,  etc. (a) The  provisions  of this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document (other than the Security Agreement
and the  Facility  Agreement)  may from  time to time be  amended,  modified  or
waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to
by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that:

                  (i) any  modification of this clause (a) of Section 11.1 shall
         require the consent of each Lender, and any requirement  hereunder that
         any  particular  action  be taken  by all the  Liquidity  Lenders,  the
         Required Liquidity Lenders or the Required Lenders or any change in the
         definition of "Required Liquidity Lenders" or "Required Lenders" or any
         defined term used for the purpose of such definition  shall require the
         consent of each Liquidity Lender;

                  (ii) any amendment to or modification  that would increase the
         Liquidity  Commitment  or  the  Percentage  (other  than  any  increase
         resulting  form Section  3.3(b)) of any Liquidity  Lender or reduce any
         fees  described  in Article IV payable to any  Liquidity  Lender  shall
         require the consent of such Liquidity Lender;

                  (iii) any amendment to or  modification  that would extend the
         Liquidity  Commitment  Termination  Date,  shall require the consent of
         each Liquidity Lender;

                  (iv) any  amendment to or  modification  that would extend the
         due date for,  or reduce  the amount of,  any  scheduled  repayment  or
         prepayment of principal of or interest on any Advance of any Lender (or
         reduce the  principal  amount of or rate of  interest on any Advance of
         any Lender) shall require the consent of each Lender;

                  (v) any  amendment  to or  modification  or waiver  that would
         affect adversely the interests,  rights or obligations of the Agent qua
         the Agent shall require the consent of the Agent;

                  (vi) any  amendment  to or  waiver of any  Amortization  Event
         shall  require  the  consent of  Liquidity  Lenders  holding  more than
         66-2/3% of the Liquidity Commitments,  and the Conduit Lender if any CP
         Rate Advances are outstanding; and

                  (vii)  any  reduction  of  the  Liquidity   Commitment  Amount
         pursuant  to  clause  (b)  of  Section  3.3  to  an  amount  less  than
         $75,000,000 shall require the consent of each Liquidity Lender.


                                                                     

                                                        49

<PAGE>



                  (b) The provisions of the Facility  Agreement and the Security
         Agreement may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such
         amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the
         Required Lenders; provided, however, that

                           (i) any amendment to or modification of any provision
                  effecting the release of any  Collateral  and any amendment to
                  Section 19 of the Security Agreement shall require the consent
                  of all Lenders;

                           (ii) any  amendment  to or waiver of the  priority of
                  applications  of Collections  shall require the consent of all
                  Lenders;

                           (iii) any  amendment  to or waiver of the  provisions
                  providing for the number or  percentage  of Liquidity  Lenders
                  required  to  approve  any  amendment  to  or  waiver  of  any
                  provision of the Security  Agreement or the Facility Agreement
                  shall require the consent of all Liquidity Lenders; and

                           (iv) any (A)  amendment to or waiver  relating to the
                  Borrowing Base or any definitions related to the determination
                  thereof,   (B)  amendment  to  the   definition  of  "Eligible
                  Receivables", "Eligible Obligors" or "Required Reserves" or to
                  any  defined  terms used for the  purpose of such  definitions
                  shall  require the consent of Liquidity  Lenders  holding more
                  than  66-2/3% of the  Liquidity  Commitments,  and the Conduit
                  Lender if any CP Rate Advances are outstanding.

No failure  or delay on the part of the  Agent,  any Lender or the holder of any
Note in  exercising  any  power or  right  under  this  Agreement  or any  other
Transaction  Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial  exercise  of any such  power or right  preclude  any  other or  further
exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other power or right.  No notice to or
demand on the  Borrower in any case shall  entitle it to any notice or demand in
similar or other  circumstances.  No waiver or approval by the Agent, any Lender
or the holder of any Note under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document
shall,  except  as may be  otherwise  stated  in such  waiver  or  approval,  be
applicable to subsequent  transactions.  No waiver or approval  hereunder  shall
require any similar or  dissimilar  waiver or approval  thereafter to be granted
hereunder.

         SECTION 11.2 Notices. All notices and other communications  provided to
any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be
in writing and addressed,  delivered or transmitted to such party at its address
or  facsimile  number set forth below its  signature  hereto or set forth in the
Liquidity  Lender  Assignment  Agreement  or at such other  address or facsimile
number as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties.  Any
notice,  if mailed and properly  addressed  with postage  prepaid or if properly
addressed  and sent by  pre-paid  courier  service,  shall be deemed  given when
received;  any notice,  if transmitted by facsimile,  shall be deemed given when
transmitted upon receipt of electronic confirmation of transmission.


                                                                         

                                                        50

<PAGE>



         SECTION 11.3 Payment of Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower agrees to pay
on demand all expenses of the Agent  incurred  after the date hereof  (including
the reasonable  fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses of counsel to the Agent and of
local  counsel,  if  any,  who may be  retained  by  counsel  to the  Agent)  in
connection with

                  (a) the  negotiation,  preparation,  execution and delivery of
         any amendments,  waivers, consents,  supplements or other modifications
         to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document as may from time to
         time   hereafter   be  required,   whether  or  not  the   transactions
         contemplated hereby are consummated,

                  (b) the  filing,  recording,  refiling or  rerecording  of the
         Security   Agreement  and/or  any  Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing
         statements  relating  thereto  and  all  amendments,   supplements  and
         modifications  to any  thereof  and  any  and all  other  documents  or
         instruments  of further  assurance  required to be filed or recorded or
         refiled or rerecorded by the terms hereof or of the Security Agreement,
         except  costs in  connection  with  the  filing  of such UCC  financing
         statements and termination  statements  delivered to the Agent pursuant
         to Section 6 hereof,

                  (c) the syndication of the Liquidity Commitment, including but
         not limited to printing, duplicating, mailing and similar expenses,

                  (d) the  performance  of due  diligence by the Agent after the
         date hereof,

                  (e) the  preparation  and review  after the date hereof of the
         form of any document or instrument  relevant to this  Agreement,  or to
         any other Transaction Document,

                  (f) the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement and the
         Transaction   Documents  (other  than  the  negotiation,   preparation,
         execution  and delivery of the  Transaction  Documents  delivered on or
         before the Effective Date), and

                  (g) the preparation  and negotiation  after the date hereof of
         the legal opinions of counsel to each Lender.

The  Borrower  further  agrees to pay,  and to save the  Agent  and the  Lenders
harmless  from all  liability  for, (i) any breach by the Borrower of any of its
obligations  under this  Agreement,  (ii) all costs incurred by the Agent or the
Lenders in enforcing  this  Agreement and (iii) any stamp,  documentary or other
taxes which may be payable in connection  with the execution or delivery of this
Agreement,  the borrowings hereunder,  or the issuance of the Notes or any other
Transaction Documents.  The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Agent and each
Lender  upon  demand  for  all  reasonable   out-of-pocket  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees and legal  expenses)  incurred  by the Agent or such  Lender in
connection with (x) the negotiation of any restructuring or "work-out",  whether
or  not  consummated,  of  any  Obligations  and  (y)  the  enforcement  of  any
Obligations.

                                                                    

                                                        51

<PAGE>



         Nothing in this  Section  11.3 shall  relieve  any Seller  Party of its
obligation  to pay any fee to the Agent,  or to reimburse the Agent for any cost
or expense, to the extent described in a separate fee letter between such Seller
Party and the Agent.

         SECTION 11.4  Indemnification.  In  consideration  of the execution and
delivery of this  Agreement by each Lender and the  extension  of the  Liquidity
Commitments, the Borrower hereby indemnifies, exonerates and holds the Agent and
each Lender and each of their  respective  officers,  directors,  employees  and
agents  (collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties")  free and harmless from and
against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, costs, liabilities
and damages,  and expenses  incurred in connection  therewith  (irrespective  of
whether  any  such  Indemnified  Party  is a  party  to  the  action  for  which
indemnification  hereunder is sought),  including reasonable attorneys' fees and
disbursements  (collectively,  the "Indemnified  Liabilities"),  incurred by the
Indemnified  Parties  or any of them as a  result  of,  or  arising  out of,  or
relating  to the  Transaction  Documents,  or the  funding of any  Advance or in
respect of any Collateral,  except for any such Indemnified  Liabilities arising
for the  account of a  particular  Indemnified  Party by reason of the  relevant
Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the
foregoing,  the Borrower shall indemnify each Indemnified  Party for Indemnified
Liabilities arising out of or relating to:

                  (i) any  representation  or warranty  made by the Borrower (or
         any of its  officers or  Affiliates)  under or in  connection  with any
         Transaction Document, any Settlement Report or any other information or
         report  delivered by or on behalf of such Person in connection with the
         transactions  contemplated  by the Transaction  Documents,  which shall
         have been false,  incorrect or misleading in any material  respect when
         made or deemed made or delivered, as the case may be;

                  (ii) the failure by the Borrower or any of its  Affiliates  to
         comply with any applicable  law, rule or regulation with respect to any
         Receivable,  or the  nonconformity  of any  Receivable  with  any  such
         applicable law, rule or regulation;

                  (iii)  the  failure  to  vest  and  maintain   vested  in  the
         Collateral Agent a first priority  perfected  security  interest in the
         Collateral, free and clear of any Lien;

                  (iv)  any  dispute,  claim,  offset  or  defense  (other  than
         discharge  in  bankruptcy)  of  the  Obligor  to  the  payment  of  any
         Receivable  (including,  without  limitation,  a defense  based on such
         Receivables  not being a legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of such
         Obligor  enforceable  against  it in  accordance  with its terms or any
         other event or circumstance that would give rise to a Dilutive Credit),
         or any  other  claim  resulting  from  the sale of the  merchandise  or
         services  related to such  Receivable  or the  furnishing or failure to
         furnish such merchandise or services;

                  (v) any payment of Collections to Seller of Collections on the
         basis of estimated  amounts,  to the extent that such estimated amounts
         vary from actual amounts subsequently determined;

                                                               

                                                        52

<PAGE>



                  (vi) any  failure of the  Borrower  or BII,  as  Servicer,  to
         perform its duties or obligations in under the Transaction Documents;

                  (vii)  any  products  liability  claim  arising  out  of or in
         connection  with  merchandise  or services  that are the subject of any
         Receivable; or

                  (viii) any claim of breach by any Seller or BII,  as  Servicer
         of any related contract with respect to any Receivable.

If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any
reason,  the  Borrower  hereby  agrees to make the maximum  contribution  to the
payment  and  satisfaction  of  each of the  Indemnified  Liabilities  which  is
permissible  under  applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 11.4
shall in no event include  indemnification for any Taxes (which  indemnification
is provided in Section 5.6).

         SECTION 11.5   Survival.

                  (a) The  obligations  of the Borrower under Sections 5.3, 5.4,
         5.5,  5.6,  11.3,  and 1.4, and the  obligations  of the Lenders  under
         Section  10.1,  shall in each  case  survive  any  termination  of this
         Agreement,  the  payment  in  full  of  all  the  Obligations  and  the
         termination of all the Liquidity  Commitments.  The representations and
         warranties  made  in  this  Agreement  and in  each  other  Transaction
         Document shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
         each such other Transaction Document.

                  (b)   Notwithstanding   anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the
         contrary,  the agreements of the Borrower set forth in Sections  8.1.1,
         8.1.10 and 8.1.11 and  Section  8.2  (other  than  Sections  8.2.20 and
         8.2.21),  as such  covenants may be amended,  modified or  supplemented
         from  time  to time  pursuant  to the  terms  hereof  or any  agreement
         replacing or refinancing  this Agreement,  shall survive the payment of
         the Advances and the Notes and the  termination  of this  Agreement and
         shall  not  terminate  until the fifth  anniversary  of the first  date
         following the latest of the Revolving Commitment  Termination Date, the
         Refunding   Commitment   Termination   Date  or  the  CP  Rate  Advance
         Termination Date, on which no Obligations are outstanding.

         SECTION 11.6 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or any other
Transaction  Document which is prohibited or  unenforceable  in any jurisdiction
shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent
of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without  invalidating  the remaining
provisions  of this  Agreement or such  Transaction  Document or  affecting  the
validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION 11.7  Headings.  The various  headings of this Agreement and of
each other Transaction  Document are inserted for convenience only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or such other Transaction
Document or any provisions hereof or thereof.

                                                                

                                                        53

<PAGE>




         SECTION  11.8  Execution  in  Counterparts,  Effectiveness,  etc.  This
Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of
which  shall be executed  by the  Borrower  and the Agent and be deemed to be an
original  and all of  which  shall  constitute  together  but  one and the  same
agreement.  This  Agreement  shall become  effective  when  counterparts  hereof
executed  on  behalf  of  the  Borrower  and  each  Lender  (or  notice  thereof
satisfactory  to the  Agent)  shall have been  received  by the Agent and notice
thereof shall have been given by the Agent to the Borrower and each Lender.

         SECTION 11.9 Governing Law;  Entire  Agreement.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
NOTES SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND  CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
This Agreement,  the Notes and the other  Transaction  Documents  constitute the
entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof  and  supersede  any prior  agreements,  written  or oral,  with  respect
thereto.

         SECTION 11.10  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective
successors and assigns; provided, however, that:

                  (a) the  Borrower  may not  assign or  transfer  its rights or
         obligations  hereunder  without the prior written  consent of the Agent
         and all Lenders; and

                  (b) the rights of sale, assignment and transfer of the Lenders
         are subject to Section 11.11.

         SECTION  11.11 Sale and Transfer of Advances and Notes;  Participations
in Loans and Notes.  Each  Lender may  assign,  or sell  Participations  in, its
Advances and  Liquidity  Commitments  to one or more other Persons in accordance
with this Section 11.11.

         SECTION 11.11.1   Assignments.

                  (a)      Any Liquidity Lender,

                           (i) with the written consents of the Borrower and the
                  Agent (which  consents  shall not be  unreasonably  delayed or
                  withheld)  may at any time assign and  delegate to an Eligible
                  Assignee, and

                           (ii) with notice to the Borrower  and the Agent,  but
                  without the consent of the  Borrower or the Agent,  may assign
                  and  delegate  to  any  of  its  Affiliates  or to  any  other
                  Liquidity Lender;

(each Person described in either of the foregoing clauses as being the Person to
whom such assignment and delegation is to be made, being hereinafter referred to
as an "Assignee  Lender"),  all or any fraction of such Liquidity Lender's total


                                                                 

                                                        54

<PAGE>



Liquidity  Advances and Liquidity  Commitments  (which assignment and delegation
shall be of a  constant,  and not a  varying,  percentage  of all the  assigning
Liquidity Lender's  Liquidity  Advances and Liquidity  Commitments) in a minimum
aggregate amount of $5,000,000; provided, however, that any such Assignee Lender
will comply,  if applicable,  with the provisions  contained in the  penultimate
sentence of Section 5.6(g);  provided further,  however,  that, the Borrower and
the Agent shall be entitled  to continue to deal solely and  directly  with such
Liquidity  Lender in connection  with the interests so assigned and delegated to
an Assignee Lender until

                           (iii)   written   notice  of  such   assignment   and
                  delegation, together with payment instructions,  addresses and
                  related  information  with  respect to such  Assignee  Lender,
                  shall  have been given to the  Borrower  and the Agent by such
                  Liquidity Lender and such Assignee Lender;

                           (iv) such  Assignee  Lender  shall have  executed and
                  delivered  to the  Borrower  and the Agent a Liquidity  Lender
                  Assignment Agreement, accepted by the Agent; and

                           (v) the processing  fees  described  below shall have
been paid.

From and after the date that the Agent accepts such Liquidity Lender  Assignment
Agreement,  (x) the Assignee Lender thereunder shall be deemed  automatically to
have  become a party  hereto  and to the  extent  that  rights  and  obligations
hereunder have been assigned and delegated to such Assignee Lender in connection
with such  Liquidity  Lender  Assignment  Agreement,  shall  have the rights and
obligations  of a Liquidity  Lender  hereunder  and under the other  Transaction
Documents,  and (y) the assignor Liquidity Lender, to the extent that rights and
obligations  hereunder have been assigned and delegated by it in connection with
such  Liquidity  Lender  Assignment  Agreement,   shall  be  released  from  its
obligations  hereunder and under the other  Transaction  Documents.  Within five
Business  Days  after its  receipt  of notice  that the  Agent has  received  an
executed Liquidity Lender Assignment Agreement, the Borrower shall, upon receipt
of the Notes evidencing such assignor  Liquidity  Lender's Liquidity Advance and
Liquidity  Commitments,  execute and  deliver to the Agent (for  delivery to the
relevant  Assignee Lender) new Notes evidencing such Assignee  Lender's assigned
Liquidity  Advances and  Liquidity  Commitments  and, if the assignor  Liquidity
Lender has retained  Liquidity  Advances and  Liquidity  Commitments  hereunder,
replacement  Notes  in the  principal  amount  of  the  Liquidity  Advances  and
Liquidity  Commitments retained by the assignor Liquidity Lender hereunder (such
Notes to be in exchange  for,  but not in payment  of,  those Notes then held by
such assignor Liquidity  Lender).  Each such Note shall be dated the date of the
predecessor  Notes.  The assignor  Liquidity  Lender shall mark the  predecessor
Notes  "exchanged"  and deliver them to the Borrower.  Accrued  interest on that
part of the  predecessor  Notes  evidenced by the new Notes,  and accrued  fees,
shall be paid as provided in the Liquidity Lender Assignment Agreement.  Accrued
interest on that part of the  predecessor  Notes  evidenced  by the  replacement
Notes shall be paid to the  assignor  Liquidity  Lender.  Accrued  interest  and
accrued fees shall be paid at the same time or times provided in the predecessor
Notes and in this  Agreement.  Such assignor  Liquidity  Lender or such Assignee


                                                                   

                                                        55

<PAGE>



Lender must also pay a processing  fee to the  Liquidity  Agent upon delivery of
any Liquidity Lender Assignment Agreement in the amount of $3,500. Any attempted
assignment and delegation not made in accordance with this Section 11.11.1 shall
be null and void.

                  (b) The  Conduit  Lender may assign  its CP Rate  Advances  as
         contemplated by Sections 2.3 and 3.4. In addition,  the Conduit Lender,
         with the written consents of the Borrower and the Agent (which consents
         shall not be  unreasonably  delayed or withheld) may at any time assign
         and delegate to an Eligible  Assignee or any issuer of Commercial Paper
         Notes (each  Person  described in the  foregoing  sentence as being the
         Person to whom such  assignment  and  delegation  is to be made,  being
         hereinafter  referred to as an "Assignee Conduit  Lender"),  all or any
         fraction of the Conduit  Lender's  total CP Rate  Advances in a minimum
         aggregate  amount  of  $5,000,000;  provided,  however,  that  any such
         Assignee Conduit Lender will comply, if applicable, with the provisions
         contained  in the  penultimate  sentence  of Section  5.6(g);  provided
         further, however, that, the Borrower and the Agent shall be entitled to
         continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with the  Conduit  Lender  in
         connection  with the interests so assigned and delegated to an Assignee
         Conduit Lender until

                           (i) written notice of such assignment and delegation,
                  together  with  payment  instructions,  addresses  and related
                  information  with  respect to such  Assignee  Conduit  Lender,
                  shall  have been given to the  Borrower  and the Agent by such
                  Conduit Lender and such Assignee Conduit Lender;

                           (ii) such Assignee Conduit Lender shall have executed
                  and  delivered to the Borrower and the Agent a Conduit  Lender
                  Assignment Agreement, accepted by the Agent; and

                           (iii) the processing  fees described below shall have
been paid.

From and after the date that the Agent  accepts such Conduit  Lender  Assignment
Agreement,   (x)  the  Assignee  Conduit  Lender   thereunder  shall  be  deemed
automatically  to have  become a party  hereto and to the extent that rights and
obligations  hereunder have been assigned and delegated to such Assignee Conduit
Lender in connection with such Conduit Lender Assignment  Agreement,  shall have
the rights and  obligations  of a Conduit  Lender  hereunder and under the other
Transaction  Documents,  and (y) the assignor Conduit Lender, to the extent that
rights and  obligations  hereunder  have been  assigned  and  delegated by it in
connection with such Conduit Lender Assignment Agreement, shall be released from
its obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents. Within five
Business  Days  after its  receipt  of notice  that the  Agent has  received  an
executed Conduit Lender Assignment  Agreement,  the Borrower shall, upon receipt
of the Note  evidencing such assignor  Conduit  Lender's CP Rate Advance execute
and deliver to the Agent (for delivery to the relevant  Assignee Conduit Lender)
new Notes evidencing such Assignee  Conduit  Lender's  assigned CP Rate Advances
and, if the assignor Conduit Lender has retained CP Rate Advances  hereunder,  a
replacement Note in the principal amount of the CP Rate Advances retained by the


                                                              

                                                        56

<PAGE>



assignor  Conduit Lender  hereunder (such Note to be in exchange for, but not in
payment of, the Note then held by such assignor Conduit Lender). Such Note shall
be dated the date of the  predecessor  Note.  The assignor  Conduit Lender shall
mark the predecessor Note "exchanged" and deliver them to the Borrower.  Accrued
interest on that part of the  predecessor  Note  evidenced by the new Note,  and
accrued  fees,  shall  be paid as  provided  in the  Conduit  Lender  Assignment
Agreement.  Accrued  interest on that part of the predecessor  Note evidenced by
the  replacement  Note shall be paid to the  assignor  Conduit  Lender.  Accrued
interest  and accrued  fees shall be paid at the same time or times  provided in
the predecessor Note and in this Agreement.  The assignor Conduit Lender or such
Assignee  Conduit  Lender  must  also pay a  processing  fee to the  Agent  upon
delivery of any Conduit Lender Assignment Agreement in the amount of $3,500. Any
attempted  assignment and  delegation  not made in accordance  with this Section
11.11.1 shall be null and void.

                  (c) The Borrower may,  with the prior  written  consent of the
         Agent, replace any Liquidity Lender with one or more Eligible Assignees
         provided (x) that the Liquidity  Lender being replaced has been paid in
         full the  outstanding  amount of all  Liquidity  Advances  made by such
         Liquidity Lender and all other amounts accrued or due to such Liquidity
         Lender hereunder,  (y) that the full amount of the Liquidity Commitment
         Amount  remains  unchanged  and (z) that the  Percentages  of the total
         Liquidity  Commitments  allocated to the other Liquidity Lenders do not
         increase  unless prior written  consent from such Liquidity  Lender has
         been obtained.  Upon any such replacement,  such Liquidity Lender shall
         cease to be a party  hereto but shall  continue  to be  entitled to the
         benefits of Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6,  11.3, and 11.4, as well as to
         any fees  accrued for its account  under  Section 4.4 and not yet paid;
         provided, however, that the Borrower and the Agent shall be entitled to
         continue to deal solely and directly  with the  Liquidity  Lender being
         replaced in connection  with the interests so assigned and delegated to
         an Assignee Lender until

                           (i) such  Assignee  Lender  shall have  executed  and
                  delivered  to the  Borrower  and the Agent a Liquidity  Lender
                  Assignment Agreement, accepted by the Agent; and

                           (ii) the processing  fees described  above shall have
been paid.

         SECTION 11.11.2 Participations.  Any Lender may at any time sell to one
or more commercial banks or other financial institution,  and the Conduit Lender
may  sell to one or  more  issuers  of  Commercial  Paper  Notes  (each  of such
commercial  banks,  financial  institution or other entity being herein called a
"Participant")  participating  interests  in  any  of  the  Advances,  Liquidity
Commitments,  or other interests of such Lender  hereunder;  provided,  however,
that

                  (a) no participation  contemplated in this Section 11.11 shall
         relieve such  Liquidity  Lender from its Liquidity  Commitments  or its
         other obligations  hereunder or under any other Transaction Document or
         such Conduit Lender from its  obligations  hereunder or under any other
         Transaction Document;

                                                               

                                                        57

<PAGE>



                  (b) such Liquidity Lender shall remain solely  responsible for
         the   performance   of  its  Liquidity   Commitments   and  such  other
         obligations;

                  (c) the Borrower  and the Agent shall  continue to deal solely
         and directly with such Lender in connection  with such Lender's  rights
         and obligations  under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction
         Documents;

                  (d) no Participant, unless such Participant is an Affiliate of
         such Lender,  or is itself a Lender,  shall be entitled to require such
         Lender to take or refrain from taking any action hereunder or under any
         other Transaction Document,  except that such Lender may agree with any
         Participant  that such  Lender  will not,  without  such  Participant's
         consent,  take any actions of the type described in clause  (a)(iii) or
         (a)(iv) of Section 11.1; and

                  (e) the Borrower shall not be required to pay any amount under
         Sections  5.3, 5.4, 5.5 or 5.6 that is greater than the amount which it
         would have been  required  to pay had no  participating  interest  been
         sold.

The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable
law,  each  Participant,  subject to clause (e) above,  for purposes of Sections
5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.8, 5.9, 11.3,  11.4, 11.13 and 11.16 shall be considered a
Lender.

         SECTION  11.12  Other  Transactions.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall
preclude  the Agent or any other  Lender from  engaging in any  transaction,  in
addition  to those  contemplated  by this  Agreement  or any  other  Transaction
Document,  with the Borrower or any of its  Affiliates  in which the Borrower or
such Affiliate is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.

         SECTION 11.13  Bankruptcy  Petition Against the Borrower or the Conduit
Lender.  The Agent  (including  in its  capacity as  Collateral  Agent) and each
Liquidity  Lender hereby  covenants and agrees that,  prior to the date which is
one year and one day after the payment in full of all  outstanding  Obligations,
it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting  against,
the Borrower or the Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization,  arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws
of the United  States or any state of the United  States.  In the event that any
Liquidity  Lender takes action in violation of this Section 11.13,  the Borrower
and the Conduit Lender agree, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations,
that they shall file an answer with the bankruptcy  court or otherwise  properly
contest  the filing of such a  petition  by the  Liquidity  Lender  against  the
Borrower and/or the Conduit Lender or the  commencement of such action and raise
the defense  that such  Liquidity  Lender has agreed in writing not to take such
action and should be estopped and precluded  therefrom and such other  defenses,
if any,  as its  counsel  advises  that it may assert.  The  provisions  of this
Section 11.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, and, with respect
to the Agent,  the  resignation or removal of the Agent and, with respect to any
Liquidity Lender, the replacement of such Liquidity Lender.


                                                              

                                                        58

<PAGE>



         SECTION 11.14 No Recourse. Without limitation to the obligations of the
Borrower hereunder, no recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing
in respect of  Advances  or for the  payment of any fee  hereunder  or any other
obligation  or claim arising out of or based upon this  Agreement,  the Notes or
any other  Transaction  Document  against any  stockholder,  employee,  officer,
director or  incorporator  of the Borrower based solely on their status as such.
The  provisions  of this Section  11.14 shall  survive the  termination  of this
Agreement, and with respect to the Agent the resignation or removal of the Agent
and with  respect to any  Liquidity  Lender the  replacement  of such  Liquidity
Lender.

         SECTION  11.15  Survival  of   Representations   and  Warranties.   All
covenants,  agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made by the  Borrower
herein and in the  certificates  or other  instruments  prepared or delivered in
connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction  Document
shall be  considered  to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall  survive
the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and the making by the Lenders of
the  Advances,  and the  execution  and  delivery  to the  Lenders  of the Notes
evidencing such Advances, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or
on their  behalf  and  shall  continue  so long as and  until  such  time as all
Obligations  hereunder and all Indebtedness under the Notes shall have been paid
in full and the  Liquidity  Lenders  no  longer  have any  Liquidity  Commitment
hereunder.

         SECTION 11.16  Confidentiality.  The Lenders shall hold all  non-public
information  (which  has  been  identified  as  such by the  Borrower)  obtained
pursuant  to the  requirements  of  this  Agreement  in  accordance  with  their
customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in
accordance  with  safe and  sound  banking  practices  and in any event may make
disclosure to any of their examiners,  Affiliates, outside auditors, counsel and
other  professional  advisors in connection with this Agreement or as reasonably
required by any bona fide transferee,  participant or assignee or as required or
requested by any governmental  agency or  representative  thereof or pursuant to
legal process; provided, however, that

                  (a) unless specifically  prohibited by applicable law or court
         order,  each  Lender  shall  notify the  Borrower of any request by any
         governmental  agency or  representative  thereof  (other  than any such
         request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of
         such Lender by such  governmental  agency) for  disclosure  of any such
         non-public information prior to disclosure of such information;

                  (b)  prior to any such  disclosure  pursuant  to this  Section
         11.16,  each  Lender  shall  require  any such  bona  fide  transferee,
         participant   and  assignee   receiving  a  disclosure   of  non-public
         information to agree in writing

                           (i)  to be bound by this Section 11.16; and

                           (ii) to  require  such  Person to  require  any other
                  Person  to  whom  such  Person   discloses   such   non-public
                  information to be similarly bound by this Section 11.16; and

                                                                  

                                                        59

<PAGE>



                  (c)  except  as may be  required  by an  order  of a court  or
         competent  jurisdiction and to the extent set forth therein,  no Lender
         shall be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the
         Borrower.

         SECTION 11.17   Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.
                         -------------------------------------------

ALL JUDICIAL  ROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY LENDER WITH RESPECT
TO THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY NOTE MAY BE  BROUGHT  IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE  EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL  COURT OF COMPETENT  JURISDICTION  IN THE STATE OF NEW
YORK AND BY  EXECUTION  AND  DELIVERY OF THIS  AGREEMENT  THE  BORROWER AND EACH
LENDER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS  PROPERTIES,  GENERALLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  NONEXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID  COURTS,  AND
IRREVOCABLY  AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT  RENDERED  THEREBY IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS  AGREEMENT.  THE  BORROWER  AND EACH LENDER  DESIGNATE  AND APPOINT CT
CORPORATION  SYSTEM,  1633 BROADWAY,  NEW YORK,  NEW YORK 10019,  AND SUCH OTHER
PERSONS AS MAY HEREAFTER BE SELECTED BY THE BORROWER OR SUCH LENDER  IRREVOCABLY
AGREEING IN WRITING TO SERVE, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE ON ITS BEHALF,  SERVICE OF
ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDINGS IN ANY SUCH COURT, SUCH SERVICE BEING HEREBY
ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE BORROWER AND EACH LENDER TO BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE
IN EVERY RESPECT. A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS SO SERVED SHALL BE MAILED BY REGISTERED
MAIL TO THE  BORROWER OR SUCH  LENDER SO SERVED AT ITS  ADDRESS  PROVIDED IN THE
APPLICABLE  SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO,  EXCEPT THAT,  UNLESS  OTHERWISE  PROVIDED BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  ANY FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH COPY SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF
SERVICE OF  PROCESS.  IF ANY AGENT  APPOINTED  BY THE  BORROWER  OR SUCH  LENDER
REFUSES TO ACCEPT  SERVICE,  THE  BORROWER  AND EACH  LENDER  HEREBY  AGREE THAT
SERVICE UPON IT BY MAIL SHALL CONSTITUTE SUFFICIENT NOTICE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL
AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER  PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL
LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY  LENDER OR THE  AGENT TO BRING  PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST  THE
BORROWER OR THE BORROWER TO BRING  PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST ANY LENDER IN THE COURTS
OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

         SECTION  11.18  Waiver of Jury  Trial.  THE AGENT,  THE LENDERS AND THE
BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY  WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY
MAY  HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN  RESPECT  OF ANY  LITIGATION  BASED  HEREON,  OR
ARISING OUT OF,  UNDER,  OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH,  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER
TRANSACTION  DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT,  COURSE OF DEALING,  STATEMENTS
(WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE AGENT,  THE LENDERS OR THE BORROWER.
THE BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND  SUFFICIENT
CONSIDERATION  FOR THIS  PROVISION  (AND  EACH  OTHER  PROVISION  OF EACH  OTHER


                                                                          

                                                        60

<PAGE>



TRANSACTION  DOCUMENT  TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY)  AND  THAT  THIS  PROVISION  IS A
MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT FOR THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS  ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT
AND EACH SUCH OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

         SECTION 11.19 Qualification Regarding Bacova. The Agent and the Lenders
agree to the provisions of Section 1.03 of the Purchase Agreement.



                                                              

                                                        61

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first above written.

                 B.I. FUNDING, INC.



                 By:          /s/Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                          Name:  Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                          Title: Assistant Secretary

                          Address:          2775 Highway 40
                                            Suite 522
                                            P.O. Box 1449
                                            Verdi, Nevada 89439-1449

                          Attention: General Counsel

                          Facsimile No.: (702) 345-6166

                          Telephone No.: (702) 345-6100


                 WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Agent


                 By:         /s/ W.E. Covington
                          Name:  William E. Covington
                          Title: Senior Vice President

                 Address:  191 Peachtree Street, GA-423
                              Atlanta, GA  30303

                 Attention: Deborah Williams
                               Asset Backed Finance

                 Facsimile No.:  (404) 332-4005

                 Telephone No.:  (404) 332-4363


                                                        

                    62

<PAGE>



                 BLUE RIDGE ASSET FUNDING
                 CORPORATION, as Conduit Lender


                 By:         /s/ W.E. Covington
                          Name:  William E. Covington
                          Title: Senior Vice President

                 Address:  c/o Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
                              191 Peachtree Street, GA-423
                              Atlanta, GA  30303

                 Attention: Deborah Williams
                                Asset Backed Finance

                 Facsimile No.:  (404) 332-4005

                 Telephone No.:  (404) 332-4363

                                                                        

                                  63

<PAGE>



                      WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Liquidity
                      Lender



                            By:         /s/ W.E. Covington
                                      Name: William E. Covington
                                     Title: Senior Vice President


                            By:
                                      Name:  
                                     Title: 

Domestic
Office:  191 Peachtree Street, GA-423
                  Atlanta, GA  30303

Attention:        Deborah Williams
                  Asset Backed Finance

Facsimile No.:  (404) 332-4005

Telephone No.:


LIBOR
Office:  191 Peachtree Street, GA-423
                  Atlanta, GA  30303


Attention:        Deborah Williams
                  Asset Backed Finance

Facsimile No.:  (404) 332-4005

Telephone No.: (404) 332-4363

                                                                   

                                  64





                                                                   Exhibit 10.25
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

         SECURITY  AGREEMENT (this "Security  Agreement"),  dated as of December
10, 1997,  among B.I.  FUNDING,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Grantor"),
WACHOVIA  BANK,  N.A.  ("Wachovia"),  as agent (the "Agent") for the Lenders (as
defined below) and Wachovia,  as collateral agent (the  "Collateral  Agent") for
the Secured Parties (as defined below).

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to a Loan  Agreement,  dated as of December 10, 1997
(together with all amendments and other modifications, if any, from time to time
thereafter made thereto,  the "Loan Agreement"),  among the Grantor, the various
lenders as are or may become parties thereto (the "Lenders") and the Agent,  the
Lenders have agreed to make certain credit facilities  available to the Grantor;
and

         WHEREAS,  it is a  condition  precedent  to the making of the  Advances
under the Loan  Agreement  that the Grantor  execute and deliver  this  Security
Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Grantor has duly  authorized the execution,  delivery and
performance of this Security Agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders
to make  Advances to the Grantor  pursuant  to the Loan  Agreement,  the Grantor
agrees, for the benefit of each Secured Party, as follows:

         SECTION 1. Definitions;  Terms Generally.  (a) Unless otherwise defined
herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Security Agreement,
including  its preamble and recitals,  have the meanings  provided in Annex Z to
the Loan Agreement. (b) Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise
requires,  terms for which meanings are provided in the U.C.C.  are used in this
Security Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, with such meanings. The
following terms,  when used in this Security  Agreement,  including its preamble
and recitals,  shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally
applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

         "Account Collateral" is defined in clause (e) of Section 2.



                                        1

<PAGE>



         "Agent" is defined in the preamble.

         "Agreements Collateral" is defined in clause (d) of Section 2.

         "Collateral" is defined in Section 2.

         "Collateral Agent" is defined in the preamble.

         "Concentration Bank Letter" is defined in Section 8.

         "Equipment" is defined in clause (c) of Section 2.

         "Indemnified Liabilities" is defined in Section 20.

         "Indemnitees" is defined in Section 20.

         "Lenders" is defined in the first recital.

         "Loan Agreement" is defined in the first recital.

         "Lockbox Bank Letters" is defined in Section 7.

         "Notes  Receivable" means those receivables for merchandise sold by the
Borrower which are converted  into a promissory  note after the last shipment of
merchandise has been made and the necessary  documentation has been executed and
returned to the Borrower and  pursuant to which six equal  monthly  payments are
made.

         "Receivables" is defined in clause (a) of Section 2.

         "Related Security" is defined in clause (b)(iii) of Section 2.

         "Secured Obligations" is defined in Section 3.

         "Secured  Party"  means,  as the context may require,  any Lender,  the
Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of their respective successors, transferees
and assigns.

         "Security Agreement" is defined in the preamble.

         "Specified Defaulted  Receivable" means (x) a Defaulted Receivable owed
by an Obligor  as to which  voluntary  or  involuntary  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  debt arrangement,  dissolution or similar proceedings have been
commenced,  or (y) any other Defaulted  Receivable,  provided that the aggregate
amount of Defaulted  Receivables  classified as Specified Defaulted  Receivables
pursuant to this clause (y) in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $300,000 or such
larger amount (not to exceed $750,000) as the Agent shall approve in writing; it
being

         
                                        2

<PAGE>



understood and agreed that the Agent may give such consent  without  consulting,
or receiving approval of, the Lenders.

         "State or Local Tax" is defined in Section 15.

         "Wachovia" is defined in the preamble.

         SECTION 2. Grant of  Security  Interest.  The Grantor  hereby  assigns,
pledges,  grants, conveys,  transfers,  delivers and sets over to the Collateral
Agent for its  benefit  and for the  ratable  benefit  of each  Secured  Party a
security  interest in all the  Grantor's  right,  title and  interest in, to and
under the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively,  the
"Collateral"):

                  (a) all accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, instruments,
         general  intangibles and other obligations of any kind and indebtedness
         of any kind, now or hereafter  existing,  whether or not arising out of
         or in connection  with the sale or lease of goods or merchandise or the
         rendering of services or the purchase of  receivables of other persons,
         including  the right to payment of any interest,  sales taxes,  finance
         charges,  returned checks, late charges, other fees and charges and all
         other  obligations with respect  thereto,  and all rights in and to all
         security  agreements and other contracts securing or otherwise relating
         to any such accounts,  contract  rights,  chattel  paper,  instruments,
         general   intangibles   or   obligations   and  all  proceeds   thereof
         (collectively, the "Receivables");

         (b)      (i)  all  merchandise  (including  returned  merchandise),  if
         any, relating to the sale which gave rise to any Receivable;

                  (ii)  all  other  security  interests  or liens  and  property
         subject  thereto from time to time  purporting to secure payment of any
         Receivable, whether pursuant to the contract related to such Receivable
         or  otherwise,  together with all  financing  statements  signed by any
         Person describing any collateral securing such Receivable; and

                  (iii)  all  guarantees,  insurance  and  other  agreements  or
         arrangements  of whatever  character  from time to time  supporting  or
         securing  payment of any  Receivable  whether  pursuant to the contract
         related to such  Receivable or otherwise (the  Collateral  described in
         clause (b) being referred to herein as the "Related Security");

                  (c) all equipment in all its forms,  wherever located,  now or
         hereafter  existing  (including  all software,  data bases,  materials,
         books,  records,  magnetic tapes,  disks and cassettes  relating to the
         Receivables and all other equipment in which information concerning the
         Receivables and all other equipment in which information concerning the
         Receivables is stored),  and all parts thereof and  accessions  thereto
         (any  and  all  such   equipment,   parts  and  accessions   being  the
         "Equipment");



                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (d) the Purchase  Agreement and the  Subordination  Agreement,
         Consent  and  Acknowledgment,  as the same may be amended or  otherwise
         modified from time to time,  including (i) all rights of the Grantor to
         receive  moneys  due  and to  become  due  under  or  pursuant  to such
         agreements, whether payable as fees, expenses, costs or otherwise, (ii)
         all  rights  of the  Grantor  to  receive  proceeds  of any  insurance,
         indemnity,  warranty or guaranty with respect to such agreements, (iii)
         claims of the Grantor  for  damages  arising out of or for breach of or
         default under such agreements,  (iv) the right of the Grantor to amend,
         waive or terminate such agreements, to perform thereunder and to compel
         performance and otherwise exercise all remedies  thereunder and (v) all
         other rights,  remedies,  powers,  privileges and claims of the Grantor
         under or in connection with such agreements  (whether  arising pursuant
         to such  agreements or otherwise  available to the Grantor at law or in
         equity), including the rights of the Grantor to enforce such agreements
         and to  give or  withhold  any and  all  consents,  requests,  notices,
         directions,  approvals,  extensions  or waivers  under or in connection
         therewith (the  Collateral  described in this clause (d) being referred
         to herein as the "Agreements Collateral");

                  (e)      all the following (the "Account Collateral"):

                           (i)  each  Lockbox  Account,   all  funds  and  other
                  evidences  of payment held  therein and all  certificates  and
                  instruments,  if  any,  from  time  to  time  representing  or
                  evidencing any of the Lockbox  Accounts or any funds and other
                  evidences of payment held therein;

                           (ii) the Concentration  Account,  all funds and other
                  evidences  of payment held  therein and all  certificates  and
                  instruments,  if  any,  from  time  to  time  representing  or
                  evidencing  the  Concentration  Account or any funds and other
                  evidences of payment held therein;

                           (iii) all interest of the Grantor in each  Collection
                  Account, all funds and other evidences of payment held therein
                  and all  certificates  and  instruments,  if any, from time to
                  time representing or evidencing any of the Collection Accounts
                  or any funds and other evidences of payment held therein;

                           (iv) any operating  account or other  accounts of the
                  Grantor,  all funds  held  therein  and all  certificates  and
                  instruments,  if  any,  from  time  to  time  representing  or
                  evidencing  any  such  operating  account  or any  funds  held
                  therein;

                           (v) all Permitted  Investments  and all  certificates
                  and instruments  from time to time  representing or evidencing
                  the Permitted Investments;

                           (vi) all notes,  certificates  of  deposit  and other
                  instruments  from  time to time  hereafter  delivered  to,  or
                  otherwise possessed by, the Collateral Agent for and on behalf
                  of the  Grantor in  substitution  for or in addition to any of
                  the then-existing Account Collateral; and


                                        4

<PAGE>



                           (vii) all interest,  dividends, cash, instruments and
                  other  property  from  time to time  received,  receivable  or
                  otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any and
                  all of the then-existing Account Collateral;

                  (f)(i) all  Collections  and all other  payments  and proceeds
         received by the Grantor in respect of the  Receivables  and the Related
         Security in the form of cash, checks,  wire transfers or other forms of
         payment  in  effect  from  time to time or  otherwise  accepted  by the
         Grantor,  including  all  payments  recovered  by the Grantor  from the
         Sellers as  indemnity  payments  pursuant to the terms of the  Purchase
         Agreement and including amounts recovered from other persons (including
         amounts  recovered  from other persons in connection  with  Receivables
         previously  written off as uncollectible) in connection with any of the
         above, (ii) all earnings received by the Collateral Agent in respect of
         Permitted  Investments  made with  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Escrow
         Account, the Collection Deposit Account and the Collection Account "B",
         and (iii) all other earnings on Permitted Investments; and

                  (g) all  proceeds  of or payments in respect of any and all of
         the foregoing  Collateral  (including proceeds that constitute property
         of the types  described  in clauses  (a)  through (f) above and, to the
         extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or
         not the Collateral Agent is the loss payee in respect thereof),  or any
         indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to
         or otherwise with respect to any of the Collateral.

provided,  that upon the payment of cash constituting the Collateral or proceeds
thereof in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Facility  Agreement to any
Person other than the  Collateral  Agent,  the Agent or any Secured  Party,  the
amounts so paid shall be released  from the lien of the  Collateral  Agent under
this Security Agreement and shall no longer constitute Collateral hereunder.

         SECTION 3.  Security  for  Obligation;  Release  of  Certain  Defaulted
Receivables.  (a) This  Security  Agreement  secures  the payment in full of all
obligations  of the Grantor now or  hereafter  existing  under each  Transaction
Document  to which a  Secured  Party is a party  and the  Notes,  in each  case,
whether  for  principal,   interest,  fees,  expenses  or  otherwise  (all  such
obligations of the Grantor being the "Secured Obligations").

         (b) Promptly  following the Grantor's  request,  the  Collateral  Agent
shall  promptly  take all  actions  reasonably  necessary  to  release  from the
Collateral one or more Specified  Defaulted  Receivables if, at the time of such
release,  all of  the  following  conditions  are  satisfied:  (i)  neither  the
Scheduled  Maturity  Date nor the  Amortization  Commencement  Date  shall  have
occurred, (ii) after giving effect to such release, no Borrowing Base Deficiency
will exist and no other Amortization Event or Unmatured  Amortization Event will
exist, (iii) the Servicer shall have provided the documentation for such release
to the Collateral Agent, and such  documentation  shall be in form and substance
reasonably  satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, (iv) no payments in respect of
any Receivable so released shall be deposited in the Collection


                                        5

<PAGE>



Accounts, and information regarding any Receivable so released shall be excluded
from all reports  subsequently  delivered to the Agent or the Liquidity  Lenders
pursuant to the  Transaction  Documents,  and (v) such release  shall be without
recourse  to the  Collateral  Agent or  warranty  of any kind by the  Collateral
Agent.

         SECTION 4. Delivery of Collateral. All certificates or instruments,  if
any,  representing or evidencing the Collateral  shall be delivered to, and held
by or on  behalf  of,  the  Collateral  Agent  pursuant  hereto  and shall be in
suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed
instruments  of  transfer  or  assignment  in blank,  all in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the  Collateral  Agent;  provided,  however,  that prior to the
Amortization  Period with respect to Notes Receivable in an aggregate amount not
in excess of $2,000,000  such Notes  Receivable  have not been  delivered to the
Collateral  Agent,  but shall be delivered to the  Collateral  Agent at any time
upon request  therefor.  The Collateral  Agent shall have the right, at any time
after the  occurrence of an  Amortization  Event in its  discretion  and without
notice  to the  Grantor,  to  transfer  to or to  register  in the  name  of the
Collateral  Agent  or any  of its  nominees  any  or all of the  Collateral.  In
addition,  the  Collateral  Agent  shall have the right at any time to  exchange
certificates   or  instruments   representing   or  evidencing   Collateral  for
certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

         SECTION 5. Servicing of Receivables.  The Collateral  Agent consents to
the  appointment  of BII as  Servicer  of the  Receivables  pursuant  to, and in
accordance  with the terms of, the Facility  Agreement.  Upon the occurrence and
during the  continuance of any event referred to in Section 2.11 of the Facility
Agreement,  the Collateral Agent shall, without any further action by any party,
have the rights granted to the Agent  specified in Sections 2.12 and 2.13 of the
Facility  Agreement and the rights granted to the Grantor  specified in Sections
5.01(r) and 6.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

         SECTION 6.  Collection  Procedures.  (a) As  provided  in the  Purchase
Agreement,  the Facility Agreement and the Lockbox Bank Letters, each Collection
shall be deposited  into a Lockbox  Account and shall be  transferred  from such
Lockbox  Account to the  Concentration  Account with the Requisite  Frequency in
same day funds;  provided,  however,  that Collections may, at the option of the
applicable Obligor, be deposited directly into the Concentration Account by wire
transfer from an account of such Obligor.

         (b) As provided in the Purchase  Agreement,  the Facility Agreement and
the  Concentration  Bank  Letter,  amounts  deposited in or  transferred  to the
Concentration  Account shall be transferred  with the Requisite  Frequency along
with all other evidences of payment. The Grantor acknowledges and agrees that it
shall not have any right to withdraw any funds or other  evidences of payment on
deposit in any  Collection  Account,  the  Concentration  Account or any Lockbox
Account except as otherwise expressly provided in this Security Agreement or the
Lockbox Bank Letters.




                                        6

<PAGE>



         (c) As provided in the Purchase  Agreement,  all Collections  otherwise
received  by the  Servicer  or the  Grantor  shall be  deposited  by it into the
Concentration Account as soon as possible after receipt thereof, but in no event
later than the Business Day after such receipt.

         (d) The Grantor  represents,  warrants,  covenants  and agrees that all
Collections  shall be collected,  processed  and  deposited  pursuant to, and in
accordance with the terms of this Security  Agreement and Sections 2.06 and 3.01
of the Facility Agreement.

         (e) The Grantor  represents,  warrants,  covenants  and agrees that the
Grantor  will not make or maintain  any  deposits in any bank  account,  deposit
account or trust account with any financial  institution  other than the Lockbox
Accounts,  Concentration Account and Collection Accounts as provided for by this
Security  Agreement  and other than one  operating  account  funded  solely with
amounts disbursed as operating expenses pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Facility
Agreement.  The  Grantor  shall  provide the  Collateral  Agent with the account
number and location of such account, and any other information as the Collateral
Agent may  reasonably  request with  respect  thereto,  and such  account  shall
constitute Collateral hereunder. The Grantor represents, warrants, covenants and
agrees that it will have no bank  accounts,  deposit  accounts or trust accounts
other than the Lockbox Accounts and the Concentration Account and such operating
account. The Grantor represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that no new bank
accounts or deposit  accounts will be  established  unless and until the Grantor
has received the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

         (f) The  Grantor  represents,  warrants,  covenants  and agrees that no
location  other than the Lockbox  Accounts and, with respect to wire  transfers,
the  Concentration  Account has been established for the deposit of Collections.
The Grantor represents,  warrants, covenants and agrees that no new location for
the deposit of Collections will be established  unless and until the Grantor has
received the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

         (g) The Grantor agrees to instruct,  or cause the Servicer to instruct,
all  Persons to make  payments  in respect of  Receivables  pursuant  to, and in
accordance  with the terms of, this  Security  Agreement and Section 2.06 of the
Facility Agreement.

         (h) The Grantor  agrees to pay all fees for the services of the Lockbox
Banks, Concentration Bank and Collection Bank.

         SECTION 7. Lockbox Accounts.  (a) The Grantor has established or caused
to be  established  with the  Lockbox  Banks the  Lockbox  Accounts  into  which
Collections (except as provided in Sections 6 and 10 of this Security Agreement)
will be deposited from time to time.

         (b) The Grantor has heretofore  delivered to the Collateral Agent fully
executed  letter  agreements  in the form of Annex A hereto (the  "Lockbox  Bank
Letters") from each Lockbox Bank.




                                        7

<PAGE>



         (c) The Grantor shall instruct, or cause the Servicer to instruct, each
Lockbox Bank to transfer  with the  Requisite  Frequency (in same day funds) all
available  funds  on  deposit  in  any  Lockbox  Account  on  such  day  to  the
Concentration  Account along with any  evidences of payment on deposit  therein;
provided,  however,  that  to  the  extent  any  Lockbox  Account  is  also  the
Concentration Account, such transfer shall be deemed made upon deposit therein.

         (d) In the event the Grantor (with the consent of the Collateral Agent,
such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld) or any Lockbox Bank shall,  after
the  date  hereof,  terminate  the  Lockbox  Bank  Letter  with  respect  to the
maintenance of any Lockbox Account with any Lockbox Bank for any reason,  or, in
the event (i) an Amortization Event or Potential  Amortization Event shall occur
and be  continuing  or (ii)  there has been a  failure  by the  Lockbox  Bank to
perform any of its obligations under the applicable Lockbox Bank Letter and such
failure could adversely  affect the Collateral  Agent's  interest in any Account
Collateral  or the  Collateral  Agent's  rights,  or  ability  to  exercise  any
remedies,  under this Security Agreement or any other Transaction  Document,  if
the Collateral Agent shall demand such termination, the Grantor agrees to notify
(and,  if the Grantor  fails to so notify,  the Grantor  irrevocably  grants the
Collateral  Agent the  authority  to notify)  all Persons  that were  depositing
Collections  into such  terminated  Lockbox  Account or Lockbox Bank to make all
future  deposits  to another  Lockbox  Bank with which the Grantor has a Lockbox
Bank Letter that has not been terminated by the Grantor, by such Lockbox Bank or
by demand from the Collateral Agent; provided,  however, that, if the Collateral
Agent shall demand  termination of all Lockbox  Accounts of the Grantor with all
Lockbox  Banks,  the Grantor  agrees to notify (and,  if the Grantor fails to so
notify,  the Grantor  irrevocably  grants the Collateral  Agent the authority to
notify)  all  Persons to make all future  payments  directly  to the  Collection
Deposit Account or any other account designated by the Collateral Agent.

         (e) The Grantor represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that (i) the
Collateral  Agent is  authorized  to receive mail  delivered to any Lockbox Bank
with respect to any Lockbox  Account and (ii) a form of standing  delivery order
has been filed by the Grantor with the United States Postal Service  authorizing
the Collateral  Agent to receive mail delivered to Lockbox Banks with respect to
any Lockbox Account.

         (f) The  Collateral  Agent shall have sole and exclusive  dominion over
and control of each Lockbox  Account and the Grantor and the Servicer  shall not
have any dominion over or control of any Lockbox  Account,  other than the right
to  authorize  transfers  to the  Concentration  Account as set forth herein and
pursuant to the terms hereof.

         (g) The  Grantor  agrees  that  the  Collateral  Agent  shall  have the
unconditional  right  at any  time,  whether  or not an  Amortization  Event  or
Potential  Amortization Event has occurred,  (i) to instruct any Lockbox Bank to
transfer,  in same day funds,  all  available  funds on  deposit in any  Lockbox
Account to the  Concentration  Account or to any  Collection  Account or (ii) to
instruct any Lockbox Bank to thereafter transfer automatically at least as often
as once  each  day that is a  Business  Day for  such  Lockbox  Bank and for the
Concentration  Bank or Collection  Bank, as the case may be, and in any event at
the open of business on the Business Day



                                        8

<PAGE>



following each such day of deposit,  in same day funds,  all available  funds on
deposit in any Lockbox Account to the Concentration Account or to any Collection
Account  along  with any  evidences  of payment  on  deposit  therein.  Any such
instructions  may be revoked only upon the written  direction of the  Collateral
Agent.

         SECTION 8.  Concentration  Account.  (a) The Grantor has established or
caused to be established with the Concentration  Bank the Concentration  Account
into  which  all  Collections  deposited  into  each  Lockbox  Account  will  be
transferred  and into  which  Collections  will be  deposited  by wire  transfer
directly from Persons from time to time.

         (b) The Grantor has  heretofore  delivered  to the  Collateral  Agent a
fully executed letter agreement in the form of Annex B (the  "Concentration Bank
Letter") from the Concentration Bank.

         (c) The Grantor shall instruct, or cause the Servicer to instruct,  the
Concentration Bank to transfer with the Requisite  Frequency (in same day funds)
all  available  funds  on  deposit  in the  Concentration  Account  on such  day
(including all funds transferred from any Lockbox Account pursuant to clause (a)
of Section 6 on such day) to the Collection Deposit Account along with any other
evidences  of payment on deposit  therein;  provided,  however,  that during any
Amortization  Period  such  funds  and  other  evidences  of  payment  shall  be
transferred at such times to the Collection Account "B".

         (d) In the event the Grantor (with the consent of the Collateral Agent,
such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld) or the Concentration  Bank shall,
after the date hereof,  terminate the Concentration  Bank Letter for any reason,
or if in the event (i) an  Amortization  Event or Potential  Amortization  Event
shall have  occurred and be  continuing  or (ii) there has been a failure by the
Concentration  Bank to perform its obligations  hereunder and such failure could
adversely affect the Collateral  Agent's  interest in any Account  Collateral or
the Collateral  Agent's rights, or ability to exercise any remedies,  under this
Security  Agreement or any other Transaction  Document,  if the Collateral Agent
shall demand such termination, the Grantor agrees to notify (and, if the grantor
fails to so notify,  the Grantor  irrevocably  grants the  Collateral  Agent the
authority  to notify) all Persons  that were  depositing  Collections  into such
terminated  Concentration  Account  or  Concentration  Bank to make  all  future
deposits  directly  to the  Collection  Deposit  Account  or any  other  account
designated by the Collateral Agent.

         (e) The Grantor represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that (i) the
Collateral  Agent is authorized to receive mail  delivered to the  Concentration
Bank with  respect  to the  Concentration  Account  and (ii) a form of  standing
delivery order will be filed within 30 days of the Effective Date by the Grantor
with the United  States  Postal  Service  authorizing  the  Collateral  Agent to
receive  mail  delivered  to  the   Concentration   Bank  with  respect  to  the
Concentration Account.

         (f) The  Collateral  Agent shall have sole and exclusive  dominion over
and control of the Concentration  Account and the Grantor and the Servicer shall
not have any dominion over or



                                        9

<PAGE>



control  of the  Concentration  Account,  other  than  the  right  to  authorize
transfers to the Collection Deposit Account or the Collection Account "B" as set
forth  herein and  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  and the  applicable
Lockbox Letter Agreements.

         (g) The  Grantor  agrees  that  the  Collateral  Agent  shall  have the
unconditional  right  at any  time,  whether  or not an  Amortization  Event  or
Potential  Amortization  Event has occurred,  (i) to instruct the  Concentration
Bank to  transfer,  in same day  funds,  all  available  funds on deposit in the
Concentration  Account  to any  Collection  Account  or  (ii)  to  instruct  the
Concentration  Bank to thereafter  transfer  automatically  at least as often as
once  each  day  that  is a  Business  Day for the  Concentration  Bank  and the
Collection  Bank,  and in any event at the open of business on the  Business Day
following each such day of transfer or deposit into the  Concentration  Account,
in same day funds, all available funds on deposit in the  Concentration  Account
to any  Collection  Account  along  with any  evidences  of  payment  on deposit
therein. Any such instructions may be revoked only upon the written direction of
the Collateral Agent.

         SECTION  9.  Collection   Accounts.   (a)  The  Collateral   Agent  has
established or caused to be established  with the Collection Bank the Collection
Deposit Account into which all Collections  will be transferred (i) prior to the
commencement of any Amortization Period, from the Concentration Account and (ii)
during any Amortization  Period, from the Collection Account "B", and into which
Collections  will be  otherwise  deposited as provided  hereunder  and under the
other Transaction Documents.

         (b) The  Collateral  Agent has  established or caused to be established
with the Collection Bank the Collection  Account "B" into which (i) prior to the
commencement of any Amortization  Period,  Collections that are not with respect
to  any  Receivable  purchased  pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  will  be
transferred from the Collection Deposit Account and (ii) during any Amortization
Period, Collections will be transferred from the Concentration Account, and into
which  Collections will be otherwise  deposited as provided  hereunder and under
each other Transaction Document.

         (c)  Each  Collection  Account  shall  be  designated  with  the  title
"Wachovia Bank, N.A." ("Wachovia"),  as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties
pursuant to the Security Agreement,  dated as of December 10, 1997, between B.I.
Funding, Inc. and Wachovia, as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties".

         (d) The  Collateral  Agent shall have sole and exclusive  dominion over
and control of each  Collection  Account and the Grantor and the Servicer  shall
not have any dominion over or control of any Collection Account.

         (e) In the event the  Collection  Bank  shall,  after the date  hereof,
terminate any  Collection  Account for any reason,  or if the  Collateral  Agent
shall  terminate any Collection  Account,  the Grantor agrees to notify (and, if
the Grantor fails to so notify,  the Grantor  irrevocably  grants the Collateral
Agent the authority to notify) all Persons that were depositing



                                       10

<PAGE>



Collections into such terminated  Collection  Account or Collection Bank to make
all future deposits directly to any account designated by the Collateral Agent.

         (f) In the event that the short-term ratings of the Collection Bank are
reduced below A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody's, the Collateral Agent will establish
segregated  trust  accounts  with  the  Collection  Bank  with  respect  to  the
Collection Deposit Account and Collection Account "B".

         SECTION 10.  Permitted  Investments.  (a) Monies held in the Collection
Accounts will be invested and the proceeds of investments shall be reinvested by
the Collateral Agent in Permitted  Investments pursuant to the written direction
of the  Grantor  or its  designee  and all  earnings  will be  deposited  in the
Collection  Deposit  Account and shall  constitute  Collections.  The Collateral
Agent  will  not be  responsible  or  liable  for any  loss  resulting  from the
investment  performance of any investment or  reinvestment of monies held in any
Collection  Account in Permitted  Investments or from the sale or liquidation of
any Permitted Investments in accordance with this Security Agreement.

         (b) The Collateral  Agent may liquidate any Permitted  Investment  when
required to make an application pursuant to Section 11 or 19. The Grantor agrees
to use its best efforts to schedule the maturity of such  Permitted  Investments
so as to avoid the necessity of liquidating any Permitted  Investment.  All such
Permitted Investments shall be made in the name of, and shall be payable to, the
Collateral Agent.

         SECTION 11.  Application of Collections.  (a) The Grantor  acknowledges
and agrees that all Collections  shall be paid directly to the Collateral  Agent
at such times as the  Servicer  shall be  obligated to remit such amounts to the
Grantor  pursuant  to,  and in  accordance  with  the  terms  of,  the  Facility
Agreement.

         (b)  All  Collections  transferred  or  otherwise  deposited  into  the
Collection  Deposit  Account  or  into  the  Collection  Account  "B"  shall  be
transferred to another  Collection  Account or provided by the Collateral  Agent
for  application  or  payment  as  provided  in  Section  3.01  of the  Facility
Agreement.

         SECTION 12. Grantor Remains Liable.  Notwithstanding anything herein or
in any other document to the contrary, (i) the Grantor shall remain liable under
the Agreements  Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its
duties  and  obligations  thereunder  to the  same  extent  as if this  Security
Agreement had not been executed,  (ii) the exercise by the  Collateral  Agent of
any of the rights hereunder shall not release the Grantor from any of its duties
or obligations under the Agreements  Collateral and (iii) neither the Collateral
Agent nor any holder of Secured  Obligations shall have any duty,  obligation or
liability under the Agreements  Collateral by reason of this Security Agreement,
nor shall the Collateral Agent or any holder of Secured Obligations be obligated
to perform any of the duties or obligations of the Grantor thereunder or to take
any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.




                                       11

<PAGE>



         SECTION 13. Representations and Warranties.  The Grantor represents and
warrants to each Secured Party as set forth in this Section 13:

         (a) Location of Collateral,  etc. As of the Closing Date, (i) the chief
place of business and chief executive offices of the Grantor are located at 2775
Highway 40, Suite 522,  Verdi,  Nevada  89439-1449,  (ii) the offices  where the
Grantor keeps all of the documents,  agreements,  books and records  relating to
the  Receivables  are located at the  locations  specified  on Schedule V to the
Purchase  Agreement  and (iii) the  Equipment  of the Borrower is located at the
locations specified in Schedule I hereto.

         (b)  Ownership,  No  Liens,  etc.  The  Grantor  is the sole  legal and
beneficial  owner of the Collateral,  free and clear of any Liens except for the
security  interest created  pursuant to this Security  Agreement in favor of the
Collateral  Agent and for Prior Liens.  The Collateral  will at all times remain
free and clear of any Liens except for the security interest created pursuant to
this Security  Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent.  Except for financing
statements as to which  releases have been provided to the Agent pursuant to the
Loan Agreement,  no effective financing statement or other instrument similar in
effect  covering all or any part of the  Collateral  is on file in any recording
office,  except such as may have been filed (i) in favor of the Collateral Agent
relating to this Security Agreement or (ii) with respect to the Receivables,  in
favor of the Grantor.  The Grantor has no trade names and,  within the last five
years,  the Grantor has not been known by any legal name  different from the one
set forth on the  signature  page  hereto  and has not been the  subject  of any
merger or other  corporate  reorganization.  Other than the Notes  Receivable or
chattel  paper,  none of the  Receivables  is evidenced by a promissory  note or
other instrument which has not been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

         (c) Validity.  The pledge of the  Collateral  pursuant to this Security
Agreement  creates a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the
Collateral (except (i) prior to the Amortization  Period,  with respect to Notes
Receivables in an aggregate  amount not in excess of $2,000,000,  which have not
been delivered to the Collateral  Agent as provided in Section 4, for so long as
and to the extent such Notes Receivable have not been so delivered and (ii) with
respect to the perfection  and priority of the security  interest in the Related
Security),  securing  the  payment of the  Secured  Obligations  as  provided in
Section 3. All filings and other actions  requested by the  Collateral  Agent to
perfect or protect such security interest have been duly taken.

         (d) Authorization,  Approval, etc. No authorization,  consent, approval
or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental  Authority
is required  (i) for the grant by the Grantor of the security  interest  granted
hereby or for the execution,  delivery or performance of this Security Agreement
by the Grantor,  (ii) for the  perfection  of, or the exercise by the Collateral
Agent of, the  Collateral  Agent's  rights  and  remedies  provided  for in this
Security Agreement or (iii) to ensure the legality, validity,  enforceability or
admissibility  in evidence of this  Security  Agreement in any  jurisdiction  in
which any of the Collateral is located other than financing  statements referred
to in Article III of the Purchase  Agreement,  which  financing  statements have
been filed in all applicable jurisdictions.



                                       12

<PAGE>




         (e) Chattel Paper. (i) Except as contemplated by clauses (ii) and (iii)
below,  the  Grantor  will  ensure  that the  original  copies of chattel  paper
evidencing all Receivables,  including any purchase agreements,  are kept at the
locations specified for such purpose on Schedule V to the Purchase Agreement.

         (ii) Except as  contemplated  by clause (iii)  below,  if (A) there has
occurred  following  the date of this  Agreement,  a change in  applicable  law,
regulation  or  judicial  interpretation  of, or any other  event,  and (B) as a
result of such change in law or event,  the Agent or the Collateral Agent inform
the Grantor in writing that in its opinion the keeping of the original copies of
chattel paper in a single location is necessary in order to ensure the validity,
enforceability  and priority of the Liens created by the Purchase  Agreement and
this  Security  Agreement,  the  Grantor  will direct the  Sellers,  pursuant to
Section  5.01(n) of the Purchase  Agreement,  to move the original copies of all
chattel paper evidencing all Receivables  (including any purchase agreements) to
a single  location  satisfactory  to the  Agent  and the  Collateral  Agent  and
thereafter ensure that all such original copies are kept at such location.

         (iii)  Immediately upon the request of the Collateral Agent at any time
after the occurrence of an Amortization  Event, the Grantor will take possession
of all chattel paper evidencing  Receivables (including any purchase agreements)
pursuant  to Section  5.01(n) of the  Purchase  Agreement  and  deliver all such
chattel paper to the Collateral Agent.

         (iv) The Grantor will take any action, and cause any action to be taken
by the Sellers, at its or their expense,  reasonably requested by the Collateral
Agent or the Agent,  that may be necessary or desirable to protect or more fully
evidence the security  interest of the  Collateral  Agent for the benefit of the
Secured Parties in any chattel paper.

         (f) Possession and Control.  The Grantor,  or the Servicer on behalf of
the Grantor,  has sole and exclusive  dominion over and control of the Equipment
and the  Collateral  Agent has sole dominion over and exclusive  control of each
Lockbox Account and the Concentration Account.

         SECTION 14. Further Assurances. (a) The Grantor agrees that at any time
and from time to time, at the expense of the Grantor,  the Grantor will promptly
execute and deliver all further instruments and documents,  and take all further
action that may be necessary or desirable in the Grantor's  reasonable  judgment
or that the Collateral Agent may request,  to perfect and protect the assignment
and security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the
Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies  hereunder with
respect to any Collateral.  Without  limiting the generability of the foregoing,
the Grantor will (i) whether or not so requested by the Collateral  Agent if any
Collateral shall be evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument,  deliver
and  pledge to the  Collateral  Agent  hereunder  such note or  instrument  duly
endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment,
all in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (other than Notes
Receivable  and chattel paper,  which shall be pledged but not delivered  unless
requested by the



                                       13

<PAGE>



Collateral  Agent) and (ii)  execute  and file such  financial  or  continuation
statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may
be  necessary  or desirable  in the  Grantor's  reasonable  judgment or that the
Collateral  Agent may  request,  to protect  and  preserve  the  assignment  and
security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby.

         (b) The Grantor hereby  authorizes the Collateral  Agent to file one or
more financing or continuation statements,  and amendments thereto,  relative to
all or any part of the  Collateral  without  the  signature  of the  Grantor.  A
carbon,  photographic or other  reproduction  of this Security  Agreement or any
financing  statement  covering  the  Collateral  or any  part  thereof  shall be
sufficient  as a financing  statement  where  permitted by  applicable  law. The
Collateral  Agent will promptly  send the Grantor any financing or  continuation
statements  thereto that it files  without the  signature of the Grantor  except
that, in the case of filings of copies of this  Security  Agreement as financing
statements,  the  Collateral  Agent will promptly send the Grantor the filing or
recordation information with respect thereto.

         (c) The Grantor will furnish to the Collateral  Agent from time to time
statements and schedules  further  identifying and describing the Collateral and
such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

         SECTION 15. Additional  Covenants.  (a) The Grantor agrees that it will
not (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of,
or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except in accordance
with the  Policies,  or (ii)  create  or  permit  to exist any Lien upon or with
respect to any of the Collateral, except for the security interest created under
this Security Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent.

         (b) The  Grantor  shall  keep its  chief  place of  business  and chief
executive  office  and the  office  where it keeps its  records  concerning  the
Collateral at the locations  therefor  specified in clause (a) of Section 13 or,
upon 30 days'  prior  written  notice to the  Collateral  Agent,  at such  other
location in a  jurisdiction  where all action  required by Section 14 shall have
been taken with respect to the Collateral and completed and be in full force and
effect  and,  if such  jurisdiction  (or any  political  subdivision  or  taxing
authority  thereof or therein) would, or there is a reasonable  possibility that
it would, impose any taxes on the Grantor or any of the Secured Parties,  any of
their respective assets  (including the  Receivables),  operations or activities
(any such tax, a "State or Local  Tax")  (other than any State or Local Tax that
would have been imposed on the Grantor or a Secured  Party,  as the case may be,
even if such  relocation had not occurred) the Agent,  on behalf of the Lenders,
shall  be  satisfied  in its  sole  discretion  with  the  State  or  Local  Tax
consequences  to the  Grantor and the Secured  Parties of such  relocation.  The
Grantor will hold and preserve such records and will permit  representatives  of
the  Collateral  Agent at any time during normal  business  hours to inspect and
make copies of and abstracts from such records.

         (c) Upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of an  Amortization
Event,  the Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to notify Obligors with respect to any Receivables or
Obligors under the Agreements  Collateral of the assignment of such  Receivables
or Agreements Collateral, as the case may be, to the



                                       14

<PAGE>



Collateral Agent and to direct that payments of all amounts due or to become due
to the Grantor  thereunder  be made directly to the  Collateral  Agent and, upon
such notification,  and at the expense of the Grantor,  the Collateral Agent may
enforce  collection of any such  Receivables  or the  Agreements  Collateral and
adjust,  settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof,  in the same manner
and to the same extent as the Grantor might have done.

         (d) Any proceeds of Collateral when first received by the Grantor shall
be deposited,  or caused to be  deposited,  by the Grantor in precisely the form
received (with all necessary  endorsements) (i) prior to the commencement of any
Amortization  Period,  in the  Collection  Deposit  Account  and (ii) during any
Amortization  Period,  in the  Collection  Account  "B". All  Collateral  in the
possession of the Grantor, the Sellers or the Servicer shall be held in trust by
the Grantor, the Sellers and the Servicer for the Collateral Agent and shall not
be commingled with the Grantor's,  the Sellers' or the Servicer's other funds or
properties.

         (e) The Grantor will not, and will not permit the Servicer to,  without
the Collateral Agent's prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of
payment of any of the  Collateral,  compromise,  compound or settle the same for
less than the full  amount  thereof or  release,  wholly or  partly,  any Person
liable for the payment thereof, except in accordance with the Policies.

         (f) The Grantor will, at its own cost and expense,  maintain,  or cause
to be maintained, satisfactory and complete records of the Collateral, including
a record of all payments  received  and all credits  granted with respect to the
Collateral and all other dealings with the Collateral. The Grantor will mark, or
cause  to be  marked,  conspicuously  with  a  legend,  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, (i) all books, records,  computer tapes or
disks,  and credit files pertaining to the Collateral and (ii) all file cabinets
or other storage  facilities where  information is maintained  pertaining to the
Collateral,  to evidence  this  Security  Agreement  and the  security  interest
granted hereby.  The amount  represented by the Grantor to the Collateral  Agent
from time to time as owing by Persons in respect of the Receivables will at such
time be, in all material  respects,  the correct  amount  actually owing by such
Persons thereunder.

         (g)  The  Grantor  will  comply  in  all  material  respects  with  all
applicable statutes, rules and regulations with respect to the Collateral or any
part thereof.

         (h)  The  Grantor  will  pay  promptly  when  due all  material  taxes,
assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Collateral or in
respect of its income or profits therefrom and all claims of any kind (including
claims for labor,  materials and  supplies),  except that no such amount need be
paid, if (i) such nonpayment does not involve any danger of the sale, forfeiture
or loss of any of the  Collateral  or any interest  therein,  (ii) the charge or
levy is being  contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings and (iii) the
Grantor shall have set aside on its books adequate  reserves in accordance  with
GAAP with respect thereto.




                                       15

<PAGE>



         (i) The  Grantor  will  (i)  perform  and  observe  all the  terms  and
provisions  of the  Agreements  Collateral  to be  performed  or observed by it,
maintain  the  Agreements  Collateral  in full  force and  effect,  enforce  the
Agreements  Collateral in accordance  with its terms and take all such action to
such end as may be from time to time requested by the Collateral Agent, provided
that compliance with such request is not likely to have an adverse effect on the
amount of the Collections or the timing of the receipt thereof, and (ii) furnish
to the  Collateral  Agent  promptly upon receipt  thereof copies of all notices,
requests and other  documents  received by the Grantor  under or pursuant to the
Agreements Collateral, and from time to time (A) furnish to the Collateral Agent
such  information and reports  regarding the Collateral as the Collateral  Agent
may reasonably request and (B) upon request of the Collateral Agent, make to any
counterparty  to  the  Agreements  Collateral  such  demands  and  requests  for
information  and  reports or for action as the Grantor is entitled to make under
the Agreements Collateral.

         (j) The  Grantor  will  not (i)  cancel  or  terminate  the  Agreements
Collateral or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof, (ii)
supplement,  amend or otherwise  modify the  Agreements  Collateral  or give any
consent, waiver or approval thereunder, (iii) waive any default under, breach of
or  timely  performance  of  observance  of any  covenant  or  agreement  in the
Agreements Collateral or (iv) take any other action not required by the terms of
the Agreements Collateral, in each case if such action would impair the value of
the interest or rights of the Grantor thereunder or would impair the interest or
rights of the Collateral Agent.

         (k)  The  Grantor  will  advise  the  Collateral  Agent  promptly,   in
reasonable  detail,  (i)  of  any  Lien  made  or  asserted  against  any of the
Collateral and (ii) of the occurrence of any event that is reasonably  likely to
have a material  adverse  effect on the aggregate  value of the Collateral or on
the security interest granted hereby.

         (l) The  Collateral  Agent  will at all times  have sole and  exclusive
dominion  over and control of each  Collection  Account and the Grantor will not
have  any  and  will at no time  assert  any  dominion  over or  control  of any
Collection Account.

         SECTION 16.  Collateral Agent Appointed  Attorney-in-Fact.  The Grantor
irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent the Grantor's  attorney-in-fact,  with
full  authority  in the place and  stead of the  Grantor  and in the name of the
Grantor or otherwise, from time to time in the Collateral Agent's discretion, to
take any action and to execute any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem
necessary or advisable to accomplish  the purposes of this  Security  Agreement,
including to ask, demand,  collect,  sue for, recover,  compromise,  receive and
give  acquittances  and  receipts  for  moneys due and to become due under or in
connection  with the Collateral;  to receive,  endorse and collect all drafts or
other  instruments  and  documents  made  payable to the  Grantor in  connection
therewith or representing any payment, dividend or other distribution in respect
of the Collateral or any part thereof;  and to give full discharge for the same,
and  if,  in  the  Collateral  Agent's  judgment,  there  exists  any  event  or
circumstance  that  may  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  value of the
Collateral   or  any  part   thereof,   the   Collateral   Agent  may,  as  such
attorney-in-fact,   file  any  claims  or  take  any  action  or  institute  any
proceedings  that the Collateral Agent may deem to be necessary or desirable for
the collection thereon or to enforce



                                       16

<PAGE>



compliance  with the terms and  conditions  of the  Agreements  Collateral.  The
Grantor  hereby  acknowledges,  consents  and agrees  that the power of attorney
granted  pursuant to this  Section is  irrevocable  and coupled with an interest
until all of the Secured  Obligations  have been paid in full and all  Liquidity
Commitments have been terminated.

         SECTION 17.  Collateral Agent May Perform.  The Collateral Agent may at
any time itself perform, or cause performance of, any Agreements Collateral.

         SECTION 18. Collateral Agent Has No Duty;  Reasonable Care. (a) Neither
the Collateral Agent nor any of its respective  directors,  officers,  agents or
employees  shall be liable for any action  taken or omitted to be taken by it or
them under or in  connection  with this  Security  Agreement,  except for its or
their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

         (b) The powers  conferred on the Collateral  Agent hereunder are solely
to protect the Collateral  Agent's interest in the Collateral for the benefit of
the  holders  of  Secured  Obligations  and shall not  impose  any duty upon the
Collateral  Agent to  exercise  any such  powers.  Except  for the  exercise  of
reasonable  care  in the  custody  and  preservation  of any  Collateral  in its
possession  and  accounting for moneys  actually  received by it hereunder,  the
Collateral Agent shall not have any duty as to any Collateral.

         (c) The Collateral  Agent shall be deemed to have exercised  reasonable
care in the custody and  preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the
Collateral is accorded  treatment  substantially  equal to that which it accords
its own property,  it being  understood that the Collateral Agent shall not have
any responsibility for (i) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against
any  parties  with  respect  to any  Collateral  or (ii) the  collection  of any
proceeds  of any  Collateral  or by reason of any  invalidity,  lack of value or
uncollectability  of  any  of the  payments  received  by it  from  Obligors  or
otherwise.

         SECTION 19. Remedies upon Default. If any Amortization Event shall have
occurred and be continuing:

         (a) The Collateral  Agent may,  without notice to the Grantor except as
required  by law and at any  time or from  time  to  time,  charge,  set off and
otherwise apply all or any part of the Secured  Obligations  against any Lockbox
Account, the Concentration Account or any Collection Account.

         (b) The Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral,  in
addition  to any and all  other  rights  and  remedies  provided  for  herein or
otherwise  available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured  party upon
default under the UCC, including,  without limitation, the right to (i) identify
and engage a successor  Servicer to act as servicer  for the  Receivables,  (ii)
engage consultants to advise on the Policies and other matters in respect of the
Receivables  and (iii)  without  notice except as specified  below,  solicit and
accept  bids for and  sell the  Collateral  or any part  thereof  in one or more
parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange,  broker's board or at any of
the Collateral  Agent's offices or elsewhere,  for cash, on credit or for future
delivery,



                                       17

<PAGE>



and  upon  such  other  terms as the  Collateral  Agent  may  deem  commercially
reasonable.  The  Grantor  agrees  that,  to the extent  notice of sale shall be
required by law, at least 10  Business  Days'  notice to the Grantor of the time
and place of any public sale or the time after  which any private  sale is to be
made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be
obligated  to make any sale of  Collateral  regardless  of notice of sale having
been given.  The  Collateral  Agent may adjourn any public or private  sale from
time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale
may,  without further  notice,  be made at the time and place to which it was so
adjourned.

         (c) The Collateral Agent may exercise,  at the Grantor's  expense,  any
and all rights and  remedies  of the  Grantor  under or in  connection  with the
Agreements  Collateral or otherwise in respect of the Collateral,  including any
and all rights of the  Grantor  to demand or  otherwise  require  payment of any
amount under, or performance of any provision of, the Agreements Collateral. The
Collateral  Agent agrees that prior to the occurrence of an Amortization  Event,
it will not  exercise  the rights  provided to the  Grantor  pursuant to Section
5.01(r)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

         (d) All payments  received by the Grantor under or in  connection  with
the  Agreements  Collateral  shall be  received  in trust for the benefit of the
Collateral Agent,  shall be segregated from other funds of the Grantor and shall
be forthwith paid over to the  Collateral  Agent in the same form as so received
(with any necessary endorsement).

         (e) Any cash held by the  Collateral  Agent as Collateral  and all cash
proceeds  received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection
from,  or  other  realization  upon all or any  part of the  Collateral  will be
provided by the  Collateral  Agent to the Agent for  application  as provided in
Article III of the Facility Agreement.

         SECTION 20. Indemnity and Expense.  (a) Whether or not the transactions
contemplated  hereby  shall  be  consummated,   the  Grantor  hereby  agrees  to
indemnify,  pay and hold the Collateral Agent, the Agent, each Lender,  and each
other holder of the Secured Obligations, and the officers, directors, employees,
agents and affiliates of such Person (collectively,  the "Indemnitees") harmless
from  and  against  any  and  all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,
penalties,  actions,  judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses or disbursements
of  any  kind  and  nature   whatsoever   (including  the  reasonable  fees  and
disbursements   of  counsel  for  such   Indemnitees  in  connection   with  any
investigative,  administrative or judicial  proceeding  commenced or threatened,
whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) which may be
imposed on, incurred by or asserted  against that Indemnitee in any way relating
to or arising out of this Security Agreement,  the other Transaction  Documents,
or  any  other  documents   contemplated  by  or  referred  to  therein  or  the
transactions  contemplated thereby or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof
or of any such other documents or otherwise arising or relating in any manner to
the  transactions   contemplated  hereunder  and  thereunder  (the  "Indemnified
Liabilities");  provided,  however, that the Grantor shall not be liable for any
of the  foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross  negligence or willful
misconduct of the  Indemnitee.  To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify,
pay and hold harmless set forth in


                                       18

<PAGE>



this Section may be  unenforceable  because it is violative of any law or public
policy,  the Grantor shall  contribute the maximum portion which it is permitted
to pay and satisfy under  applicable law, to the payment and satisfaction of all
Indemnified  Liabilities  incurred  by  the  Indemnitees  or any  of  them.  The
provisions  of this Section 20 shall  survive and remain  operative  and in full
force and effect  regardless  of whether  or not the  transactions  contemplated
hereby are consummated or such  consummation  is delayed,  and regardless of the
repayment of the Advances and the termination of this Security  Agreement or any
other Transaction  Document,  the invalidity or  unenforceability of any term or
provision of this Security  Agreement or any other  Transaction  Document or any
agreement referred to therein,  or any investigation made by or on behalf of the
Secured  Parties.  All  amounts  due under this  Section 20 shall be  additional
Obligations  under the Loan  Agreement  and shall be payable  on written  demand
therefor.  The  indemnity set forth in this Section 20 shall in no event include
any indemnification for any taxes (except to the extent that indemnification for
taxes would be required under the provisions of any other Transaction Document).

         (b) The Grantor  will,  upon demand,  pay to the  Collateral  Agent the
amount of any and all costs and  expenses,  including  the  reasonable  fees and
expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents, that the Collateral Agent
may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Security  Agreement,
(ii) the custody or preservation  of, or the sale of,  collection from, or other
realization  upon, any of the  Collateral,  (iii) the exercise or enforcement of
any of the rights of the  Collateral  Agent  hereunder,  (iv) the failure by the
Grantor to perform or  observe  any of the  provisions  hereof or (v) any action
taken by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 14 or 17.

         (c) The  provisions  of this Section 20 are in  furtherance  and not in
limitation of the Grantor's obligations under Sections 11.3 and 11.4 of the Loan
Agreement.

         SECTION 21. Further  Indemnification.  Without limiting the obligations
of the Grantor  under  Section  20, the Grantor  shall pay any current or future
stamp or  documentary  taxes or any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or
similar  levies  which  arise  from  any  payment  made  hereunder  or from  the
execution,  delivery or  registration  of, or  otherwise  with  respect to, this
Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

         SECTION 22. Continuing Security Interest. This Security Agreement shall
create a continuing  security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) remain in
full force and effect  until,  but only  until,  the  payment in full (after the
termination of the Liquidity  Commitments) of the Secured  Obligations,  (ii) be
binding  upon the  Grantor  and its  successors  and  assigns  and (iii)  inure,
together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder,  to the
benefit of the Collateral  Agent,  each holder of Secured  Obligations and their
respective successors,  transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing clause (iii), each holder of Secured  Obligations may assign or
otherwise  transfer all or any portion of its rights and  obligations  under the
applicable  Transaction  Documents  to any other  Person,  and such other Person
shall  thereupon  become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted
to such



                                       19

<PAGE>



transferor  herein or otherwise,  in each case, in accordance  with the terms of
such Transaction Document.

         SECTION  23.  Transaction  Document.   This  Security  Agreement  is  a
Transaction  Document  executed pursuant to the Loan Agreement and shall (unless
otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed,  administered and applied in
accordance with the terms and provisions thereof.

         SECTION 24. Notices. All notices and other  communications  provided to
any  party  hereto  under  this  Security  Agreement  shall  be in  writing  and
addressed,  delivered or  transmitted  to such party at its address or facsimile
number  set  forth  below  its  signature  hereto or at such  other  address  or
facsimile  number as may be  designated  by such  party in a notice to the other
parties. Any notice, if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid or if
properly  addressed and sent by prepaid courier  service,  shall be deemed given
when received;  any notice,  if transmitted by facsimile,  shall be deemed given
when transmitted upon receipt of electronic confirmation of transmission.

         SECTION  25.   Survival  of  Agreement.   All  covenants,   agreements,
representations   and  warranties   made  by  the  Grantor  herein  and  in  the
certificates  or other  instruments  prepared or delivered in connection with or
pursuant to this Security Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon
by the Secured  Parties  and shall  survive the  execution  and  delivery of the
Transaction  Documents,  regardless  of any  investigation  made by the  Secured
Parties or on their behalf.

         SECTION 26.  Binding  Effect.  This  Security  Agreement  shall  become
effective  when it shall have been  executed by the  Grantor and the  Collateral
Agent,  and  thereafter  shall be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the
Grantor,  the Collateral Agent and each holder of Secured  Obligations and their
respective  successors  and assigns,  except that the Grantor shall not have the
right to assign or delegate its rights or duties hereunder.

         SECTION 27. Waivers;  Amendment. (a) No failure or delay on the part of
the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party in exercising any power or right under
this Security Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single
or partial  exercise  of any such power or right  preclude  any other or further
exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other power or right.  No notice to or
demand on the  Grantor in any case  shall  entitle it to any notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances. No waiver or approval by the Collateral Agent or
any  Secured  Party  under  this  Security  Agreement  shall,  except  as may be
otherwise  stated in such  waiver  or  approval,  be  applicable  to  subsequent
transactions.  No waiver or  approval  hereunder  shall  require  any similar or
dissimilar waiver or approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.

         (b) Neither this Security  Agreement  nor any  provision  hereof may be
waived,  amended or modified  except  pursuant to an agreement or  agreements in
writing entered into by the Grantor and the Collateral Agent. Each Secured Party
shall be bound by any  waiver,  amendment  or  modification  authorized  by this
Section.



                                       20

<PAGE>



         SECTION 28.  Severability.  Any  provision of this  Security  Agreement
which is prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
provision  and  such  jurisdiction,   be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of
this  Security  Agreement or affecting  the validity or  enforceability  of such
provision in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION 29. Headings.  The various headings of this Security  Agreement
are  inserted  for  convenience  only  and  shall  not  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Security Agreement or any provisions hereof or thereof.

         SECTION  30.  Execution  in  Counterparts,   Effectiveness,  etc.  This
Security   Agreement   may  be  executed  by  the  parties   hereto  in  several
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  and all of which
shall  constitute  together  but one  and  the  same  agreement.  This  Security
Agreement shall become effective when counterparts  hereof executed on behalf of
each party hereto (or notice thereof satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) shall
have been received by the  Collateral  Agent and notice  thereof shall have been
given by the Collateral Agent to the Grantor and each Lender.

         SECTION 31. Governing Law; Entire  Agreement.  THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK,  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR  PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY
INTEREST  HEREUNDER  OR  REMEDIES  HEREUNDER,   IN  RESPECT  OF  ANY  PARTICULAR
COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. This Security  Agreement  constitutes the entire  understanding  among the
parties  hereto with respect to the subject  matter  hereof and  supersedes  any
prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

         SECTION 32.  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.  ALL JUDICIAL
PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE BORROWER WITH RESPECT TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE
EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF
NEW YORK AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS  AGREEMENT  THE BORROWER  ACCEPTS
FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY,
THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO
BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. THE
BORROWER DESIGNATES AND APPOINTS CT CORPORATION SYSTEM, 1633 BROADWAY, NEW YORK,
NEW YORK  10019,  AND SUCH OTHER  PERSONS AS MAY  HEREAFTER  BE  SELECTED BY THE
BORROWER  IRREVOCABLY  AGREEING IN WRITING TO SERVE,  AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE ON
ITS BEHALF,  SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH  PROCEEDINGS  IN ANY SUCH COURT,
SUCH SERVICE BEING HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE BORROWER


                                       21

<PAGE>



TO BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT.  A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS SO
SERVED  SHALL BE  MAILED BY  REGISTERED  MAIL TO THE  BORROWER  SO SERVED AT ITS
ADDRESS PROVIDED IN THE APPLICABLE  SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO,  EXCEPT THAT,  UNLESS
OTHERWISE  PROVIDED BY  APPLICABLE  LAW, ANY FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH COPY SHALL NOT
AFFECT THE  VALIDITY  OF  SERVICE  OF  PROCESS.  IF ANY AGENT  APPOINTED  BY THE
BORROWER REFUSES TO ACCEPT SERVICE, THE BORROWER HEREBY AGREES THAT SERVICE UPON
IT BY MAIL SHALL CONSTITUTE  SUFFICIENT NOTICE.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE
RIGHT TO SERVE NOTICE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN
ANY OTHER MANNER  PERMITTED  BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY LENDER,  THE
AGENT OR THE COLLATERAL AGENT TO BRING  PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE
COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

         SECTION 33. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE COLLATERAL AGENT, THE GRANTOR AND
EACH OTHER PARTY HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND  INTENTIONALLY  WAIVE
ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY  LITIGATION  BASED
HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT
OR ANY  COURSE  OF  CONDUCT,  COURSE OF  DEALING,  STATEMENTS  (WHETHER  ORAL OR
WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE  COLLATERAL  AGENT,  THE GRANTOR AND EACH OTHER PARTY
HERETO.  THE  GRANTOR  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND AGREES  THAT IT HAS  RECEIVED  FULL AND
SUFFICIENT  CONSIDERATION  FOR THIS  PROVISION  AND  THAT  THIS  PROVISION  IS A
MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT FOR THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH OTHER PARTY HERETO (OTHER
THAN THE GRANTOR) ENTERING INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT.





                                       22

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Security Agreement to
be executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,  as of the
date first above written.

                               B.I. FUNDING, INC.


                                By:       /s/Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                                     Name:   Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                                     Title:  Assistant Secretary

                                Address:      2775 Highway 40
                                              Suite 522
                                              P.O. Box 1449
                                              Verdi, Nevada 89439-1449

                                Facsimile No:         702-345-6166

                                Telephone No:         702-345-6100

                                Attention:            General Counsel


                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent and Agent


                                By:           William E. Covington
                                Title:        Senior Vice President

                                Address:      191 Peachtree Street, GA-423
                                              Atlanta, GA 30303

                                Facsimile No:         (404) 332-4005

                                Telephone No:         (404) 332-4363

                                Attention:            Deborah Williams
                                                      Asset Backed  Finance


                                       23

<PAGE>



                                     Annex A


                             [Lockbox Bank Letters]





<PAGE>


                                   Schedule I


         Location of Equipment of the Borrower

         2775 Highway 40, Suite 522
         Verdi, Nevada  89439-1449







                                                                   Exhibit 10.26

                  AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT,
                           CONSENT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT


         AMENDED   AND   RESTATED   SUBORDINATION    AGREEMENT,    CONSENT   AND
ACKNOWLEDGMENT dated as of December 10, 1997, among BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("BII"),  BURLINGTON FABRICS INC., a Delaware corporation
("BFI"), B.I. TRANSPORTATION,  INC., a Delaware corporation ("BTI"),  BURLINGTON
APPAREL  SERVICES  COMPANY,   a  Delaware   corporation   ("BASC"),   BURLINGTON
INTERNATIONAL  SERVICES COMPANY,  a Delaware  corporation  ("BISC"),  THE BACOVA
GUILD, LTD., a Delaware corporation  ("Bacova");  (BII, BFI, BTI, BASC, BISC and
Bacova are herein  referred to collectively  as the  "Sellers"),  B.I.  FUNDING,
INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  and WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as agent
(in such capacity,  the "Agent") under the Loan Agreement (as such term, as well
as all other  capitalized  terms,  are  defined  or  referenced  below),  and as
Collateral Agent.

         Whereas,  the Company,  certain financial  institutions (the "Liquidity
Lenders"), Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation,  as the commercial paper lender
(the "Conduit Lender";  and together with the Liquidity Lenders, the "Lenders"),
and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent, have entered into that certain Loan Agreement
dated as of December 10, 1997; and

         Whereas,  this  agreement  shall  supersede  the Amended  and  Restated
Subordination  Agreement,  Consent and  Acknowledgment  dated as of December 18,
1992,  as amended by  Amendment  No. 1 dated as of August  17,  1994,  (the "Old
Subordination Agreement") among BFI, BII, BTI, BASC, the Company and The Bank of
Nova Scotia;

         Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                            DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION


         1.1. Definitions;  Construction.  (a) Capitalized terms used herein and
not defined or referenced  herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms
in Annex Z of the Loan Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein or in Annex Z,
terms used in Article 9 of the UCC are used herein as defined  therein.  For all
purposes  of this  Agreement,  the  following  terms  shall  have the  following
meanings:

         "this  Agreement"  shall mean this Amended and  Restated  Subordination
Agreement,  Consent and  Acknowledgment  as it may from time to time be amended,
supplemented  or otherwise  modified  from time to time in  accordance  with its
terms.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         "Senior Obligations" shall mean the Obligations (other than Obligations
of the  Company  to any  Seller or to any  Affiliate  of the  Company  or of any
Seller) and the Servicing Fee.

         "Senior  Parties" shall mean the Agent, the Servicer in its capacity as
Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

         "Subordinated Debt" shall mean any obligation payable from time to time
by the  Company  to any  of the  Sellers  under  the  Subordinated  Note  or any
Transaction Document (and any extensions,  renewals,  financing,  refundings and
replacements of all or any part of such  obligations),  other than the Servicing
Fee.

         (b) The  definitions  referred to or set forth in this  Article I shall
apply  equally  to both the  singular  and  plural  forms of the terms  defined.
Whenever the context may require,  any pronoun shall  include the  corresponding
masculine,  feminine  and neuter  forms.  The words  "include",  "includes"  and
"including"  shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without  limitation".
All  references  herein to Articles and Sections  shall be deemed  references to
Articles  and  Sections of this  Agreement  unless the context  shall  otherwise
require.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all  terms  of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  SUBORDINATION

         2.1.  Subordination.  (a) Each of the  Sellers  hereby  agrees that all
rights of such  Seller to  payments  of  principal  and  interest  and any other
amounts in respect of the Subordinated  Debt are hereby expressly  subordinated,
to the  extent  and in the  manner  set forth in this  Article  II, to the prior
payment in full in cash of all Senior  Obligations in accordance  with the terms
thereof.

         (b) Except as set forth in Article III of the  Facility  Agreement,  no
payment (whether directly or indirectly,  by exercise of any right of set-off or
otherwise) in respect of the Subordinated Debt, including the Subordinated Note,
whether as  principal,  interest or  otherwise,  shall be made by the Company or
received or accepted,  directly or indirectly,  by or on behalf of any Seller or
any of its Affiliates unless and until all amounts (including  interest accruing
after the  commencement  of any  proceeding  under any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
receivership  or similar law,  regardless of whether  allowed as a claim in such
proceeding),  however  denominated,  payable to the Senior Parties in respect of
the Senior  Obligations have been  indefeasibly paid in full and received by the
Senior Parties in cash and the Liquidity Commitments have terminated.

         2.2. Dissolution or Insolvency.  Upon any distribution of all or any of
the assets of the Company or upon any dissolution,  winding up, total or partial
liquidation,  reorganization,  adjustment,  protection, relief or composition of
the Company or its debts,  whether in  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
arrangement or receivership proceedings or otherwise, or upon any


                                        2

<PAGE>



assignment  for the benefit of creditors or any other  marshalling of the assets
and liabilities of the Company, or otherwise:

         (a) the Senior  Parties  shall first be entitled to receive  payment in
full in cash of the  Senior  Obligations  in  accordance  with the  terms of the
Senior  Obligations  (whenever  arising)  before any Seller shall be entitled to
receive any payment on account of any Subordinated  Debt,  whether of principal,
interest or otherwise; and

         (b) any payment or distribution of any kind (including cash,  property,
securities and any payment or  distribution  which may be payable or deliverable
by  reason  of the  payment  of any  other  Indebtedness  of the  Company  being
subordinated  to the  payment  of  the  Subordinated  Debt)  in  respect  of the
Subordinated  Debt that otherwise  would be payable or deliverable  upon or with
respect to the Subordinated Debt,  directly or indirectly,  by set-off or in any
other manner, including from or by way of collateral, shall be paid or delivered
by the Person making such payment or delivery  (whether a trustee in bankruptcy,
a receiver,  custodian  or  liquidating  trustee or  otherwise)  directly to the
Collateral Agent on behalf of the Senior Parties for application (in the case of
cash) to or as collateral (in the case of noncash  property or  securities)  for
the payment of, the Senior  Obligations  in  accordance  with Article III of the
Facility Agreement, until the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full in
cash.

         2.3. Certain  Amortization  Events.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Amortization  Event under Section 9.1.7 of the Loan Agreement
arising in respect of the Company:

         (a) the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered
(in its own name or in the name of the Sellers or otherwise),  but shall have no
obligation,   to  demand,   sue  for,  collect  and  receive  every  payment  or
distribution  of any kind  (including  cash,  property  or  securities)  made in
respect of the Subordinated  Debt and in connection with any Amortization  Event
referred to in this  Section  2.3,  and give  acquittance  therefor  and to file
claims and proofs of claim and take such other action  (including  enforcing any
security  interest or other lien securing payment of the  Subordinated  Debt) as
the  Collateral  Agent (on behalf of the Senior  Parties) may deem  necessary or
advisable for the exercise or  enforcement  of any of the rights or interests of
holders  of the  Senior  Parties  hereunder,  provided  that  in the  event  the
Collateral  Agent takes such action,  it shall apply all proceeds in  accordance
with Article III of the Facility Agreement; and

         (b) each  Seller  shall  duly and  promptly  take  such  action  as the
Collateral  Agent (on  behalf of the Senior  Parties)  may  request  (i) to file
appropriate  claims or proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Debt, (ii)
to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Senior Parties)
such powers of attorney,  assignments,  or other  instruments  as the Collateral
Agent (on behalf of the  Senior  Parties)  may  request in order to enable it to
enforce any and all claims with respect to, and any security interests and other
liens  securing  payment  of, the  Subordinated  Debt,  and (iii) to collect and
receive any and all payments or distributions which

                                        3

<PAGE>



may be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to the Subordinated  Debt for
the account of the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Senior Parties).

         2.4. Certain Payments Held in Trust. All payments or distributions upon
or with respect to the Subordinated  Debt that are received by any Seller or any
of its  Affiliates,  directly or indirectly,  by set-off or in any other manner,
including,  without  limitation,  from or by way of collateral,  contrary to the
provisions of this Agreement,  the Loan Agreement,  the Facility Agreement,  the
Security  Agreement or the Subordinated  Note shall be received in trust for the
benefit of the Senior Parties, shall be segregated from other funds and property
held by each Seller and shall be forthwith paid over to the Collateral  Agent in
the form received  (with any necessary  endorsement or assignment) to be applied
(in the case of cash) to, or held as collateral (in the case of noncash property
or  securities)  for the  payment  of, the Senior  Obligations  until the Senior
Obligations  shall have been paid in full in cash.  In the event that any Seller
fails to make any  endorsement  or assignment  required  hereby,  the Collateral
Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to make such endorsement or assignment as
such Seller's attorney-in-fact.

         2.5. Subrogation. Each Seller agrees that no payment or distribution to
any Senior Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement  shall entitle any
Seller to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Senior
Obligations  shall have been paid in full in cash.  Each Seller  agrees that the
subordination  provisions  contained herein shall not be affected by any action,
or failure to act, by any holder of Senior  Obligations  which  results,  or may
result,  in affecting,  impairing or extinguishing any right of reimbursement or
subrogation or other right or remedy of any Seller.

         2.6. Waiver of Notices,  Etc. Each Seller and the Company hereby waives
promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to
any of the Senior Obligations and the Subordinated Debt and any requirement that
any Senior Party  protect,  secure,  perfect or insure any security  interest or
lien on any  property  subject  thereto or exhaust  any right or take any action
against the Company or any other Person or any Collateral.

         2.7  No  Security.  (a)  Without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Collateral  Agent,  the Company will not give to any Person,  and neither any of
the Sellers nor any of their Affiliates will receive or accept,  any security of
any nature  whatsoever  in respect of the  Subordinated  Debt on any property or
assets, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, of the Company.

         (b) BII  agrees  and  confirms  that its  right to  payment  under  the
Subordinated  Note is limited to the funds  available  therefor  pursuant to the
Facility  Agreement  and the Security  Agreement,  that each such payment may be
made  only to the  extent,  in the  manner  and at the  times  set  forth in the
Facility  Agreement and the Security  Agreement,  and that the Subordinated Note
does not  represent a security or other  interest  in the  Receivables  or their
proceeds.

         2.8  Subordination  Legend;  Further  Assurances.  BII will  cause each
instrument  evidencing the  Subordinated  Note to be endorsed with the following
legend:



                                        4

<PAGE>



                  "The indebtedness evidenced by this instrument is subordinated
                  to the prior  payment  in full of the Senior  Obligations  (as
                  defined in the Subordination  Agreement  hereinafter  referred
                  to)  pursuant   to,  and  to  the  extent   provided  in,  the
                  Subordination  Agreement,  Consent and Acknowledgment dated as
                  of December 10, 1997,  as amended,  supplemented  or otherwise
                  modified  from  time to time (the  "Subordination  Agreement")
                  among the maker  hereof,  the payee  named  herein and certain
                  other parties."

Each of the Sellers  will  further mark its books of account in such a manner as
shall be effective  to give proper  notice of the effect of this  Agreement  and
will cause all Subordinated Debt to be evidenced by an appropriate instrument or
instruments  endorsed  with the above  legend.  Each of the Sellers will, at its
expense and at any time and from time to time,  promptly execute and deliver all
further  instruments  and documents,  and take all further  action,  that may be
necessary  or desirable or that the  Collateral  Agent,  on behalf of the Senior
Parties,  may, at any time,  request,  in order to protect any right or interest
granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Collateral  Agent, on
behalf of the Senior  Parties,  to exercise  and enforce its rights and remedies
hereunder.

         2.9. Representations and Warranties.  Each Seller hereby represents and
warrants that this Agreement  constitutes such Seller's legal, valid and binding
obligation, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  OTHER MATTERS REGARDING THE SUBORDINATED DEBT

         3.1.  No  Waiver.  No right  of the  Senior  Parties  to  enforce  this
Agreement  shall at any time or in any way be  prejudiced or impaired by any act
or  failure  to act on the part of any of the  Senior  Parties,  the  Collateral
Agent, the Company or any Seller,  or by any noncompliance by the Company or any
Seller with the terms,  provisions and covenants herein,  and the Senior Parties
are hereby expressly authorized to extend, renew, increase,  decrease, modify or
amend the terms of the  Senior  Obligations  or any  security  therefor,  and to
release,  sell or exchange any such security and otherwise  deal freely with the
Company, all without notice to or consent of any Seller or any of its Affiliates
hereunder and without  affecting the  liabilities and obligations of the parties
hereto.

         3.2.  Payment on  Subordinated  Debt and Remedies.  Each of the Sellers
agrees  that,  except upon  request of the  Collateral  Agent,  it will not ask,
demand,  accelerate,  sue or take or  receive  from  the  Company,  directly  or
indirectly (including from or by way of collateral),  any payment of or security
for all or any part of the  Subordinated  Debt or exercise  any remedies or take
any action or proceeding to enforce the same until the Senior  Obligations  have
been paid in full in cash, and the Liquidity  Commitments have  terminated,  and
each Seller further agrees not to institute or join with any other  creditors of
the Company in instituting any petition  commencing any bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization, arrangement, receivership or similar


                                        5

<PAGE>



proceeding or any assignment for the benefit of creditors  against or in respect
of the Company or any other  marshalling  of the assets and  liabilities  of the
Company.

         3.3. No Transfer of or Change in Subordinated  Debt. Each Seller agrees
that it will (a) not sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
all or any part of the  Subordinated  Debt to any Person,  including any of such
Seller's Affiliates,  (b) permit the terms of any of the Subordinated Debt to be
changed  in such a  manner  as to have an  adverse  effect  upon the  rights  or
interests of any Senior Party, the Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Company or
(c) subordinate any  Subordinated  Debt for the benefit of any other Person,  in
each case without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

         3.4.  Obligations  Hereunder Not Affected.  All rights and interests of
the Senior Parties hereunder,  and all agreements and obligations of the Sellers
and the Company  hereunder,  shall remain in full force and effect  irrespective
of:

         (a) any lack of validity or  enforceability  of any of the  Transaction
Documents;

         (b) any change in the time,  manner or place of  payment  of, or in any
other term of, all or any of the Senior  Obligations,  or any other amendment or
waiver of or consent  to  departure  from the  Facility  Agreement  or any other
Transaction Document;

         (c) any exchange,  release or nonperfection of any security interest in
any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure
from  any  Transaction  Document,  in  respect  of all  or  any  of  the  Senior
Obligations; or

         (d) any other  circumstance  that might otherwise  constitute a defense
available  to,  or a  discharge  of,  the  Company  in  respect  of  the  Senior
Obligations or of any Seller or the Company in respect of this Agreement.

         This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,  as the
case may be, if at any time any  payment of the Senior  Obligations  or any part
thereof is rescinded or must  otherwise be returned by any Senior Party upon the
insolvency,  bankruptcy or  reorganization  of the Company or otherwise,  all as
though such payment had not been made.

         Each Seller hereby  authorizes  the Senior  Parties,  without notice or
demand  hereunder and without  affecting or impairing any of the  obligations of
any  Seller  hereunder,  from  time to time to (a)  renew,  compromise,  extend,
increase,  accelerate or otherwise  change the time for payment of, or otherwise
change the terms of, the Senior  Obligations or any part thereof or any security
therefor;  (b) take or hold  security for the payment of the Senior  Obligations
and exchange,  enforce,  foreclose upon, waive or release any such security; (c)
apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Senior
Parties, in their sole discretion, may determine; (d) release and substitute one
or more endorsers,  warrantors, borrowers or other obligors; and (e) exercise or
refrain from exercising any rights against any Seller,  the Company or any other
Person and otherwise deal freely with the Company.



                                        6

<PAGE>



         3.5.  Reaffirmation  of  Representations  and  Warranties.  Each Seller
reaffirms  and  repeats,  on  and  as of  the  Effective  Date,  its  respective
representations and warranties contained in any of the Purchase Documents (as in
effect  on  the  Effective   Date  after  giving  effect  to  all   transactions
contemplated by the Transaction  Documents to occur on the Effective  Date), and
agrees that the Senior Parties may rely on such  representations  and warranties
as though set forth herein in full.

         3.6.  Covenants.  (a) Each Seller  agrees for the benefit of the Senior
Parties to perform  punctually and comply fully with its respective  obligations
under the Purchase  Documents and agrees that the covenants and indemnities made
in favor of the  Company in the  Transaction  Documents  shall be deemed made in
favor of each of the Senior Parties.

         (b) Each Seller shall comply with all  requests,  demands or directions
of the  Collateral  Agent given in accordance  with the pursuant to the Facility
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Loan Agreement and any Purchase Documents
to the same extent as such Seller would have been  obligated to comply with such
requests, demands or directions if they had been given by the Company.

         (c) BII  covenants  and agrees  that it will not  permit the  Company's
existence to be terminated  or permit the Company to be  dissolved,  wound-up or
liquidated  at any time  prior  to the  fifth  anniversary  of the  first  date,
following the Amortization  Commencement Date on which (a) no Senior Obligations
are due and payable and (b) the Liquidity Commitments have been terminated.  The
Sellers covenant and agree that the indemnification obligation of the Sellers to
the Company contained in Section 7.01(k) of the Purchase  Agreement shall not be
terminated  by the  Sellers or the Company  and shall  survive  until such fifth
anniversary.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           CONSENT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

         4.1. Collateral. Each Seller acknowledges, consents to and approves the
assignment  of, and the grant of a security  interest in, the  Collateral in the
manner and for the purposes  contemplated by the Security  Agreement  including,
without limitation, the assignment to the Collateral Agent by the Company of all
rights,  remedies,  powers,  privileges  and claims of the Company  against such
Seller,  as the case may be, under or with respect to, and all of the  Company's
right, title and interest in, to and under, the Purchase Documents.  Each Seller
acknowledges,  consents to and approves the terms and  conditions and procedures
specified in the Facility  Agreement and the Security  Agreement with respect to
the  deposit  and  application  of the  Collections  and of funds in the Lockbox
Accounts,  the  Concentration  Account,  the Collection  Deposit Account and the
Collection Account "B".

         4.2.  Application  of Assigned  Monies.  Each Seller  acknowledges  and
agrees that,  until the Security  Agreement is terminated,  all monies and other
cash proceeds due and to become due


                                        7

<PAGE>



to the Company under or in connection with the Purchase  Documents shall be paid
directly to the Collateral Agent at such times as such Seller shall be obligated
to remit such amounts to the Company pursuant to any such document.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         5.1.  Notices.  Unless otherwise  provided herein,  any notice or other
communication  herein  required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and
may be personally served,  telecopied or sent by United States mail and shall be
deemed to have been given when delivered in Person,  receipt of telecopy or four
Business  Days after  depositing  it in the United  States mail,  registered  or
certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided that notices to
the Agent or the Collateral  Agent shall not be effective until received by such
Agent or the Collateral  Agent.  For the purposes  hereof,  the addresses of the
parties  hereto  (until  notice of a change  thereof is delivered as provided in
this Section) shall be:

         (a) if to the Company,  to it at 2775  Highway 40, Suite 522,  P.O. Box
1449, Verdi, Nevada 89439-1449, Attention of General Counsel;

         (b) if to a Seller,  to it at its  address  set forth in Schedule VI to
the Purchase Agreement; and

         (c) if to the Agent or the  Collateral  Agent,  to it at 191  Peachtree
Street,  GA-423,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30303,  Attention:  Deborah Williams,  Asset
Backed Finance.

         5.2. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements,  representations
and  warranties  made  by  the  Company  and  each  Seller  herein  and  in  the
certificates  or other  instruments  prepared or delivered in connection with or
pursuant to this Agreement  shall be considered to have been relied upon by each
of the Senior  Parties  and shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery of the
Transaction  Documents,  regardless  of any  investigation  made  by the  Senior
Parties or on their behalf,  and shall continue in full force and effect as long
as any Senior  Obligation is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Liquidity
Commitments have not been terminated;  provided that the covenants  contained in
Section 3.6(c) hereof shall survive until the fifth  anniversary after the first
date,  following  the  Amortization  Commencement  Date,  on which (a) no Senior
Obligations  are due and payable  and (b) the  Liquidity  Commitments  have been
terminated.

         5.3.  Binding  Effect.  This Agreement  shall become  effective when it
shall  have  been  executed  by the  Company,  each  Seller,  the  Agent and the
Collateral  Agent and thereafter  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the Company, each Seller, the Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and
their respective successors and assigns, except that neither the Company nor any
Seller  shall  have the  right to  assign  or  delegate  its  rights  or  duties
hereunder.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         5.4. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         5.5.  Waivers;  Amendment.  (a) No failure or delay of the Agent or the
Collateral  Agent in exercising any power or right  hereunder shall operate as a
waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of any such right or
power, or any abandonment or discontinuation of steps to enforce such a right or
power,  preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
other right or power.  The rights and  remedies of the Agent and the  Collateral
Agent  hereunder are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies
that they would  otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or
consent to any  departure  by the Company or any Seller  therefrom  shall in any
event be  effective  unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent
and the  Collateral  Agent,  and then such waiver or consent  shall be effective
only in the specific  instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or
demand on the  Company in any case  shall  entitle  the  Company to any other or
further  notice or demand in  similar  or other  circumstances.  No  failure  to
exercise nor any delay in exercising on the part of the Agent or the  Collateral
Agent,  any right,  power or privilege under this Agreement,  shall operate as a
waiver thereof;  further,  no single or partial exercise of any right,  power or
privilege  under this  Agreement  shall  preclude any other or further  exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

         (b) Neither  this  Agreement  nor any  provision  hereof may be waived,
amended or modified  except  pursuant to an agreement or  agreements  in writing
entered into by the Company,  the Sellers,  the Agent and the Collateral  Agent.
Each  Senior  Party  shall be bound by any  waiver,  amendment  or  modification
authorized by this Section.

         5.6.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY HERETO  HEREBY  WAIVES,  TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT  PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRAIL BY
JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY  ARISING OUT OF, UNDER
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

         Each  party  hereto  (a)  certifies  that no  representative,  agent or
attorney of any other party has represented,  expressly or otherwise,  that such
other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing
waiver  and (b)  acknowledges  that it and the other  parties  hereto  have been
induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things,  the mutual waivers
and certifications in this Section.

         5.7.  Specific  Performance.  The  Agent and the  Collateral  Agent are
hereby authorized to demand specific  performance of this Agreement,  whether or
not the Company shall have complied with any of the provisions hereof applicable
to it, at any time when any Seller  shall have  failed to comply with any of the
provisions of this  Agreement  applicable to it. Each Seller hereby  irrevocably
waives any  defense  based on the  adequacy  of a remedy at law,  which might be
asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.



                                        9

<PAGE>



         5.8.  Severability.  In the  event  any one or  more of the  provisions
contained in this Agreement should be held invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in
any  respect,  the  validity,  legality  and  enforceability  of  the  remaining
provisions  contained  herein and  therein  shall not in any way be  affected or
impaired  thereby.  The parties  shall  endeavor in good faith  negotiations  to
replace the invalid,  illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions,
the economic  effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provisions.

         5.9.  Headings.  Section  headings,  included herein for convenience of
reference only, shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any purpose or
be given any substantive effect.

         5.10.  Jurisdiction;  Consent  to  Service  of  Process.  ALL  JUDICIAL
PROCEEDINGS  BROUGHT  AGAINST  THE  COMPANY OR ANY SELLER  WITH  RESPECT TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY SENIOR OBLIGATION MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL  COURT OF COMPETENT  JURISDICTION  IN THE STATE OF NEW
YORK AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT THE COMPANY AND EACH SELLER
ACCEPTS  FOR  ITSELF  AND IN  CONNECTION  WITH  ITS  PROPERTIES,  GENERALLY  AND
UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  NONEXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID  COURTS,  AND
IRREVOCABLY  AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT  RENDERED  THEREBY IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS  AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY AND EACH SELLER  DESIGNATES  AND  APPOINTS CT
CORPORATION  SYSTEM,  1633 BROADWAY,  NEW YORK,  NEW YORK 10019,  AND SUCH OTHER
PERSONS AS MAY  HEREAFTER  BE SELECTED BY THE  COMPANY  IRREVOCABLY  AGREEING IN
WRITING TO SERVE, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE ON ITS BEHALF,  SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS
IN  ANY  SUCH  PROCEEDINGS  IN  ANY  SUCH  COURT,   SUCH  SERVICE  BEING  HEREBY
ACKNOWLEDGED  BY THE COMPANY AND EACH SELLER TO BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE
IN EVERY RESPECT. A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS SO SERVED SHALL BE MAILED BY REGISTERED
MAIL TO THE COMPANY  AND EACH  SELLER SO SERVED AT ITS  ADDRESS  PROVIDED IN THE
APPLICABLE  SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO,  EXCEPT THAT,  UNLESS  OTHERWISE  PROVIDED BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  ANY FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH COPY SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF
SERVICE OF PROCESS.  IF ANY AGENT APPOINTED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY SELLER REFUSES
TO ACCEPT  SERVICE,  THE COMPANY AND EACH SELLER HEREBY AGREES THAT SERVICE UPON
IT BY MAIL SHALL CONSTITUTE  SUFFICIENT NOTICE.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE
RIGHT TO SERVE  PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER  PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE
RIGHT OF ANY PARTICIPANT TO BRING PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST THE COMPANY OR ANY SELLER
IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.




                                       10

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their duly authorized officers,  all as of the date first above
written.

                                             B.I. FUNDING, INC.


                               By:        /s/Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                              Name:          Mary Ellen Ramsayer
                             Title:          Assistant Secretary


                                             BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                               By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                              Name:          Lynn L. Lane
                             Title:          Vice President, Treasurer
                                             and Investment Relations


                                             BURLINGTON FABRICS INC.


                               By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                              Name:          Lynn L. Lane
                             Title:          Vice President and Treasurer


                                             B.I. TRANSPORTATION, INC.


                               By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                              Name:          Lynn L. Lane
                             Title:          Vice President and Treasurer



                                             BURLINGTON APPAREL SERVICES
                                             COMPANY


                               By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                              Name:          Lynn L. Lane
                             Title:          Vice President and Treasurer




                                                11

<PAGE>



                                             BURLINGTON INTERNATIONAL
                                             SERVICES COMPANY


                               By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                              Name:          Lynn L. Lane
                             Title:          Vice President and Treasurer



                                             THE BACOVA GUILD, LTD.


                               By:        /s/Lynn L. Lane
                              Name:          Lynn L. Lane
                             Title:          Vice President and Treasurer



Acknowledged and Agreed to as of this 10th day of December:

The Bank of Nova Scotia,
as Liquidity Agent, Managing Agent
and Collateral Agent as described
in the Old Subordination Agreement


By:         /s/W.E. Zarrett
Name:          William E. Zarrett
Title:         Senior Relationship Manager





                                       12







                                                                     Exhibit 12




              BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                        Computation of Ratio of Earnings
                                to Fixed Charges
                             (Amounts in thousands)






                                                  Fiscal Year Ended
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       September 27, September 28, September 30,
                                           1997          1996          1995     
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                    
Income before income taxes ...........  $  96,371     $  75,350     $ 120,101   
Interest expense .....................     60,062        65,936        56,294   
Imputed interest on rent expense .....      4,938         5,006         4,636   
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------   
        Total earnings ...............  $ 161,371     $ 146,292     $ 181,031   
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------   
                                                                    
Interest expense .....................  $  60,062     $  65,936     $  56,294   
Imputed interest on rent expense .....      4,938         5,006         4,636   
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------   
        Total fixed charges ..........  $  65,000     $  70,942     $  60,930   
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------   
                                                                    
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges ...        2.5           2.1           3.0   
                                        =========     =========     =========   
                                            

                                                                      Exhibit 13

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
FINANCIAL CONDITION


Burlington Industries, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Overview

The Company's  operating earnings for fiscal year 1997 were slightly higher than
the year before. Sales were approximately 4 percent lower, primarily as a result
of closing or selling certain businesses for strategic reasons. During the year,
the Company  accomplished  several  objectives as part of its basic  strategy of
focusing  on  core  businesses,  investing  in  growth  and  building  financial
strength.
         Sedgefield  Specialties (a chemical  subsidiary) and Advanced Textiles,
Inc. (a small fiberglass business) were sold. The Lees division discontinued its
residential carpet line to concentrate  exclusively on its successful commercial
carpets business.  Certain yarn  manufacturing  facilities were restructured and
consolidated  for better  asset  management.  In  addition,  costs were  reduced
throughout the Company during 1997 by reducing overhead. The net result of these
streamlining  activities,   including  reducing  staff,  consolidation  of  yarn
facilities and exiting the residential  carpet product line, was a net charge of
$0.12 per share.
         During the year, operating results generated $166.3 million in cash and
asset sales provided an additional  $20.7 million.  This cash was primarily used
to invest $99.3 million in capital expenditures and a joint venture,  repurchase
4.5 million shares of stock for $53.4 million and reduce debt by $32.7 million.
         The  Company's  operating  performance  in the  1997  fiscal  year  was
restrained by an oversupply in denim markets.

         PERFORMANCE  BY SEGMENT:  The Company  conducts its  operations  in two
principal  industry  segments:  products  for apparel  markets and  products for
interior furnishings markets. The following table sets forth certain information
about the  segment  results  for the fiscal  years  ended  September  27,  1997,
September 28, 1996 and September 30, 1995.

                                          Fiscal       Fiscal       Fiscal
(dollar amounts in millions)               1997         1996         1995
                                          ------       ------       -----

Net sales
  Apparel products                      $ 1,253.2    $ 1,328.3    $ 1,347.1
  Interior furnishings products             837.5        854.0        862.1
                                         --------     --------     --------
   Total                                $ 2,090.7    $ 2,182.3    $ 2,209.2
                                         ========     ========     ========


Operating income before interest and taxes
  Apparel products                      $   112.1    $   121.7    $   107.1
   As a percentage of net sales               8.9%         9.2%         8.0%
  Interior furnishings products         $    43.6    $    55.6    $    67.4
   As a percentage of net sales               5.2%         6.5%         7.8%
  Operating income before interest,
   taxes, provision for restructuring
   and loss on closing of division      $   155.7    $   177.3    $   174.5
  Loss on closing of division           $       -    $   (29.9)   $       -
  Provision for restructuring           $   (12.1)   $       -    $       -
                                          --------     -------     --------
   Total                                $   143.6    $   147.4    $   174.5
    As a percentage of net sales              6.9%         6.8%         7.9%
                                          =======      =======     ========


<PAGE>



Results of Operations

Comparison of Fiscal Years ended September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996

         NET SALES: Net sales for the 1997 fiscal year were $2,090.7 million,  a
decrease of 4.2% from the  $2,182.3  million  recorded in the 1996 fiscal  year.
Exports totaled $239 million and $213 million in the 1997 and 1996 fiscal years,
respectively (an increase of 12.2%).
         Products for Apparel Markets: Net sales of products for apparel markets
for the 1997 fiscal  year were  $1,253.2  million,  5.7% lower than net sales of
$1,328.3  million for the 1996 fiscal year.  This reduction was primarily due to
the  elimination  of the volume  produced  and  marketed by the Knitted  Fabrics
division, which was closed in June, 1996, and lower volume and selling prices in
the Denim division, partially offset by higher volume and improvement in selling
prices and product mix in the Klopman division.
         Products for Interior  Furnishings  Markets:  Net sales of products for
interior  furnishings  markets for the 1997 fiscal year were $837.5  million,  a
decrease of 1.9% from the $854.0  million  recorded in the 1996 fiscal year. The
change in sales of the interior  furnishings  segment was mainly attributable to
the sale of J.G.  Furniture in April 1996 and Advanced  Textiles in October 1996
and  lower  volume  and  selling  prices in the  Burlington  House and Area Rugs
divisions, partially offset by higher activity in the Lees division.

         OPERATING  INCOME BEFORE  INTEREST AND TAXES:  Operating  income before
interest and taxes for the 1997 fiscal year was $143.6 million.  Before the 1997
provision for restructuring,  the 1997 charge for exiting the residential carpet
product  line,  the  1997  charge  for  closing  a yarn  spinning  plant  in the
Burlington  House Area Rugs  division  and the 1996 loss on closing  the Knitted
Fabrics division, operating income before interest and taxes for the 1997 fiscal
year was $164.4 million in comparison  with $181.0 million  recorded in the 1996
fiscal year.  Amortization  of goodwill  was $18.2  million in both the 1997 and
1996 fiscal years.
         Products for Apparel  Markets:  Operating  income  before  interest and
taxes for the  apparel  products  segment  for the 1997  fiscal  year was $112.1
million  compared to $125.4 million recorded for the 1996 fiscal year before the
charges  for  closing  the  Knitted  Fabrics  division.  The  principal  factors
affecting this change were lower profits of the Denim division  partially offset
by the absence of Knitted Fabrics division operating losses in the 1997 period.
         Products for Interior  Furnishings  Markets:  Operating  income  before
interest and taxes for the interior  furnishings  products  segment for the 1997
fiscal year was $52.3 million before the charges for  restructuring  activities,
compared to $55.6  million  recorded in the 1996 fiscal year.  This decrease was
mainly  attributable to the reduced level of operations in the Burlington  House
and Area  Rugs  divisions  partially  offset  by  improved  results  in the Lees
division.
         Selling, administrative and general expenses totaled $154.6 million, or
7.4% of net sales,  in the 1997 fiscal year,  compared with $166.3  million,  or
7.6% of net sales, in the 1996 fiscal year. The decrease was mainly attributable
to sold/closed operations and benefits resulting from cost reduction actions.
         The Company recorded  provisions for doubtful  accounts of $3.5 million
and $6.5 million in the 1997 and 1996 fiscal years, respectively.
         INTEREST  EXPENSE:  Interest expense for the 1997 fiscal year was $60.1
million, or 2.9% of net sales, compared with $65.9 million, or 3.0% of net sales
in the 1996 fiscal year.  The decrease in interest  expense was due primarily to
the lower average debt outstanding.
         OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME): Other income for the 1997 fiscal year was $12.8
million  consisting  principally  of $9.5  million in gains on the  disposal  of
certain non-core  operating  assets and interest  income.  Other expense for the
1996 fiscal year was $6.1  million  consisting  principally  of $4.0 million for
legal contingencies, $2.3 million loss on sale of a non-operating asset and $1.3
million loss on sale of J.G. Furniture partially offset by interest income.
         INCOME TAX EXPENSE AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS: Income tax expense of $37.7
million was recorded for the 1997 fiscal year in comparison with $33.7 million


<PAGE>



for fiscal year 1996. The extraordinary loss of $0.7 million for the 1996 fiscal
year resulted from the early extinguishment of debt net of income tax benefit of
$0.5 million.
         NET INCOME AND NET  INCOME  PER SHARE:  Net income for the 1997  fiscal
year was $58.7 million, or $0.96 per share, in comparison with $40.9 million, or
$0.65 per share,  for the 1996 fiscal year.  Net income for the 1997 fiscal year
included  a net charge of $0.12 per share for  one-time  costs  associated  with
various streamlining  actions,  including reducing staff,  consolidation of yarn
facilities and exiting the residential  carpet product line,  offset by gains on
sales of Sedgefield  Specialties and Advanced Textiles,  Inc. Net income for the
1996 fiscal  year  included  $25.0  million  ($0.40 per share) of  non-recurring
expenses,  consisting of an after-tax  charge of $20.3 million ($0.33 per share)
for the closing of the Knitted  Fabrics  division and an after-tax  provision of
$4.7  million  ($0.07 per share) for legal  contingencies,  the sale of the J.G.
Furniture division and the sale of a non-operating asset. In addition, there was
an extraordinary loss of $0.01 per share in 1996 for the early extinguishment of
debt.

Comparison of Fiscal Years ended September 28, 1996 and September 30, 1995

         NET SALES: Net sales for the 1996 fiscal year were $2,182.3 million,  a
decrease of 1.2% from the  $2,209.2  million  recorded in the 1995 fiscal  year.
Exports totaled $213 million and $161 million in the 1996 and 1995 fiscal years,
respectively (an increase of 32.3%).
         Products for Apparel Markets: Net sales of products for apparel markets
for the 1996 fiscal  year were  $1,328.3  million,  1.4% lower than net sales of
$1,347.1  million for the 1995 fiscal year. Lower unit volumes from the Menswear
and Knitted  Fabrics  divisions were only partially  offset by  improvements  in
selling price and product mix.
         Products for Interior  Furnishings  Markets:  Net sales of products for
interior  furnishings  markets for the 1996 fiscal year were $854.0  million,  a
decrease of 0.9% from the $862.1 million recorded in the 1995 fiscal year. Lower
unit  volumes  resulting  from a carpets  division  strategy to  streamline  its
residential  product line, the difficult business  environment faced by the rugs
divisions  and the sale of a non-core  business  were only  partially  offset by
enhancements to product mix and higher selling prices.


         OPERATING  INCOME BEFORE  INTEREST AND TAXES:  Operating  income before
interest  and taxes for the 1996  fiscal  year was  $147.4  million.  Before the
charges for  closing  the Knitted  Fabrics  division,  operating  income  before
interest  and taxes for the 1996  fiscal year was $181.0  million in  comparison
with $174.5 million  recorded in the 1995 fiscal year.  Amortization of goodwill
was  $18.2  million  and  $18.1  million  in the  1996 and  1995  fiscal  years,
respectively.
         Products for Apparel  Markets:  Operating  income  before  interest and
taxes for the  apparel  products  segment  before the  charges  for  closing the
Knitted Fabrics  division for the 1996 fiscal year was $125.4 million,  up 17.1%
from the $107.1 million recorded for the 1995 fiscal year. The principal factors
leading to this increase were  improvements in selling price and product mix and
lower bad debts, offset by lower unit volume,  operating capacity inefficiencies
and wage  increases.  Better  operating  earnings  were  achieved  by the Denim,
Klopman and Menswear divisions.
         Products for Interior  Furnishings  Markets:  Operating  income  before
interest and taxes for the interior  furnishings  products  segment for the 1996
fiscal year was $55.6 million, down 17.5% from the $67.4 million recorded in the
1995 fiscal year. Manufacturing inefficiencies resulting from lower unit volume,
wage increases and severance costs associated with manpower reductions more than
offset the benefit of better product mix and higher selling prices. Good results
in the  Burlington  House and Lees  divisions  were  offset  by slower  business
activity in the area rugs divisions.
         Selling, administrative and general expenses totaled $166.3 million, or
7.6% of net sales,  in the 1996 fiscal year,  compared with $162.5  million,  or


<PAGE>



7.4% of net sales, in the 1995 fiscal year. The increase was mainly attributable
to the new Bacova operation which was acquired during fiscal year 1995.
         The Company recorded  provisions for doubtful  accounts of $6.5 million
and $10.4  million in the 1996 and 1995 fiscal  years,  respectively,  resulting
primarily from bankruptcies which occurred in those periods.
         INTEREST  EXPENSE:  Interest expense for the 1996 fiscal year was $65.9
million, or 3.0% of net sales, compared with $56.3 million, or 2.5% of net sales
in the 1995 fiscal year.  The  increase in interest  expense was  primarily  the
result of  lengthening  maturities  and higher rates  partially  offset by lower
average debt.
         OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME): Other expense for the 1996 fiscal year was $6.1
million  consisting  principally of $4.0 million for legal  contingencies,  $2.3
million loss on sale of a  non-operating  asset and $1.3 million loss on sale of
J.G.  Furniture,  partially  offset by  interest  income.  Other  income of $1.9
million for fiscal year 1995 consisted primarily of interest income.
         INCOME TAX EXPENSE AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS: Income tax expense of $33.7
million was recorded for the 1996 fiscal year in  comparison  with $51.7 million
for fiscal year 1995. The extraordinary loss of $0.7 million for the 1996 fiscal
year resulted from the early extinguishment of debt net of income tax benefit of
$0.5 million (principally the write-off of unamortized bank financing costs).
         NET INCOME AND NET  INCOME  PER SHARE:  Net income for the 1996  fiscal
year was $40.9 million, or $0.65 per share, in comparison with $68.4 million, or
$1.05 per share,  for the 1995 fiscal year.  Net income for the 1996 fiscal year
included $25.0 million ($0.40 per share) of non-recurring  expenses,  consisting
of an after-tax charge of $20.3 million ($0.33 per share) for the closing of the
Knitted Fabrics  division and an after-tax  provision of $4.7 million ($0.07 per
share) for legal contingencies,  the sale of the J.G. Furniture division and the
sale of a non-operating  asset. In addition,  there was an extraordinary loss of
$0.01 per share for the early extinguishment of debt.

Legal and Environmental Contingencies

         The Company and its subsidiaries  have sundry claims and other lawsuits
pending  against  them and also have certain  guarantees  which were made in the
ordinary  course of business.  The Company has made  provisions in its financial
statements  for  litigation  based on the  Company's  assessment of the possible
outcome of such litigation, including the possibility of settlement, and related
legal fees and costs.
         The Company and certain of its current and former  direct and  indirect
corporate  predecessors,  subsidiaries and divisions have been identified by the
United States Environmental  Protection Agency, by the environmental agencies in
several states and by private  parties as potentially  responsible  parties at a
number of hazardous waste disposal sites under the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response  Compensation  and Liability Act of 1980  ("Superfund")  and comparable
state  laws  and,  as such,  may be  liable  for the cost of  cleanup  and other
remedial activities at these sites. The Company may also have liability for such
matters  pursuant to contractual  obligations  relating to divested  property or
with  respect to sites which may be  identified  in the future.  With respect to
certain of these sites,  other persons have also been  identified as potentially
responsible  parties,  and in such  circumstances the responsibility for cleanup
and other remedial activities is typically shared among such parties based on an
allocation  formula.  The Company is also  involved in  remedial  responses  and
voluntary  environmental  cleanups at other sites  which are not  currently  the
subject of proceedings of any kind under Superfund or comparable state laws. The
Company  has  established   reserves  in  its  financial   statements  for  such
environmental  liabilities,  including  related legal fees and other transaction
costs, in the aggregate amount of approximately $5.7 million.  The provision for
environmental  liabilities is based on the Company's  estimate of allocations of
liability  among  potentially   responsible   parties  (and  the  likelihood  of
contribution   by  such   parties),   information   concerning   the   scope  of
contamination,  estimated  remediation  costs,  estimated  transaction costs and
other  factors.  The  Company  has also  recorded  $1.1  million  for  estimated


<PAGE>



recoveries under insurance  policies to the extent that coverage for such claims
has been acknowledged by the relevant insurer and for estimated  recoveries from
third parties.  No provision has been made for liabilities  that may be incurred
with respect to sites which may be identified in the future because insufficient
basis exists for making informed estimates in such cases.
         Like most owners of computer software,  the Company will be required to
modify significant portions of its software so that it will function properly in
the year 2000. The Company has initiated a  company-wide  program to prepare its
computer  systems and  applications  to  recognize  the year 2000 and beyond and
expects to complete this project during 1998. The Company also is dependent upon
the  successful  efforts of its customers and suppliers to modify their software
and could be impacted by the failure of one or more of these efforts.
         It is not possible with  certainty to determine the ultimate  liability
of  the  Company  with  respect  to  the  matters  described  in  the  preceding
paragraphs,  but in the  opinion of  management  their  outcome  should  have no
material  adverse effect on the financial  condition or results of operations of
the Company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         During the 1995-97  fiscal years,  the Company took steps to strengthen
its capital  structure and enhance the  flexibility  of its financial  resources
going  forward.  During the last quarter of the 1995 fiscal year, a $400 million
senior debt shelf registration statement was filed and became effective, and the
Company  has used $300  million  of its  capacity  in two  public  offerings  of
fixed-rate  senior  notes.  The proceeds of these  offerings  were used to repay
variable-rate bank loans. The notes received  investment grade ratings from each
of the two  major  credit  rating  agencies,  which  underscored  the  continued
improvement  in the Company's  credit  standing.  In November  1995, the Company
entered into a $750 million bank credit  facility which reduces  borrowing costs
compared  to the  previous  bank  credit  facility,  and  further  enhances  the
Company's  financial  flexibility.  At  September  27,  1997,  total debt of the
Company  (consisting of current and  non-current  portions of long-term debt and
short-term  borrowings)  was $806.9  million  compared  with  $838.9  million at
September 28, 1996.  The ratio of debt to total  capital  declined from 57.7% at
the beginning of fiscal year 1997 to 56.1% at fiscal year end.
         The  Company's  principal  uses of funds during the next several  years
will be for  capital  investments  (including  the funding of  acquisitions  and
participations  in joint  ventures),  repayment and  servicing of  indebtedness,
working capital needs and the repurchase of shares of Company common stock.  The
Company  intends  to fund  such  needs  principally  from net cash  provided  by
operating  activities and, to the extent  necessary,  from funds provided by the
credit  facilities  described in this section.  The Company  believes that these
sources of funds will be adequate to meet the Company's foregoing needs.
         The net cash generated by the Company from operating  activities during
the 1997 fiscal year amounted to $166.3 million;  additionally $20.7 million was
provided  from  sales of assets  and $3.7  million  from the  exercise  of stock
options.  Cash generated in this manner was primarily used for: $99.3 million of
capital  expenditures  and investment in a joint venture,  $53.4 million for the
repurchase  of Company  common  stock and $32.7  million for net  repayments  of
long-term debt.  Shares of Company common stock purchased during the 1997 fiscal
year are  expected to be used during the next  several  years in part to satisfy
Company  obligations to contribute stock under its employee  incentive plans and
will, accordingly, minimize further future cash outlays for these purposes.
         During the 1997 fiscal year,  investment in capital  expenditures and a
joint  venture  totaled  $99.3  million,  compared to $81.4  million in the 1996
fiscal year. The Company anticipates that the level of capital  expenditures for
fiscal year 1998 could total approximately $185 million,  principally for growth
and modernization of U.S. and Mexican plants.
         In August 1997, the Company issued $150.0 million  principal  amount of
7.25%  notes due August 1, 2027  ("Notes  Due 2027") at a price of 99.402%  plus
accrued  interest.  Proceeds from the sale were used to prepay  Revolving  Loans
under its 1995 Bank Credit  Agreement on the same date.  The Notes Due 2027 will


<PAGE>



be  redeemable as a whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time on
or after  August 2,  2007,  and will  also be  redeemable  at the  option of the
holders thereof on August 1, 2007 in amounts at 100% of their principal  amount.
On September 26, 1995,  the Company issued $150.0  million  principal  amount of
7.25% notes due September 15, 2005 ("Notes Due 2005") at a price of 99.926% plus
accrued  interest.  The Notes  Due 2005 are not  redeemable  prior to  maturity.
Proceeds  from the sale of the Notes  Due 2005  were used to prepay  outstanding
term loans under the Company's bank credit facility.  The Notes Due 2027 and the
Notes Due 2005 are  unsecured  and rank  equally  with all other  unsecured  and
unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.
     The Company has a $750.0 million unsecured Revolving Credit Facility ("1995
Bank Credit  Agreement") which expires in March,  2001. At November 7, 1997, the
Company had approximately $432.0 million in unused capacity under this facility.
The Company also  maintains  $42.0  million in  additional  overnight  borrowing
availability under bank lines of credit.
         Loans under the 1995 Bank Credit  Agreement bear interest at either (i)
floating rates generally payable quarterly based on the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
plus 0.275% or (ii)  Eurodollar  rates or fixed rates which may be offered  from
time to time by a Lender pursuant to a competitive bid request  submitted by the
Company,  payable  up to 360  days.  In  addition,  the  Company  pays an annual
facility fee of 0.15%.  The interest  rate and the facility fee are based on the
Company's  current implied senior  unsecured debt ratings of BBB minus and Baa3.
In the event that the  Company's  debt ratings  improve,  the interest  rate and
facility fees would be reduced.  Conversely,  a  deterioration  in the Company's
debt ratings would increase the interest rate and facility fees.
         The 1995 Bank  Credit  Agreement  imposes  various  limitations  on the
liquidity of the Company. The Agreement requires the Company to maintain minimum
interest  coverage  and maximum  leverage  ratios and a  specified  level of net
worth. In addition,  the Agreement limits dividend payments,  stock repurchases,
leases, the incurrence of additional indebtedness by consolidated  subsidiaries,
the  creation  of  additional  liens and the making of  investments  in non-U.S.
persons,  and  restricts  the  Company's  ability to enter into certain  merger,
liquidation or asset sale or purchase transactions.
         On December 22, 1992, the Company, established a $225.0 million A-1/D-1
rated  commercial  paper  facility ("CP  Facility")  backed by a $225.0  million
Receivables-Backed  Liquidity Facility ("Liquidity Facility") established with a
group of banks. On November 7, 1997, $173.9 million of commercial paper maturing
on or before  December  10, 1997 was  outstanding.  The  Company has  received a
commitment from a bank to replace the CP Facility and Liquidity  Facility with a
five-year,  $225.0 million Trade Receivables  Financing Agreement  ("Receivables
Facility")  which is scheduled to close on or about December 5, 1997. The amount
of borrowings allowable under the Receivables Facility at any time is a function
of the amount of then  outstanding  eligible  trade  accounts  receivable  up to
$225.0 million.  Loans under the Receivables Facility bear interest,  with terms
up to 270 days,  at the bank's  commercial  paper  dealer rate plus  0.1875%.  A
commitment  fee of 0.125% is charged on the  unused  portion of the  Receivables
Facility.
         Because the Company's  obligations under the 1995 Bank Credit Agreement
and the  receivables-backed  financing programs bear interest at floating rates,
the Company is sensitive to changes in prevailing  interest  rates.  The Company
uses  derivative  instruments to manage its interest rate exposure,  rather than
for trading purposes.


Forward-Looking Statements

     With the exception of historical  information,  the statements contained in
Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Results of  Operations  and  Financial
Condition and in other parts of this report include  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements
represent  management's current expectations or beliefs as to the future and are
subject to risks and  uncertainties  which  could  affect the  Company's  actual


<PAGE>



future results and which could cause those results to differ materially from the
expectations or beliefs expressed in the forward-looking  statements. Such risks
and  uncertainties  include,  but are not  limited  to: the  outlook  for global
economic activity and its impact upon the Company's  businesses;  the demand for
textile  products,  including  the  acceptance by customers and consumers of the
Company's  products  and the possible  imbalances  between  consumer  demand and
inventories   of  the  Company's   customers;   the  success  of  the  Company's
value-added,  fashion-driven product strategy; the Company's  relationships with
its principal  customers and suppliers;  cost and  availability of raw materials
and labor; the success of the Company's  strategic plans to expand in the United
States, India and Mexico; the Company's ability to finance its capital expansion
and modernization  programs, and the level of the Company's indebtedness and the
exposure to interest rate fluctuations;  governmental legislation and regulatory
changes  which impose higher costs,  or greater  restrictions,  on the Company's
operations and which alter the existing  regulation of international  trade; and
the long-term  implications  of the current  development of regional trade blocs
and the effect of the anticipated  elimination of quotas and lowering of tariffs
under the GATT trade regime by 2005. Other risks and  uncertainties  may also be
described from time to time in the Company's  other reports and filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

<PAGE>



              BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                    Consolidated Statements of Operations
                 For the fiscal years ended September 27, 1997,
                   September 28, 1996 and September 30, 1995
              (amounts in thousands, except for per share amounts)




                                            1997        1996         1995
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------

Net sales.............................  $2,090,683   $2,182,347   $2,209,191
Cost of sales.........................   1,758,698    1,814,160    1,843,752
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
Gross profit..........................     331,985      368,187      365,439
Selling, administrative and
  general expenses....................     154,648      166,283      162,504
Provision for doubtful accounts.......       3,478        6,457       10,382
Amortization of goodwill..............      18,158       18,201       18,055
Loss on closing of division...........           -       29,856            -
Provision for restructuring...........      12,058            -            -
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
Operating income before
  interest and taxes..................     143,643      147,390      174,498
Interest expense......................      60,062       65,936       56,294
Other expense (income) - net..........     (12,790)       6,104       (1,897)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
Income before income taxes............      96,371       75,350      120,101
Income tax expense:
  Current.............................     (33,048)     (36,822)     (31,706)
  Deferred............................      (4,625)       3,075      (20,001)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
    Total income tax expense..........     (37,673)     (33,747)     (51,707)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
Income before
  extraordinary item..................      58,698       41,603       68,394
Extraordinary item:
  Loss from early extinguishment
   of debt, net of income tax
   benefit of $454 in 1996............           -         (697)           -
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
Net income............................  $   58,698   $   40,906   $   68,394
                                        ==========   ==========   ==========

Average common shares
  outstanding.........................      61,289       63,231       65,273

Net income per common share:
  Income before
   extraordinary item.................  $     0.96   $     0.66   $     1.05
  Extraordinary item..................           -        (0.01)           -
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
                                        $     0.96   $     0.65   $     1.05
                                        ==========   ==========   ==========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>



              BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                         Consolidated Balance Sheets
                           (amounts in thousands)




                                                    September 27,  September 28,
                                                        1997           1996
                                                    -------------  -------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.......................    $    17,863     $    15,392
Short-term investments..........................         23,832          22,755
Customer accounts receivable after deductions
  of $20,688 and $21,466 for the respective
  dates for doubtful accounts, discounts,
  returns and allowances........................        331,457         342,390
Sundry notes and accounts receivable............          6,762           6,608
Inventories.....................................        314,994         329,386
Prepaid expenses................................          2,719           2,839
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Total current assets.......................        697,627         719,370
Fixed assets, at cost:
Land and land improvements......................         36,677          35,869
Buildings.......................................        400,212         384,153
Machinery, fixtures and equipment...............        607,502         585,587
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                      1,044,391       1,005,609
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..        459,744         436,069
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Fixed assets - net.........................        584,647         569,540
Other assets:
Investments and receivables.....................         22,670          14,032
Intangibles and deferred charges................         29,781          25,875
Excess of purchase cost over
 net assets acquired............................        538,967         557,125
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Total other assets.........................        591,418         597,032
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                    $ 1,873,692     $ 1,885,942
                                                    ===========     ===========
LIABILITIES and SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Long-term debt due currently....................    $       470     $     1,720
Accounts payable - trade........................        102,898          93,688
Sundry payables and accrued expenses............        100,039         102,895
Income taxes payable............................         16,406          20,674
Deferred income taxes...........................         43,782          46,375
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Total current liabilities..................        263,595         265,352
Long-term liabilities:
Long-term debt..................................        806,413         837,136
Other...........................................         58,595          57,360
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Total long-term liabilities................        865,008         894,496
Deferred income taxes...........................        114,363         110,174
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock issued (Note G)....................            684             684
Capital in excess of par value..................        882,837         885,185
Accumulated deficit.............................       (134,301)       (192,999)
Currency translation adjustments................        (10,211)         (9,263)
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                        739,009         683,607
Less cost of common stock held in treasury......       (108,283)        (67,687)
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Total shareholders' equity.................        630,726         615,920
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                    $ 1,873,692     $ 1,885,942
                                                    ===========     ===========




See notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>



        BURLINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
           For the fiscal years ended September 27, 1997,
              September 28, 1996 and September 30, 1995
                     (amounts in thousands)

                                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                 --------  ---------  ---------

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income.....................................  $ 58,698   $ 40,906  $  68,394
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization of
     fixed assets..............................    66,742     66,942     66,646
    Provision for doubtful accounts............     3,478      6,457     10,382
    Amortization of intangibles
     and deferred debt expense.................    18,600     22,053     20,733
    Deferred income taxes......................     4,625     (3,075)    20,001
    (Gain) loss on disposal of assets
     and other expense.........................   (11,821)     7,641          -
    Loss from early extinguishment of debt.....         -      1,151          -
    Restructuring/loss on closing of division..    12,058     29,856          -
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
        Customer accounts receivable - net.....     6,400    (16,165)     8,331
        Sundry notes and accounts receivable...      (154)    10,203     (7,511)
        Inventories............................    11,478      9,561    (12,645)
        Prepaid expenses.......................       120       (627)        51
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses..    (2,428)     3,694    (15,910)
    (Payment) receipt of financing fees........        80       (444)    (3,848)
    Change in interest payable.................        64      3,257     (1,222)
    Change in income taxes payable.............     1,821     11,273     (7,252)
    Other......................................    (3,481)       442      6,414
                                                 --------   --------  ---------
         Total adjustments.....................   107,582    152,219     84,170
                                                 --------   --------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities......   166,280    193,125    152,564
                                                 --------   --------  ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures...........................   (96,500)   (79,174)  (101,876)
Payment for purchase of business, net
 of cash acquired..............................         -          -    (12,022)
Proceeds from sales of assets..................    20,672      8,785      6,472
Investment in joint venture....................    (2,750)    (2,200)         -
Change in investments..........................    (2,817)      (957)    (3,073)
                                                 --------   --------  ---------
Net cash used by investing activities..........   (81,395)   (73,546)  (110,499)
                                                 --------   --------  ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net change in short-term borrowings............         -       (274)    (1,136)
Repayments of long-term debt...................  (200,472)  (600,708)  (211,966)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.......   167,768    527,478    197,818
Proceeds from exercise of stock options........     3,709      3,848         73
Purchase of treasury stock.....................   (53,419)   (45,038)   (37,858)
                                                 --------   --------  ---------
Net cash used by financing activities..........   (82,414)  (114,694)   (53,069)
                                                 --------   --------  ---------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents........     2,471      4,885    (11,004)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
 of period.....................................    15,392     10,507     21,511
                                                 --------   --------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.....  $ 17,863   $ 15,392  $  10,507
                                                 ========   ========  =========







See notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Burlington Industries, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies





Note A - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and all its subsidiaries. The accounts of foreign subsidiaries have been
included on the basis of fiscal periods ended no more than three months prior to
the dates of the consolidated balance sheets. Investments in affiliates in which
the Company  owns 20 to 50 percent of the voting stock are  accounted  for using
the equity method. All significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.

Cash  equivalents:  Cash and cash  equivalents  include time  deposits and other
short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Inventories:  Inventories  are  valued at the lower of cost or  market.  Cost of
substantially  all  components  of textile  inventories  in the United States is
determined using the dollar value Last-in,  First-out  (LIFO) method.  All other
inventories are valued principally at average cost.

Fixed assets:  Depreciation  and amortization of fixed assets is calculated over
the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets  principally  using  the
straight-line method.

Excess of purchase  cost over net assets  acquired:  The excess of purchase cost
over net assets acquired is amortized as goodwill using the straight-line method
over not more  than 40 years.  The  accumulated  amortization  of  goodwill  was
$181,744,000  and  $163,586,000  at September  27, 1997 and  September 28, 1996,
respectively.

Impairment  of  long-lived  assets:  When  circumstances  indicate,  the Company
evaluates the  recoverability  of its long-lived  assets by comparing  estimated
future  undiscounted cash flows with the asset's carrying amount to determine if
a write-down to market value or discounted cash flow is required.

Deferred debt expense:  Deferred debt expense is amortized over the lives of the
related debt as an adjustment to interest expense.

Revenue  recognition:  In general,  the Company recognizes revenues from product
sales when units are shipped.

Research expenditures: Expenditures for research and development are expensed as
incurred.   Total   expenditures   for  research  and   development   aggregated
$11,841,000,  $13,482,000  and  $17,082,000  in the 1997,  1996 and 1995  fiscal
years, respectively.

Income  per common  share:  Income per  common  share is  computed  based on the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period.

Use of Estimates:  The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassification: Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform
to current presentations.

Fiscal year:  The Company uses a 52 - 53 week fiscal year.



<PAGE>



Other: In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 128, "Earnings per Share",  which
the Company is required to adopt in the first  quarter of the 1998 fiscal  year.
At that time,  the Company will be required to change the method  currently used
to compute  earnings per share and to restate all prior  periods.  The impact of
SFAS No. 128 on the  calculation  of earnings per share for these periods is not
expected to be material.  Also in 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income" and No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise
and  Related  Information",  both of which the  Company  will  adopt in its 1999
fiscal year. The Company will be required to report  comprehensive  income which
is the total of net  income  and all other  nonowner  changes  in  shareholders'
equity, such as foreign currency translation adjustments. The effect of SFAS No.
131  on  the  Company's  financial  statement   disclosures  has  not  yet  been
determined,  but  adoption  will not affect  the  accounting  for the  Company's
consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Note B - Restructuring Activities

During the June 1997  quarter,  the  Company  recorded a $12.1  million  pre-tax
provision for  restructuring  associated with reducing staff,  consolidation  of
certain yarn  facilities  and exiting the  residential  carpet product line. The
staff  reduction  included  severance  costs  of  $5.2  million  related  to 215
employees.  The  components  of  the  yarn  manufacturing  restructuring  charge
included  costs of $1.3 million for  severance  related to 286  employees,  $2.2
million for  divestitures  of  machinery  and  equipment,  and $1.4  million for
divestitures  of real estate.  Costs related to exiting the  residential  carpet
product  line  included  primarily  $1.2  million  for  severance  related to 70
employees.  Production  capacity of the residential  carpet product line will be
utilized by the commercial  carpet product line within existing  facilities.  In
addition,  exiting the residential  carpet product line resulted in an inventory
write-down and other claims of $4.9 million included in cost of sales. Combining
these  charges,  the  restructuring  activities  resulted in a pre-tax charge of
$17.0 million,  $10.3 million after income taxes,  or $0.17 per share.  Costs of
these restructuring  activities paid or incurred through September 27, 1997 were
$3.2 million.

In June  1996,  the  Company  announced  its plan to close the  Knitted  Fabrics
division  which  resulted in a $29.9 million  pre-tax  charge in the 1996 fiscal
year.  In  addition,  the closing  resulted in an inventory  write-down  of $3.7
million included in cost of sales.  Combining these charges,  the closing of the
division  resulted in a pre-tax  charge of $33.6  million,  $20.3  million after
income taxes, or $0.33 per share. Production of the Knitted Fabrics division was
phased out during September and October,  1996, and it is anticipated that sales
of the majority of the  division's  assets will be  completed  within a two-year
period.  The  components  of the 1996 charge  include costs of $12.7 million for
severance and other benefits  related to  approximately  1,150  employees,  $8.3
million  for   divestitures  of  machinery  and  equipment,   $8.0  million  for
divestitures of real estate, and $0.8 million for cancellation of leases.  Costs
of closing the division paid or incurred  through  September 27, 1997 were $23.2
million.  Operating  results of the Knitted Fabrics  division before any charges
related to the restructuring were as follows (in millions):

                                                  1996         1995
                                               --------     --------
       Net sales ...........................   $  108.2     $  134.1
       Net operating loss before
         interest and taxes ................   $  (17.2)    $  (17.9)








<PAGE>



Note C - Inventories

Inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                                                            1997         1996
                                                          ---------   ---------
    Inventories at average cost:
        Raw materials................................     $  46,722   $  49,481
        Stock in process.............................        97,973      96,836
        Produced goods...............................       190,326     200,679
        Dyes, chemicals and supplies.................        21,859      23,100
                                                          ---------   ---------
                                                            356,880     370,096
        Less excess of average cost over LIFO........        41,886      40,710
                                                          ---------   ---------
            Total....................................     $ 314,994   $ 329,386
                                                          =========   =========

Inventories valued using the LIFO method comprised  approximately 91% and 90% of
consolidated   inventories  at  September  27,  1997  and  September  28,  1996,
respectively.

Note D - Sundry Payables and Accrued Expenses

Sundry payables and accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                             1997         1996
                                                          ---------   ---------
     Sundry accounts payable.........................     $   1,386   $   2,156
     Accrued expenses:
         Payroll and employee benefits...............        57,558      58,555
         Taxes, other than income taxes..............         9,960       9,597
         Interest....................................         9,156      12,464
         Other.......................................        21,979      20,123
                                                          ---------   ---------
             Total...................................     $ 100,039   $ 102,895
                                                          =========   =========

Note E - Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
                                                             1997         1996
                                                          ----------  ---------
  1995 Bank Credit Agreement...........................   $  335,000  $ 525,000
  Commercial Paper.....................................      163,592    144,221
  Senior Debentures due 2005...........................      149,911    149,900
  Senior Debentures due 2027...........................      149,117          -
  Other indebtedness with various rates and maturities.        9,263     19,735
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                             806,883    838,856
  Less long-term debt due currently....................          470      1,720
                                                          ----------  ---------
    Total..............................................   $  806,413  $ 837,136
                                                          ==========  =========

Bank  Financing:  On November 8, 1995,  the Company  entered  into an  unsecured
credit agreement ("1995 Bank Credit Agreement"),  consisting of a $750.0 million
Revolving Credit Facility with a final maturity on March 31, 2001. The Agreement
provides  for the  issuance  of  letters  of credit by the  fronting  bank in an
outstanding aggregate face amount not to exceed $75.0 million,  provided that at
no time shall the aggregate  principal amount of Revolving Loans,  together with
the  aggregate  face  amount of such  letters of credit  issued,  exceed  $750.0
million.  At  September  27, 1997,  there were no letters of credit  outstanding
issued by the fronting bank,  and the unused  portion of the revolving  facility
commitment  was $415.0  million.  Additional  overnight  borrowings  up to $42.0
million are also available under bank lines of credit.

Loans under the 1995 Bank Credit  Agreement bear interest at either (i) floating
rates generally  payable  quarterly  based on the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate plus
0.275% or (ii) Eurodollar rates or fixed rates which may be offered from time to
time by a Lender pursuant to a competitive bid request submitted by the Company,
payable up to 360 days. In addition,  the Company pays an annual facility fee of
0.15%. The interest rate and the facility fee are based on the Company's current
senior  unsecured  debt  ratings  of BBB minus and Baa3.  In the event  that the
Company's debt ratings improve, the interest rate and facility fees would be

<PAGE>



reduced.  Conversely,  a  deterioration  in the  Company's  debt  ratings  would
increase the interest rate and facility fees. At September 27, 1997, the average
bank financing  interest rate was 6.29%. See Note P for information on financial
instruments utilized to manage interest rate exposure.

The 1995 Bank Credit Agreement  imposes various  limitations on the liquidity of
the Company.  The Agreement  requires the Company to maintain  minimum  interest
coverage  and maximum  leverage  ratios and a specified  level of net worth.  In
addition,  the Agreement limits dividend  payments (equal to 50% of the previous
fiscal year's domestic net income less any after-tax gain or loss on asset sales
outside  the  ordinary  course of  business),  stock  repurchases,  leases,  the
incurrence of additional indebtedness by domestic subsidiaries,  the creation of
additional liens and the making of investments in foreign entities and restricts
the Company's ability to enter into certain merger, liquidation or asset sale or
purchase transactions.

On November 20, 1995,  the Company  borrowed  $510.0 million under the 1995 Bank
Credit  Agreement to repay all $505.0  million  principal  amount of outstanding
indebtedness  under its 1994 Bank Credit Agreement and recorded a related charge
from early  extinguishment  of debt of $0.7 million (net of income taxes) during
the 1996 fiscal year.

Receivables-Backed  Financing:  On December 22, 1992, the Company  established a
$225.0 million A-1/D-1 rated commercial paper facility ("CP Facility") backed by
a $225.0 million  Receivables-Backed  Liquidity Facility ("Liquidity  Facility")
with a group of banks.  There were no  borrowings  outstanding  at September 27,
1997 or  September  28,  1996 under the  Liquidity  Facility.  The  Company  has
received a  commitment  from a bank to replace  the CP  Facility  and  Liquidity
Facility with a five-year,  $225.0 million Trade Receivables Financing Agreement
("Receivables  Facility")  which is scheduled  to close on or about  December 5,
1997; accordingly, commercial paper borrowings were classified as long-term debt
at September 27, 1997. The amount of borrowings  allowable under the Receivables
Facility  at any time is a function of the amount of then  outstanding  eligible
trade  accounts  receivable up to $225.0  million.  Loans under the  Receivables
Facility  bear  interest,  with terms up to 270 days,  at the bank's  commercial
paper dealer rate plus  0.1875%.  A  commitment  fee of 0.125% is charged on the
unused portion of the Receivables Facility.

Senior  Debentures:  On August 12, 1997,  the Company  issued,  through a public
offering,  $150.0 million  principal amount of 7.25% unsecured senior debentures
due August 1, 2027 ("Senior  Debentures Due 2027").  The securities  were issued
under an indenture (the "Indenture") dated as of September 1, 1995 pursuant to a
shelf  registration  filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  under
which  $100.0  million of debt  securities  may still be issued.  The  Indenture
contains covenants  limiting certain liens and sale and leaseback  transactions.
The Senior Debentures Due 2027 were issued at a discount to yield 7.335% and the
net  proceeds  from the sale were the  principal  source of funds used to prepay
$150.0  million of Revolving  Loans under its 1995 Bank Credit  Agreement on the
same date. Interest on the Senior Debentures Due 2027 is payable semiannually on
February 1 and August 1. The Senior  Debentures Due 2027 will be redeemable as a
whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time on or after  August 2,
2007 at a price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount redeemed or
the sum of the present values of the remaining  scheduled  payments of principal
and interest thereon.  The Senior Debentures Due 2027 will also be redeemable at
the option of the holders  thereof on August 1, 2007 in amounts at 100% of their
principal amount.

On September  26, 1995,  the Company  issued  through a public  offering  $150.0
million  principal amount of 7.25% unsecured senior debentures due September 15,
2005 ("Senior  Debentures Due 2005") under the Indenture.  The Senior Debentures
Due 2005 were issued at a discount to yield 7.26% and the net proceeds  from the
sale were the principal  source of funds used to prepay  $150.0  million of term
loans under its 1994 Bank  Credit  Agreement  on the same date.  Interest on the
Senior Debentures Due 2005 is payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15,
and the


<PAGE>



debentures are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not entitled to any
sinking fund.

Maturities:  As of September 27, 1997,  aggregate annual maturities of long-term
debt for the next five  years are $0.5  million in 1998,  $0.7  million in 1999,
$1.2 million in 2000, $335.5 million in 2001 and $0.1 million in 2002.

Note F - Leases

Minimum  commitments  for rental  expenditures  under  noncancellable  operating
leases are as follows (in thousands):

          1998.............................................    $ 16,359
          1999.............................................      14,373
          2000.............................................      10,418
          2001.............................................       7,974
          2002.............................................       5,873
          Later years......................................      23,252
                                                               --------
                                                                 78,249
          Less sublease income.............................         102
                                                               --------
               Total minimum lease payments................    $ 78,147
                                                               ========

Approximately 37% of the operating leases pertain to real estate.  The remainder
covers  a  variety  of  machinery  and  equipment.   Certain  operating  leases,
principally for office  facilities,  contain escalation clauses for increases in
operating  costs,  property  taxes and  insurance.  For the 1997,  1996 and 1995
fiscal  years,   rental  expense  for  all  operating  leases  was  $19,751,000,
$20,023,000 and $18,542,000,  respectively.  Sublease income was not material in
any of these years.

Note G - Shareholders' Equity

Shares of the Company's  voting and nonvoting  common stock,  par value $.01 per
share,  authorized,  issued and  outstanding at September 27, 1997 and September
28, 1996, respectively, were as follows:

                                       Shares          Shares           Shares
   September 27, 1997                Authorized        Issued        Outstanding
   ------------------               -----------      ----------      -----------
   Common Stock..................   200,000,000      65,344,561       56,356,728
   Nonvoting Common Stock........    15,000,000       3,048,888        3,048,888
                                    -----------      ----------       ----------
                                    215,000,000      68,393,449       59,405,616
                                    ===========      ==========       ==========

                                       Shares          Shares           Shares
   September 28, 1996                Authorized        Issued        Outstanding
   ------------------               -----------      ----------      -----------
   Common Stock..................   200,000,000      61,366,741       55,852,652
   Nonvoting Common Stock........    15,000,000       7,026,708        7,026,708
                                    -----------      ----------       ----------
                                    215,000,000      68,393,449       62,879,360
                                    ===========      ==========       ==========


All shares have similar rights and privileges except for voting rights.  Holders
of  Nonvoting  Common Stock are  entitled,  subject to certain  limitations,  to
exchange such shares for Common Stock.

On September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996, the Company had 30,000,000  shares
of  preferred  stock  authorized,  par value $.01 per share,  none of which were
issued and outstanding.



<PAGE>



During the 1997 fiscal year, the Company purchased 1,750,000 shares of Nonvoting
Common Stock from a  shareholder  group in a  privately-negotiated  transaction.
Immediately thereafter,  these shares were converted to voting Common Stock held
as treasury  stock.  Additionally,  the Company  exchanged  2,227,820  shares of
Nonvoting  Common Stock for voting  Common  Stock.  During the 1997 fiscal year,
outstanding shares also changed due to (i) the purchase of 2,794,120  additional
shares of treasury stock;  (ii) the issuance of 488,280 shares of treasury stock
to the ESOP Plan (see Note M); (iii) the issuance of 250,101  shares of treasury
stock to settle  Performance  Unit  awards  (see Note Q);  (iv) the  issuance of
322,995 shares of treasury stock for exercise of stock options (see Note Q); and
(v) the issuance of 9,000 shares for other transactions.

Changes in  shareholders'  equity of the Company for fiscal 1995,  1996 and 1997
were (dollar amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Capital
                                              in                    Currency   Treasury
                                   Common  excess of  Accumulated  translation  shares,
                                   Stock   par value    deficit    adjustment   at cost      Total
                                   ------  ---------  -----------  ----------- ---------   --------
<S>                                <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>
Balance October 1, 1994........... $  683   $883,838  $ (302,299)   $  3,955   $ (11,813)  $574,364
Purchase of treasury stock........                                               (37,858)   (37,858)
Issuance of treasury stock........            (1,163)                             13,333     12,170
Awards issued under
 Equity Incentive Plans...........      1      5,818                                          5,819
Amortization of unearned
 compensation.....................             2,255                                          2,255
Exercise of stock options.........                73                                             73
Forfeiture of restricted shares...               126                                (126)       -
Net income for the period.........                        68,394                             68,394
Translation adjustment............                                    (9,777)                (9,777)
                                   ------   --------   ---------     -------   ---------   --------
Balance September 30, 1995........    684    890,947    (233,905)     (5,822)    (36,464)   615,440
Purchase of treasury stock........                                               (45,038)   (45,038)
Issuance of treasury stock........           (10,978)                              9,730     (1,248)
Awards issued under
 Equity Incentive Plans...........             3,205                                          3,205
Amortization of unearned
 compensation.....................             2,248                                          2,248
Exercise of stock options.........              (297)                              4,145      3,848
Forfeiture of restricted shares...                60                                 (60)       -
Net income for the period.........                        40,906                             40,906
Translation adjustment............                                    (3,441)                (3,441)
                                   -------  --------  ----------    --------   ---------   --------
Balance September 28, 1996........     684   885,185    (192,999)     (9,263)    (67,687)   615,920
Purchase of treasury stock........                                               (53,419)   (53,419)
Issuance of treasury stock........            (4,613)                              8,890      4,277
Awards issued under
 Equity Incentive Plans...........             2,082                                          2,082
Amortization of unearned
 compensation.....................               176                                            176
Exercise of stock options.........              (224)                              3,933      3,709
Tax benefit on stock options......               231                                            231
Net income for the period.........                         58,698                            58,698
Translation adjustment............                                      (948)                  (948)
                                   ------- ---------  -----------   --------   ---------   --------
Balance September 27, 1997........ $   684 $ 882,837  $  (134,301)  $(10,211)  $(108,283)  $630,726
                                   ======= =========  ===========   ========   =========   ========
</TABLE>


Note H - Other Expense (Income) - Net

Other expense (income) - net consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                              1997         1996         1995
                                            --------     --------     --------
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets - net..     (9,487)    $  3,651     $      -
    Provision for legal contingencies....          -        3,990            -
    Interest income......................     (2,991)      (2,583)      (2,133)
    Other................................       (312)       1,046          236
                                            --------     --------     --------
         Total...........................   $(12,790)    $  6,104     $ (1,897)
                                            ========     ========     ========

During the 1997 fiscal year, the Company sold Advanced  Textiles,  Inc. (a small
fiberglass business) for $4.6 million in cash and $4.1 million in securities and
recognized a pre-tax  gain of $4.8  million from the sale.  Also during the 1997
fiscal year,  the Company  sold its  Sedgefield  chemical  business for cash and
recognized a pre-tax gain of $4.3 million from the sale. These businesses had


<PAGE>



combined sales of $5.3 million and $16.9 million during the 1997 and 1996 fiscal
years,  respectively.  On April 27, 1996,  the Company  sold its J.G.  Furniture
operation  for $1.1  million  in cash  and  $3.6  million  in  securities.  J.G.
Furniture had sales of $17.4 million during the 1995 fiscal year.  Additionally,
the  Company  recorded  a  charge  for  $2.3  million  in 1996 on the  sale of a
non-operating  asset.  The Company recorded a charge of $4.0 million in the 1996
fiscal year for legal contingencies.

Note I - Income Taxes

The sources of income before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

                                                    1997       1996       1995
                                                  --------   --------   --------

  United States...............................    $ 89,233   $ 70,598   $118,012
  Foreign.....................................       7,138      4,752      2,089
                                                  --------   --------   --------
       Total                                      $ 96,371   $ 75,350   $120,101
                                                  ========   ========   ========

Income tax expense consisted of (in thousands):
                                                    1997       1996       1995
                                                  --------   --------   --------
  Current:
       United States..........................    $ 32,799   $ 36,375   $ 31,418
       Foreign................................         249        447        288
                                                  --------   --------   --------
            Total current                           33,048     36,822     31,706
  Deferred:
       United States..........................       4,048     (3,716)    18,582
       Foreign................................         577        641      1,419
                                                  --------   --------   --------
            Total deferred....................       4,625     (3,075)    20,001
                                                  --------   --------   --------
                                                  $ 37,673   $ 33,747   $ 51,707
                                                  ========   ========   ========

Income tax expense is  different  from the amount  computed by applying the U.S.
federal  income tax rate of 35% to income  before  income  taxes as follows  (in
thousands):
                                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                 --------   --------   --------
  U.S. tax at statutory rate..................   $ 33,730   $ 26,373   $ 42,035
  Goodwill amortization with no tax benefit...      6,140      6,212      6,166
  State income taxes, net of federal benefit..      1,712      1,465      3,622
  Foreign Sales Corporation...................     (2,865)      (913)      (867)
  Other.......................................     (1,044)       610        751
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 $ 37,673   $ 33,747   $ 51,707
                                                 ========   ========   ========

At September 27, 1997,  the Company had $44.3 million of deferred tax assets and
$202.4  million  of  deferred  tax  liabilities   which  have  been  netted  for
presentation  purposes.  At September 28, 1996, the Company had $40.4 million of
deferred tax assets and $196.9  million of deferred tax  liabilities  which have
been  netted  for   presentation   purposes.   Operating  loss  and  tax  credit
carryforwards  with  related tax  benefits of $2.1  million (net of $2.9 million
valuation  allowance)  at  September  27,  1997,  and $2.7  million (net of $2.9
million  valuation  allowance) at September 28, 1996,  expire from 1998 to 2008.
Net  deferred  tax  liabilities  at September  27, 1997 and  September  28, 1996
consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                       1997                     1996
                               ---------------------    ---------------------
                                Current  Noncurrent      Current   Noncurrent
   Fixed assets..............  $      -  $ 105,178      $      -    $ 104,187
   Inventory valuation.......    60,142          -        60,142            -
   Accruals, allowances
     and other...............   (15,794)    10,763       (13,188)       8,142
   Operating loss and tax
     credit carryforwards....      (566)    (1,578)         (579)      (2,155)
                               --------  ---------      --------    ---------
        Total................  $ 43,782  $ 114,363      $ 46,375    $ 110,174
                               ========  =========      ========    =========





<PAGE>



Note J - Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

     (in thousands)                            1997         1996         1995
                                             --------     --------     --------

     Interest paid - net...................  $ 56,565     $ 56,244     $ 52,705
                                             ========     ========     ========

     Income taxes paid - net...............  $ 37,086     $ 25,089     $ 38,973
                                             ========     ========     ========

The Company's noncash investing and financing activities not disclosed elsewhere
included  the  issuance  of  convertible  notes in the  amount of $12.2  million
related to the acquisition of The Bacova Guild, Ltd. during the 1995 fiscal year
and exchange of  equipment  for notes  receivable  in the amount of $2.9 million
during the 1995 fiscal year.

Note K - Retirement Benefits

The Company's U.S. defined benefit pension plan provides benefits to most of its
U.S.  employees  and  certain  employees  in foreign  countries,  based on their
compensation over their working careers.  The funding policy for this plan is to
contribute annually an amount based on the recommendation of the plan's actuary.
Employees  also  contribute a  percentage  of their  compensation.  Participants
become fully vested at the end of five years of service.

The following sets forth the funded status of the plan (in thousands):

                                                              1997       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------
  Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation, including
   vested benefits of $(281,212) in 1997 and
   $(260,261) in 1996...................................   $(299,800) $(273,994)
                                                           ---------  ---------
  Projected benefit obligation for service rendered
   to date..............................................    (337,730)  (310,992)
  Less plan assets at fair value, primarily listed
   stocks and bonds, short-term investment funds
   and insurance company contracts......................     349,069    298,346
                                                           ---------  ---------
  Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected
   benefit obligation...................................      11,339    (12,646)
  Unrecognized prior service cost.......................         469        625
  Unrecognized net loss.................................      15,280     34,652
                                                           ---------  ---------
  Pension asset recognized in the balance sheet.........   $  27,088  $  22,631
                                                           =========  =========

During the 1996 fiscal year,  the plan made cash lump sum payments to the former
member employees of a divested  division.  Curtailment and settlement  losses of
$3.7 million in 1996 were recognized and offset against reserves  established at
the time of the divestiture.

Net pension cost included the following  components for the 1997,  1996 and 1995
fiscal years (in thousands):
                                                     1997      1996      1995
                                                   --------  --------  --------
    Service cost - benefits earned during the
     period......................................  $  7,354  $  7,991  $  4,385
    Interest cost on projected benefit
     obligation..................................    25,128    24,093    24,148
    Return on assets, net of deferred gain
     of $37,690 in 1997, $19,579 in 1996,
     and $20,361 in 1995.........................   (24,077)  (22,686)  (20,270)
    Amortization:
     Unrecognized prior service cost.............       156       163       541
     Unrecognized losses.........................     1,982     2,928     3,892
                                                   --------  --------  --------
    Net pension cost.............................  $ 10,543  $ 12,489  $ 12,696
                                                   ========  ========  ========





<PAGE>



The following assumptions were used at each measurement date:
                                                     1997      1996      1995
                                                   --------  --------  -------
  Discount rate..................................    7.75%     8.0%      7.75%
  Long-term rate of return on plan assets........    8.5%      8.5%      8.5%
  Long-term rate of increase in compensation.....    3.75%     3.75%     3.75%

Pension  cost for all  plans,  including  those  of  foreign  subsidiaries,  was
$10,842,000,  $12,940,000  and  $13,112,000  for the 1997,  1996 and 1995 fiscal
years, respectively.



Note L - Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

In addition to the Company's  pension plan, the Company has two defined  benefit
postretirement  medical plans available to most of its U.S.  employees who elect
participation  and  one  life  insurance  defined  benefit  postretirement  plan
covering  only certain  employees.  The medical plans include a health care plan
for  employees  electing  early  retirement  between the ages of 55 and 65 and a
Medicare  supplement  plan for retired  employees age 65 and older.  The medical
plans are  contributory,  with  retiree  contributions  adjusted  annually,  and
contain other  cost-sharing  features such as deductibles and  coinsurance.  The
life insurance plan is  non-contributory  and was closed to new members in 1973.
The  Company's  policy  is to fund the cost of the  medical  plans  and the life
insurance  plan as expenses  are  incurred.  The Company  accounts for the plans
under SFAS NO. 106,  "Employers'  Accounting for  Postretirement  Benefits Other
Than  Pensions",  which  requires that the cost of such benefits be accrued over
the employees' service lives. The Company's annual postretirement  benefit costs
are not significant.

The following  table shows the three plans'  combined  funded status  reconciled
with the amounts  recognized in the Company's balance sheets as of September 27,
1997 and September 28, 1996 (in thousands) and assumptions:

                                                1997                1996
                                         ------------------  ------------------
                                                    Life                Life
                                          Medical Insurance   Medical Insurance
                                           Plans     Plan      Plans     Plan
                                          -------  -------   -------   -------
  Accumulated postretirement benefit
  obligation:
   Retirees.............................  $(1,764) $(4,858)  $  (955)  $(5,028)
   Fully eligible active plan
    participants........................   (3,098)       -    (2,241)        -
   Other active plan participants.......   (3,521)       -    (2,530)        -
                                          -------  -------   -------   -------
                                           (8,383)  (4,858)   (5,726)   (5,028)
  Plan assets at fair value, primarily
   bonds................................       86    2,279       249     2,399
                                           ------  -------   -------   -------
  Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation in excess of plan assets..   (8,297)  (2,579)   (5,477)   (2,629)
  Unrecognized net (gain) loss..........    5,947     (531)    3,266      (551)
                                           ------  -------   -------   -------
  Accrued postretirement benefit cost...  $(2,350) $(3,110)  $(2,211)  $(3,180)
                                          =======  =======   =======   =======

  Discount rate.........................    7.75%    7.75%      8.0%      8.0%
  Long-term rate of return on plan
   assets...............................     8.5%     8.5%      8.5%      8.5%

The annual rate of increase in health care  expenses was 7% in the 1997 and 1996
fiscal  years.  This rate was  assumed to be 7% for the 1998  fiscal year and to
decrease gradually to 6% in 2004 and remain at that level thereafter.






<PAGE>



Note M - Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company's  Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") is an individual  account,
defined contribution plan designed to be qualified under the relevant provisions
of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code").  The ESOP is
designed to invest  primarily  in the  Company's  stock.  The  Internal  Revenue
Service  has  issued a  favorable  determination  letter  stating  that the ESOP
qualifies under the Code and that the ESOP Trust is exempt from tax.

Substantially  all U.S.  salaried  and hourly  employees  who complete a minimum
period of service are eligible to  participate  in the ESOP.  The ESOP Plan also
provides  for 100%  vesting  after  one year of  participating  service  and for
distributions  of  shares  allocated  to  participant  accounts  at the  time of
termination of employment with the Company.

Pursuant to a Board-established formula linked to the Company's annual operating
results, a contribution of 483,076 shares of Common Stock valued at $5.7 million
was made to the ESOP for fiscal year 1995, a  contribution  of 488,280 shares of
Common  Stock  valued at $5.2 million was made to the ESOP for fiscal year 1996,
and a cash contribution of $3.1 million will be made to the ESOP for fiscal year
1997.  Such amounts have been charged to operations  in the 1995,  1996 and 1997
fiscal years, respectively.

Note N - Contingencies

The Company and certain of its current and former direct and indirect  corporate
predecessors,  subsidiaries  and  divisions  have been  identified by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency, by the environmental agencies in several
states and by private parties as potentially  responsible parties at a number of
hazardous waste disposal sites under the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980  ("Superfund")  and comparable state laws
and,  as  such,  may be  liable  for the  cost of  cleanup  and  other  remedial
activities at these sites.  The Company may also have liability for such matters
pursuant  to  contractual  obligations  relating  to  divested  property or with
respect to sites which may be identified in the future.  With respect to certain
of  these  sites,  other  persons  have  also  been  identified  as  potentially
responsible  parties,  and in such  circumstances the responsibility for cleanup
and other remedial activities is typically shared among such parties based on an
allocation  formula.  The Company is also  involved in  remedial  responses  and
voluntary  environmental  cleanups at other sites  which are not  currently  the
subject of proceedings of any kind under Superfund or comparable state laws. The
Company  has  established   reserves  in  its  financial   statements  for  such
environmental  liabilities,  including  related legal fees and other transaction
costs, in the aggregate amount of $5.7 million.  The provision for environmental
liabilities is based on the Company's estimate of allocations of liability among
potentially  responsible  parties (and the  likelihood of  contribution  by such
parties),   information   concerning  the  scope  of  contamination,   estimated
remediation costs,  estimated  transaction costs and other factors.  The Company
has also recorded $1.1 million for estimated recoveries under insurance policies
to the  extent  that  coverage  for such  claims  has been  acknowledged  by the
relevant insurer and for estimated recoveries from third parties.

The Company and its  subsidiaries  also have  sundry  claims and other  lawsuits
pending  against  them and also have certain  guarantees  which were made in the
ordinary course of business.  It is not possible to determine with certainty the
ultimate  liability of the Company in these matters,  if any, but in the opinion
of  management,  their outcome  should have no material  adverse effect upon the
financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Note O - Segment and Other Information

The Company is one of the largest and most diversified  manufacturers of textile
products in the world. It is a leading  developer,  marketer and manufacturer of
fabrics and other textile products utilized in a wide variety of apparel and


<PAGE>



interior  furnishings end uses. The Company operates in two areas:  products for
apparel markets and products for interior furnishings markets.  Sales, operating
income,   identifiable   assets,   depreciation  and  amortization  and  capital
expenditures for these segments were as follows (dollars in millions):

                                                 1997        1996       1995
                                               --------    --------   ---------
    Net sales
      Apparel................................   $1,253.2    $1,328.3   $1,347.1
      Interior furnishings...................      837.5       854.0      862.1
                                                --------    --------   --------
             Total...........................   $2,090.7    $2,182.3   $2,209.2
                                                ========    ========   ========

    Operating income
      Apparel................................   $  112.1    $  121.7   $  107.1
      Interior furnishings...................       43.6        55.6       67.4
      Loss on closing of division............          -       (29.9)         -
      Provision for restructuring............      (12.1)          -          -
                                                --------    --------   --------
             Total...........................      143.6       147.4      174.5

    Interest expense.........................       60.0        65.9       56.3
    Other expense (income) - net.............      (12.8)        6.1       (1.9)
                                                --------    --------   --------
    Income before income taxes...............   $   96.4    $   75.4   $  120.1
                                                ========    ========   ========

    Operating margin
      Apparel................................        8.9%        9.2%       8.0%
      Interior furnishings...................        5.2         6.5        7.8
                                                    ----        ----       ----
             Total...........................        6.9%        6.8%       7.9%
                                                    ====        ====       ====

    Identifiable assets
      Apparel................................   $1,088.7    $1,091.8   $1,130.4
      Interior furnishings...................      707.3       734.2      748.8
      Corporate..............................       77.7        59.9       52.5
                                                --------    --------   --------
             Total...........................   $1,873.7    $1,885.9   $1,931.7
                                                ========    ========   ========

    Depreciation and amortization
      Apparel................................   $   50.9    $   52.3   $   53.4
      Interior furnishings...................       34.2        35.0       33.6
                                                --------    --------   --------
             Total...........................   $   85.1    $   87.3   $   87.0
                                                ========    ========   ========

    Capital expenditures
      Apparel................................   $   72.0    $   48.6   $   55.4
      Interior furnishings...................       24.5        30.6       46.5
                                                --------    --------   --------
             Total...........................   $   96.5    $   79.2   $  101.9
                                                ========    ========   ========

The Company primarily markets its products to approximately  12,000 customers in
the United States. The Company also markets its products to customers in Canada,
Mexico, Latin America, Europe and Asian countries.  For the 1997 fiscal year, no
single customer  represented  more than 10% of the Company's net sales,  and the
Company's 10 largest  customers  accounted for  approximately  28% of net sales.
Export  sales  from the  Company's  United  States  operations  to  unaffiliated
customers were as follows (in millions):
                                                  1997       1996        1995
                                                -------    --------    --------
    Asia.....................................   $ 38.6      $ 51.5      $ 32.0
    Europe...................................     78.3        61.5        41.5
    North and South America..................    108.2        91.5        78.5
    Other....................................     14.2         9.0         9.2
                                                ------      ------      ------
             Total...........................   $239.3      $213.5      $161.2
                                                ======      ======      ======

Note P - Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes interest rate agreements and foreign exchange  contracts to
manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures.  The principal objective of
such contracts is to minimize the risks and/or costs  associated  with financial
and  global  operating  activities.  The  Company  does  not  utilize  financial
instruments for trading or other  speculative  purposes.  The  counterparties to
these contractual


<PAGE>



arrangements are a diverse group of major financial  institutions with which the
Company also has other financial relationships. The Company is exposed to credit
loss in the  event of  nonperformance  by  these  counterparties.  However,  the
Company does not anticipate nonperformance by the other parties, and no material
loss would be expected from their nonperformance.

INTEREST RATE  INSTRUMENTS:  The Company  enters into  interest rate swap,  cap,
floor and collar agreements to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on
all or a portion of its floating rate debt. The swap agreements are contracts to
exchange floating rate for fixed interest payments periodically over the life of
the agreements  without the exchange of the  underlying  notional  amounts.  The
notional  amounts of interest rate agreements are used to measure interest to be
paid or received and do not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The
net cash paid for interest rate cap, floor and collar  agreements is recorded in
intangibles and deferred charges in the  consolidated  balance sheet and charged
to interest expense over the life of the agreement. The net cash amounts paid or
received on swap  agreements  are accrued and  recognized  as an  adjustment  to
interest  expense.  If an arrangement  is replaced by another  instrument and no
longer qualifies as a hedge instrument,  then it is marked to market and carried
on the balance sheet at fair value.

         As of September 27, 1997 and  September  28, 1996,  the Company had the
following interest rate instruments in effect (notional amounts in millions; the
cap, swap, floor and collar rates are based on 3-month LIBOR):

                                           1997
                          ------------------------------------------
                          Notional         Strike
                           Amount           Rate            Period
                          --------         ------        -----------
    Interest rate swaps    $200             7.37%        10/95-10/00

                                          1996
                          ------------------------------------------
                          Notional         Strike
                           Amount           Rate            Period
                          --------         ------        -----------
    Interest rate caps     $100             9.50%        04/96-04/97
                            300             7.00         10/96-10/97
                            300             9.50         10/96-10/97
                            200            10.00         10/96-10/97

    Interest rate swaps    $200             7.37%        10/95-10/00

    Interest rate collars  $ 50             4.75%        10/96-10/97
                                            7.00
                             50             5.03         10/96-10/97
                                            7.00

    Interest rate floors   $100             5.50%        01/96-10/96
                            250             5.25         01/96-10/96
                            300(a)          5.60         10/96-10/97

(a) Entered into on October 3, 1996.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE INSTRUMENTS:  The Company enters into forward currency exchange
contracts  in the  regular  course of business  to manage its  exposure  against
foreign  currency  fluctuations on sales,  raw material and fixed asset purchase
transactions  denominated in foreign  currencies.  Foreign currency  receivables
which have  forward  exchange  contracts  are  recorded  in U.S.  dollars at the
applicable  forward rate. The foreign exchange  contracts on receivables  ($27.1
million  and $19.8  million  at  September  27,  1997 and  September  28,  1996,
respectively)  require the Company to exchange  British  pounds,  German  marks,
French francs,  Canadian dollars and Italian lira for U.S. dollars and mature in
one to eight  months.  Forward  exchange  contracts  related to raw material and
fixed asset purchase  transactions are recognized as adjustments to the bases of
the underlying  assets.  At September 27, 1997, the Company had $10.6 million of
forward  currency  exchange  contracts  maturing in one to eleven  months  which
related to purchases of wool and machinery denominated in


<PAGE>



Australian dollars,  German marks and Swiss francs,  compared to $4.8 million at
September 28, 1996. At September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996, deferred gains
and losses on foreign  exchange  contracts are not material to the  consolidated
financial statements.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:  The following methods and assumptions were
used in estimating the indicated fair values of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  The carrying amount  approximates fair value because
of the short maturity of those instruments.

Short-term  Investments:  The fair values are  estimated  based on quoted market
prices for these or similar instruments.

Long-term  Investments and  Receivables:  The fair values are estimated based on
one of the following methods:  (i) quoted market prices;  (ii) current rates for
similar issues;  (iii) recent  transactions for similar issues;  or (iv) present
value of expected cash flows.

Short-term  and  Long-term  Debt:  The fair value is estimated  based on current
rates offered for similar debt.  At September  27, 1997,  long-term  debt with a
carrying value of $806.9 million had an estimated fair value of $809.2  million.
At September 28, 1996,  long-term  debt with a carrying  value of $838.9 million
had an estimated fair value of $834.9 million.

Interest Rate  Instruments:  The fair values are the estimated  amounts that the
Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting  date,
taking into account current interest rates and the current  creditworthiness  of
the  counterparties.  At September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996, the carrying
amounts of these  instruments  were a $0.6 million  liability and a $0.2 million
liability,  respectively.  At September 27, 1997, the Company estimates it would
have paid $8.4 million and at September 28, 1996 would have paid $7.2 million to
terminate the agreements.

Foreign Currency Contracts:  The fair values of foreign currency contracts (used
for hedging  purposes)  are  estimated  by  obtaining  quotes from  brokers.  At
September  27, 1997 and  September  28,  1996,  there were no  carrying  amounts
related to foreign currency contracts in the consolidated balance sheets.

It is  estimated  that the  carrying  value  of the  Company's  other  financial
instruments  approximated  fair value at September  27, 1997 and  September  28,
1996.

Note Q - Stock-Based Compensation

Under the Company's various Equity Incentive Plans, the Company is authorized to
award  restricted  shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  options to purchase
common stock,  or  Performance  Units which are dependent  upon  achievement  of
specified  performance  goals and are payable in common stock.  Awards presently
outstanding  are subject to vesting  schedules  ranging from three to five years
depending on whether  performance  goals are  achieved.  Stock  options  granted
generally have a maximum term of ten years. Under these plans, 739,507 shares of
common  stock  are  reserved  to  settle   Performance   Unit  awards  currently
outstanding  and  1,127,622  shares to settle  additional  future  awards remain
available.




<PAGE>



A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information for the
1997, 1996 and 1995 fiscal years follows:

                               1997               1996               1995
                         -----------------  ----------------    ---------------
                                 Weighted-          Weighted-          Weighted-
                                  Average            Average            Average
                         Options  Exercise   Options Exercise   Options Exercise
                          (000)    Price      (000)    Price     (000)    Price
                         ------- ---------  -------- --------   ------- -------
Outstanding at
 beginning of year.....   6,203   $11.57      4,202   $11.55      4,130  $11.61
Granted................      27    11.70      2,411    11.59        140   10.13
Exercised..............    (323)   11.41       (338)   11.39         (6)  11.63
Forfeited..............    (153)   11.68        (72)   11.99        (62)  12.20
                         ------              ------              ------
Outstanding at
 end of year...........   5,754   $11.58      6,203   $11.57      4,202  $11.55
                         =======             ======              ======

Exercisable at end
 of year...............   3,483   $11.57      3,807   $11.55      3,472  $11.55

Per share weighted-average
 fair value of options
 granted during the year..    $5.24               $5.12               $4.86

The following table summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding at
September 27, 1997:

                           Options Outstanding             Options Exercisable
              ----------------------------------------- ------------------------
  Range of            Weighted-Average     Weighted-                Weighted-
  Exercise     Number     Remaining         Average      Number      Average
   Prices      (000)   Contractual Life  Exercise Price  (000)    Exercise Price
- ------------  -------- ----------------  -------------- --------  --------------

$ 8.40 to 10.40    646        5.1            $ 9.71         647       $ 9.71
$10.70 to 14.90  5,040        6.3            $11.68       2,768       $11.76
$15.60 to 21.93     68        4.5            $21.47          68       $21.47
                ------                                   ------
                 5,754        6.1            $11.58       3,483       $11.57
                ======                                   ======

The Company has elected to follow Accounting  Principles Board (APB) Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees".  Under APB 25, no compensation
expense is recognized  for the  Company's  employee  stock  options  because the
exercise price of the options equals the market price of the underlying stock on
the date of grant.  Total  compensation  cost charged  against income related to
restricted share and Performance Unit awards was $4.3 million,  $7.9 million and
$7.9 million for the 1997, 1996 and 1995 fiscal years, respectively.

The  following  pro forma  information  regarding  net income and net income per
share is required when APB 25 accounting  is elected,  and was  determined as if
the Company had  accounted  for its employee  stock options under the fair value
method of SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation."  The fair
values  for  these  options  were  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  a
Black-Scholes   option   pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted-average
assumptions:  risk-free  interest  rates of 6.12% and 5.81% for fiscal year 1997
and 1996,  respectively;  volatility factors of the expected market price of the
Company's  common stock of 0.34;  dividend yields of 0%; and a  weighted-average
expected  life  of  the  options  of  six  years.  For  purposes  of  pro  forma
disclosures,  the estimated  fair values of the options are amortized to expense
over  the  option's   vesting  periods  (in  thousands   except  for  per  share
information):

                                              1997           1996
                                           ---------      ---------

Net income as reported................     $ 58,698        $ 40,906
Pro forma net income..................     $ 56,266        $ 38,794

Net income per share as reported......      $ 0.96          $ 0.65
Pro forma net income per share........      $ 0.92          $ 0.61




<PAGE>




During the initial phase-in  period,  as required by SFAS No. 123, the pro forma
amounts were determined based on stock option grants in the 1996 and 1997 fiscal
years only.  Therefore,  the pro forma amounts for compensation  cost may not be
indicative  of the  effects on pro forma net income and pro forma net income per
share for future years.

Note R - Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

The Company's  unaudited quarterly results of operations are presented below (in
thousands, except for per share data).

Fiscal 1997 Quarters
                                        December    March     June    September
                                        --------  --------  --------  ---------
Net sales.............................. $476,490  $537,161  $553,590  $523,442
Cost of sales..........................  403,910   450,196   463,975   440,617
Income tax expense.....................   (7,247)  (14,088)   (7,235)   (9,103)
Net income (a)......................... $  9,385  $ 21,115  $ 13,491  $ 14,707

NET INCOME PER SHARE (a)............... $   0.15  $   0.34  $   0.22  $   0.25

COMMON STOCK PRICES
  High.................................   12        13 5/8    12 3/8  14 11/16
  Low..................................    9 3/4    10 3/4    10 1/8  11  5/16


Fiscal 1996 Quarters
                                        December    March     June    September
                                        --------  --------  --------  ---------
Net sales.............................. $512,694  $572,081  $574,571  $523,001
Cost of sales..........................  434,689   471,760   471,697   436,014
Income tax expense.....................   (7,438)  (14,884)   (2,256)   (9,169)
Income before extraordinary item (b)...    8,473    20,701       570    11,859
Extraordinary item.....................     (697)        -         -         -
Net income............................. $  7,776  $ 20,701  $    570  $ 11,859


PER SHARE DATA
Income before extraordinary item (b)... $   0.13  $   0.33  $   0.01   $  0.19
Extraordinary item.....................    (0.01)        -         -         -
                                        ---------  --------  --------  -------
Net income............................. $   0.12  $   0.33  $   0.01   $  0.19


COMMON STOCK PRICES
  High.................................   14 1/4    13 1/4    14 7/8    14 1/2
  Low..................................   11        11 3/8    11 1/4     9 7/8



(a)    June  quarter  1997  includes a $7.3  million  charge  for  restructuring
       associated with reducing staff,  consolidation of certain yarn facilities
       and exiting the  residential  carpet  line,  as well as $3.0  million for
       certain other non-recurring charges, each net of income taxes.

(b)    June  quarter 1996  includes a $20.3  million loss on closing the Knitted
       Fabrics  division  and  $4.7  million  for  certain  other  non-recurring
       charges, each net of income taxes.




<PAGE>


STATISTICAL REVIEW

Burlington Industries, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data and ratios)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  1997        1996       1995        1994        1993
                               ----------  ---------- ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                            <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>  

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Net sales....................  $2,090,683  $2,182,347 $2,209,191  $2,127,067  $2,057,943
Operating income before
 interest and taxes..........     143,643     147,390    174,498     204,242     214,141
Interest expense.............      60,062      65,936     56,294      49,841      93,389
Income tax expense...........      37,673      33,747     51,707      69,982      58,514
Income from continuing
 operations..................      58,698      41,603     68,394      99,299      68,445
Income per common share
 from continuing operations..        0.96        0.66       1.05        1.46        1.00
Dividends per common share...           -           -          -           -           -


FINANCIAL POSITION AT YEAR END
Current assets...............  $  697,627  $  719,370 $  732,837  $  733,538  $  664,552
Fixed assets - net...........     584,647     569,540    575,080     549,942     537,088
Total assets.................   1,873,692   1,885,942  1,931,731   1,907,148   1,854,320
Current liabilities..........     263,595     265,352    272,397     315,468     314,265
Long-term liabilities........     865,008     894,496    932,227     915,884     948,960
Shareholders' equity.........     630,726     615,920    615,440     574,364     484,215
Current ratio................         2.6         2.7        2.7         2.3         2.1
Total debt as % of
 capitalization..............        56.1%       57.7%      59.7%       61.3%       67.5%

OTHER DATA
Capital expenditures.........  $   96,500  $   79,174  $ 101,876  $   98,869  $   80,590
Number of employees at
 year end....................      20,100      21,000     22,500      23,800      23,600
Cash interest coverage
 ratio.......................         4.0         4.3        4.9         6.1         4.0

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                         Report of Independent Auditors



Shareholders and Board of Directors
Burlington Industries, Inc.

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Burlington
Industries, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies as of September 27, 1997 and September
28, 1996, and the related  consolidated  statements of operations and cash flows
for each of the three  years in the  period  ended  September  27,  1997.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Burlington  Industries,  Inc. and Subsidiary Companies at September 27, 1997 and
September 28, 1996, and the  consolidated  results of their operations and their
cash flows,  for each of the three years in the period ended September 27, 1997,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/Ernst & Young LLP

Greensboro, North Carolina
October 30, 1997





                                                                      Exhibit 22

                                  SUBSIDIARIES


Set forth below is a list of all  subsidiaries  of Burlington  Industries,  Inc.
(the  "Corporation")*  and, as to each person  named,  the  percentage of voting
securities owned, or other bases of control, by its immediate parent.



                                          
                                                    Percentage of Voting
                                State or            Power Represented by
                              Jurisdiction          Securities Owned by
                                   of               the Corporation on
       Name                   Incorporation         September 27, 1997
- -----------------------       -------------         ---------------------

Burlington Fabrics Inc.          Delaware                    100%

B.I. Funding, Inc.               Delaware                    100%








- ----------------------------

*      The names of 19 domestic  subsidiaries  (5 of which are  inactive) and 15
       foreign  subsidiaries  (one of  which is  inactive)  have  been  omitted
       because,  considered  in the  aggregate,  they  would not  constitute  a
       significant  subsidiary.  All of the foregoing subsidiaries are included
       in the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation.


                                                                      Exhibit 23

               Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors


We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Burlington Industries, Inc. of our report dated October 30, 1997, included in
the 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders of Burlington Industries, Inc.

Our  audits  also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule  of  Burlington
Industries,  Inc. listed in the accompanying index to financial statements. This
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion  based on our audits.  In our  opinion,  the  financial
statement  schedule  referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole,  presents fairly in all material respects
the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form S-3 No.  33-95350)  of  Burlington  Industries,  Inc.  and in the  related
Prospectus  of  our  report  dated  October  30,  1997,   with  respect  to  the
consolidated  financial  statements  incorporated  herein by  reference  and our
report included in the above  paragraph with respect to the financial  statement
schedule  included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of  Burlington  Industries,
Inc.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form S-8 No.  33-49894)  pertaining  to the  Burlington  Industries,  Inc. 1992
Equity Incentive Plan and the Burlington Industries,  Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
and (Form S-8 No. 333-09501) pertaining to the Burlington Industries,  Inc. 1995
Equity Incentive Plan of Burlington Industries, Inc. of our report dated October
30, 1997, with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporated
herein by reference and our report  included in the above paragraph with respect
to the financial  statement  schedule included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Burlington Industries, Inc.

                                            /s/Ernst & Young LLP


Greensboro, North Carolina
December 12, 1997



<TABLE> <S> <C>
                                    
<ARTICLE>                                              5
<MULTIPLIER>                                       1,000
                                          
<S>                                      <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                     12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                            SEP-27-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                 SEP-27-1997
<CASH>                                            17,863
<SECURITIES>                                      23,832
<RECEIVABLES>                                    352,145
<ALLOWANCES>                                      20,688
<INVENTORY>                                      314,994
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 697,627
<PP&E>                                         1,044,391
<DEPRECIATION>                                   459,744
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,873,692
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            263,595
<BONDS>                                          806,413
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                             684
<OTHER-SE>                                       630,042
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   1,873,692
<SALES>                                        2,090,683
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               2,090,683
<CGS>                                          1,758,698
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  1,758,698
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  30,216
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   3,478
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                60,062
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   96,371
<INCOME-TAX>                                      37,673
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                               58,698
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                      58,698
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                       0.96
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       0.96
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission